最新高考英语阅读理解练习题

最新高考英语阅读理解练习题 本文简介：

最新高考英语阅读理解练习题高考英语阅读练习（052）Youwouldliketotakegoodphotographsofreal-lifesituationsbutyouhavefewideasforpictures.Isuggestyoulookaroundyou.Theeverydayworl

最新高考英语阅读理解练习题 本文内容：

最新高考英语阅读理解练习题
高考英语阅读练习（052）
You
would
like
to
take
good
photographs
of
real-life
situations
but
you
have
few
ideas
for
pictures.
I
suggest
you
look
around
you.
The
everyday
world
is
full
of
scenes
being
played
by
an
ever-changing
group
of
actors.
You
probably
passed
a
dozen
picture
situations
without
noticing
on
your
way
to
work
this
morning.
The
realistic
approach
to
photograph
has
been
perfected
in
the
past
by
such
maters
as
Henri
Cartier-Bresson
and
Bill
Brandt.
But
while
you
can
learn
a
great
deal
from
looking
at
the
work
of
others,
any
success
you
can
hope
to
achieve
in
this
field
has
to
come
from
developing
an
individual
approach.
The
main
requirement
for
any
photographer
has
little
to
do
with
technical
matters.
You
must
develop
an
awareness
of
the
world
around
you
and
the
people
who
live
in
it,
and
you
should
learn
to
notice
when
a
situation
may
develop
to
a
point
where
you
will
be
able
to
take
a
good
picture.
Those
who
have
reached
this
happy
state
will
be
prepared
when
that
moment
comes,
and
will
simply
raise
their
camera
quickly
and
shoot.
Others
who
are
not
so
aware
will
be
struggling
with
camera
cases
and
lens
caps.
Film
manufactures
must
be
delighted
at
the
thought
of
the
inexperienced
photographer
setting
out
in
search
of
the
right
situation
and
the
right
moment.
Many
miles
of
costly
material
have
passed
through
thousands
of
cameras
as
this
endless
search
continues.
But
although
a
lot
of
this
waste
must
be
put
down
to
inexperience,
you"ll
find
that
even
the
professionals
have
to
use
a
lot
of
film
when
they
are
out
shooting.
Not
every
shot
is
going
to
be
a
winner.
If
you
look
at
the
work
of
even
the
best
photographers,
you"ll
notice
dozens
of
pictures
have
had
to
be
taken
only
because
they
lead
up
to
the
successful
shot
of
a
situation
that
the
photographer
has
obviously
been
observing
through
the
lens.
You
may
find
that
you
have
taken
one
or
two
pictures
after
the
right
moment
has
passed
as
well.
There
is
seldom
more
than
one
shot
which
stands
out.
There
is
just
one
point
where
it
all
comes
together,
and
you
often
have
to
waste
film
to
catch
that
precious
moment.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
one
can
become
a
better
real-life
photographer
by
_____.
A.
watching
other
photographers
at
work
B.
learning
about
famous
photographers
C.
just
taking
a
great
many
photographs
D.
developing
skills
and
ideas
for
yourself
2.
The
writer
thinks
that
a
photographer
is
required
to
_____.
A.
go
out
and
search
for
unusual
situations
B.
be
highly
skilled
in
camera
techniques
C.
be
able
to
tell
when
a
good
situation
might
come
D.
have
a
camera
which
is
easy
and
quick
to
use
3.
Most
likely,
to
catch
the
right
moment,
one
must
_____.
A.
take
pictures
without
too
much
preparation
B.
take
a
whole
series
of
similar
pictures
C.
take
great
care
to
set
up
the
situation
D.
take
one
picture
just
at
the
right
moment
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
The
waste
of
film
in
photography
is
essential
to
the
production
of
good
pictures.
B.
Film
manufacturers
usually
enjoy
pictures
by
inexperienced
photographers.
C.
Only
amateur
photographers
waste
film
in
taking
pictures.
D.
The
waste
of
film,
which
is
the
result
of
poor
choice
of
subject,
is
expensive
and
unnecessary.
5.
The
passage
is
_____.
A.
part
of
a
book
of
camera
instruction
B.
an
advertisement
for
film
C.
a
history
of
photography
D.
an
introduction
to
photography
KEY:
1.
D
2.
C
3.
B
4.
A
5.
D
高考英语阅读练习（053）
The
Komodo
lizard
is
the
world"s
largest
lizard(蜥蜴).
It
was
not
discovered
until
this
century
and
was
named
only
in
1921.
It
was
formerly
found
on
three
Indonesian
islands:
Komodo,
Rintja
and
Flores.
By
the
1930"s,
in
spite
of
government
protection,
the
population
of
this
great
lizard
had
been
reduced
to
a
few
hundred.
It
was,
however,
still
found
on
the
three
main
islands
and
there
were
still
lizards
of
over
4
metres
in
length.
By
1963,
after
a
period
of
only
fifty
years
since
its
discovery,
the
entire
population
was
based
on
Komodo.
It
is
now
unusual
to
see
one
as
long
as
3
metres.
The
lizard"s
normal
food
consists
mainly
of
wild
goats
and
pigs,
animals
which
the
islanders
also
hunt.
This,
of
course,
means
that
the
lizard
often
gets
too
little
to
eat.
It
will
certainly
die
out
soon
its
hunting
and
breeding(繁殖)
grounds
are
protected
more
effectively.
1.
The
Indonesian
government
_____
Komodo
lizards.
A.
thought
it
necessary
to
protect
B.
didn"t
think
it
necessary
to
protect
C.
reduced
the
number
of
D.
killed
a
few
hundred
of
2.
By
1963,
the
Komodo
lizard
could
be
found
_____.
A.
on
three
islands
B.
only
on
Komodo
Island
C.
only
on
Rintja
Island
D.
only
on
Flores
Island
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
FALSE?
A.
There
were
only
a
few
hundred
Komodo
lizards
living
by
the
1930s.
B.
Nobody
knew
the
present
name
of
the
animal
before
1921.
C.
The
islanders
hunt
too
many
Komodo
lizards.
D.
The
writer
worries
about
the
Komodo
lizards.　
KEY:
1.
A
2.
B
3.
C
高考英语阅读练习（054）
In
the
United
States,
it
is
not
customary
to
telephone
someone
very
early
in
the
morning.
If
you
telephone
him
early
in
the
day,
while
he
is
shaving
or
having
breakfast,
the
time
of
the
call
shows
that
the
matter
is
very
important
and
requires
immediate
attention.
The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
made
after
11:00
p.m.
If
someone
receives
a
call
during
sleeping
hours,
he
assumes(想当然地认为)it"s
a
matter
of
life
and
death.
The
time
chosen
for
the
call
communicates
its
importance.
In
social
life,
time
plays
a
very
important
part.
In
the
U.S.A.
guests
tend
to
feel
they
are
not
highly
regarded
if
the
attention
to
a
dinner
party
is
extended
only
three
or
four
days
before
the
party
date.
But
it
is
not
true
in
all
countries.
In
other
areas
of
the
world,
it
may
be
considered
foolish
to
make
an
appointment
too
far
in
advance
because
plans
which
are
made
for
a
date
more
than
a
week
away
tend
to
be
forgotten.
The
meaning
of
time
differs
in
different
parts
of
the
world.
Thus,
misunderstandings
arise(产生)
between
people
from
cultures
that
treat
time
differently.
Promptness
is
valued
highly
in
American
life,
for
example.
If
people
are
not
prompt,
they
may
be
regarded
as
impolite
or
not
fully
responsible.
In
the
U.S.
no
one
would
think
if
keeping
a
business
associate
waiting
for
an
hour.
It
would
be
too
impolite.
A
person
who
is
5
minutes
late
is
expected
to
make
a
short
apology.
If
he
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
will
say
a
few
words
of
explanation,
though
perhaps
he
will
not
complete
the
sentence.
1.
"The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
after
11:00p.m."
Here
"attached"
means
_____.
A.
taken
B.
drawn
C.
given
D.
shown
2.
According
to
this
passage,
time
plays
an
important
role
in
_____.
A.
everyday
life
B.
school
life
C.
communication
D.
private
life
3.
The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
The
Voice
of
Time
B.
The
Importance
of
Time
C.
The
Importance
of
an
Announcement
D.
Time
and
Tide
Wait
for
No
Man
4.
According
to
the
passage,
the
author
of
the
article
may
agree
to
which
of
the
following
statements?
A.
It
is
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
U.S.A..
B.
It
may
be
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
to
your
guests
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
some
countries.
C.
It
is
best
for
one
to
make
telephone
calls
at
eight
because
it
costs
much
less.
D.
If
one
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
has
to
make
a
short
apology.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
C
3.
A
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（055）
Trees
should
only
be
pruned(修剪)
when
there
is
a
good
and
clear
reason
fordoing
so
and,
fortunately,
the
number
of
such
reasons
is
small.
Pruning
involves
the
cutting
away
of
overgrown
and
unwanted
branches,
and
the
inexperienced
gardener
can
be
encouraged
by
the
thought
that
more
damage
results
from
doing
it
unnecessarily
than
from
leaving
the
tree
to
grow
in
its
own
way.
First,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
sure
that
trees
have
a
desired
shape
or
size.
The
object
may
be
to
get
a
tree
of
the
right
height,
and
at
the
same
time
to
help
the
growth
of
small
side
branches
which
will
thicken
its
appearance
or
give
it
a
special
shape.
Secondly,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
the
tree
healthier.
You
may
cur
out
diseased
or
dead
wood,
or
branches
that
are
rubbing
against
each
other
and
thus
causing
wounds.
The
health
of
a
tree
may
be
encouraged
by
removing
the
branches
that
are
locking
up
the
centre
and
so
preventing
the
free
movement
of
air.
One
result
of
pruning
is
that
an
open
would
is
left
on
the
tree
and
this
provides
an
easy
entry(进入)for
diseases,
but
it
is
a
wound
that
will
heal.
Often
there
is
a
race
between
the
healing
and
the
disease
as
to
whether
the
tree
will
live
or
die,
or
that
there
is
a
period
when
the
tree
is
at
risk.
It
should
be
the
aim
of
every
gardener
to
reduce
the
risk
as
far
as
possible.
It
is
essential
to
make
the
area
which
has
been
pruned
smooth
and
clean,
for
healing
will
be
slowed
down
by
roughness.
You
should
allow
the
cut
surface
to
dry
for
a
few
hours
and
then
paint
it
with
one
of
the
substances
available
from
garden
shops
produced
especially
for
this
purpose.
Pruning
is
usually
done
in
winter,
for
then
you
can
see
the
shape
of
the
tree
clearly
without
the
interference(干扰)
from
the
leaves
and
it
is,
too,
very
unlikely
that
the
cuts
you
make
will
bleed.
If
this
does
happen,
it
is,
of
course,
impossible
to
paint
them
properly.
1.
According
to
the
article,_____.
A.
damage
is
done
to
a
tree
if
it
is
left
to
grow
in
its
own
way
B.
pruning
is
necessary
when
a
tree
has
grown
into
a
definite
shape
or
size
C.
diseased
or
dead
branches
should
be
cut
away
if
they
are
found
to
rub
against
each
other
D.
growing
side
branches
often
prevent
air
from
moving
freely
2.
Which
of
the
following
usually
causes
a
tree
to
grow
unhealthy?
A.
Giving
a
tree
a
special
shape
and
a
definite
height
B.
Removing
small
side
branches
and
making
a
tree
look
less
thick
C.
Allowing
too
many
branches
to
grow
in
the
middle
D.
Having
a
tree
surrounded
by
many
other
trees
3.
The
writer
suggests
that
pruning
should
be
done
in
winter
because
_____.
A.
the
cut
surface
gets
dry
more
quickly
B.
open
wounds
on
the
tree
run
the
less
risk
of
getting
diseased
C.
a
gardener
can
do
pruning
more
easily
D.
wounds
painted
with
a
special
substance
heal
quickly
4.
The
writer"s
purpose
when
writing
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
to
describe
how
pruning
a
tree
is
done
B.
to
discuss
different
ways
of
pruning
trees
C.
to
give
practical
instructions
for
pruning
a
tree
D.
to
explain
how
a
tree
wound
gets
diseased
and
heals
KEY:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
C
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（056）
They
think
they"re
lucky
that
they"re
living
and
it"s
Christmas
again.
They
can"t
see
that
we
live
on
a
dirty
street
in
a
shabby
house
among
people
who
aren"t
much
good.
Johnny
and
the
children
can"t
see
how
pitiful
it
is
that
our
neighbors
have
to
make
happiness
out
of
this
filth
and
dirt.
My
children
must
get
out
of
this.
But
how?
The
money
that
we"ve
saved
isn"t
nearly
enough.
The
McGaritys
have
money,
but
they
are
show-offs
with
it.
The
McGarity
girl
just
yesterday
stood
out
there
in
the
street
eating
from
a
bag
of
cookies
while
a
ring
of
hungry
children
watched
her.
I
saw
those
children
looking
at
her
and
crying
in
their
hearts,
and
when
she
couldn"t
eat
any
more,
she
shrew
the
rest
down
the
sewer(阴沟).
Miss
Jackson
who
teaches
at
the
Settlement
House
isn"t
rich,
but
she
knows
things.
She
understands
people.
Her
eyes
look
straight
into
yours
when
she
talks
with
you.
Everybody
else
here
looks
away
because
they"re
ashamed(羞愧)of
their
lives.
I"d
like
to
see
the
children
be
like
Miss
Jackson
when
they
grew
up.
1.
The
writer
suggests
that
her
family
_____.
A.
is
extremely
rich
B.
is
an
unhappy
one
C.
are
accustomed
to
their
life
D.
long
for
a
change
in
their
life
2.
The
McGarity
girl
is
characterized
as
_____.
A.
selfish
and
cruel
B.
friendly
and
kind
C.
beautiful
and
proud
D.
rich
and
nice
3.
The
writer
thinks
Miss
Jackson
is
_____.
A.
poor
but
brave
B.
friendly
and
talkative
C.
a
teacher
liked
by
all
her
pupils
D.
an
example
her
children
should
follow
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
The
writer"s
family
is
the
poorest
one
on
that
street.
B.
Watching
the
rich
girl
eating
cookies,
those
hungry
children
cried.
C.
The
writer
wants
to
move
out
of
that
district.
D.
The
writer
hopes
that
her
children
will
become
teachers.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
A
3.
D
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（057）
The
Komodo
lizard
is
the
world"s
largest
lizard(蜥蜴).
It
was
not
discovered
until
this
century
and
was
named
only
in
1921.
It
was
formerly
found
on
three
Indonesian
islands:
Komodo,
Rintja
and
Flores.
By
the
1930"s,
in
spite
of
government
protection,
the
population
of
this
great
lizard
had
been
reduced
to
a
few
hundred.
It
was,
however,
still
found
on
the
three
main
islands
and
there
were
still
lizards
of
over
4
metres
in
length.
By
1963,
after
a
period
of
only
fifty
years
since
its
discovery,
the
entire
population
was
based
on
Komodo.
It
is
now
unusual
to
see
one
as
long
as
3
metres.
The
lizard"s
normal
food
consists
mainly
of
wild
goats
and
pigs,
animals
which
the
islanders
also
hunt.
This,
of
course,
means
that
the
lizard
often
gets
too
little
to
eat.
It
will
certainly
die
out
soon
its
hunting
and
breeding(繁殖)
grounds
are
protected
more
effectively.
1.
The
Indonesian
government
_____
Komodo
lizards.
A.
thought
it
necessary
to
protect
B.
didn"t
think
it
necessary
to
protect
C.
reduced
the
number
of
D.
killed
a
few
hundred
of
2.
By
1963,
the
Komodo
lizard
could
be
found
_____.
A.
on
three
islands
B.
only
on
Komodo
Island
C.
only
on
Rintja
Island
D.
only
on
Flores
Island
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
FALSE?
A.
There
were
only
a
few
hundred
Komodo
lizards
living
by
the
1930s.
B.
Nobody
knew
the
present
name
of
the
animal
before
1921.
C.
The
islanders
hunt
too
many
Komodo
lizards.
D.
The
writer
worries
about
the
Komodo
lizards.　
KEY:
1.
A
2.
B
3.
C
高考英语阅读练习（058）
In
the
United
States,
it
is
not
customary
to
telephone
someone
very
early
in
the
morning.
If
you
telephone
him
early
in
the
day,
while
he
is
shaving
or
having
breakfast,
the
time
of
the
call
shows
that
the
matter
is
very
important
and
requires
immediate
attention.
The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
made
after
11:00
p.m.
If
someone
receives
a
call
during
sleeping
hours,
he
assumes(想当然地认为)it"s
a
matter
of
life
and
death.
The
time
chosen
for
the
call
communicates
its
importance.
In
social
life,
time
plays
a
very
important
part.
In
the
U.S.A.
guests
tend
to
feel
they
are
not
highly
regarded
if
the
attention
to
a
dinner
party
is
extended
only
three
or
four
days
before
the
party
date.
But
it
is
not
true
in
all
countries.
In
other
areas
of
the
world,
it
may
be
considered
foolish
to
make
an
appointment
too
far
in
advance
because
plans
which
are
made
for
a
date
more
than
a
week
away
tend
to
be
forgotten.
The
meaning
of
time
differs
in
different
parts
of
the
world.
Thus,
misunderstandings
arise(产生)
between
people
from
cultures
that
treat
time
differently.
Promptness
is
valued
highly
in
American
life,
for
example.
If
people
are
not
prompt,
they
may
be
regarded
as
impolite
or
not
fully
responsible.
In
the
U.S.
no
one
would
think
if
keeping
a
business
associate
waiting
for
an
hour.
It
would
be
too
impolite.
A
person
who
is
5
minutes
late
is
expected
to
make
a
short
apology.
If
he
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
will
say
a
few
words
of
explanation,
though
perhaps
he
will
not
complete
the
sentence.
1.
"The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
after
11:00p.m."
Here
"attached"
means
_____.
A.
taken
B.
drawn
C.
given
D.
shown
2.
According
to
this
passage,
time
plays
an
important
role
in
_____.
A.
everyday
life
B.
school
life
C.
communication
D.
private
life
3.
The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
The
Voice
of
Time
B.
The
Importance
of
Time
C.
The
Importance
of
an
Announcement
D.
Time
and
Tide
Wait
for
No
Man
4.
According
to
the
passage,
the
author
of
the
article
may
agree
to
which
of
the
following
statements?
A.
It
is
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
U.S.A..
B.
It
may
be
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
to
your
guests
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
some
countries.
C.
It
is
best
for
one
to
make
telephone
calls
at
eight
because
it
costs
much
less.
D.
If
one
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
has
to
make
a
short
apology.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
C
3.
A
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（059）
Trees
should
only
be
pruned(修剪)
when
there
is
a
good
and
clear
reason
fordoing
so
and,
fortunately,
the
number
of
such
reasons
is
small.
Pruning
involves
the
cutting
away
of
overgrown
and
unwanted
branches,
and
the
inexperienced
gardener
can
be
encouraged
by
the
thought
that
more
damage
results
from
doing
it
unnecessarily
than
from
leaving
the
tree
to
grow
in
its
own
way.
First,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
sure
that
trees
have
a
desired
shape
or
size.
The
object
may
be
to
get
a
tree
of
the
right
height,
and
at
the
same
time
to
help
the
growth
of
small
side
branches
which
will
thicken
its
appearance
or
give
it
a
special
shape.
Secondly,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
the
tree
healthier.
You
may
cur
out
diseased
or
dead
wood,
or
branches
that
are
rubbing
against
each
other
and
thus
causing
wounds.
The
health
of
a
tree
may
be
encouraged
by
removing
the
branches
that
are
locking
up
the
centre
and
so
preventing
the
free
movement
of
air.
One
result
of
pruning
is
that
an
open
would
is
left
on
the
tree
and
this
provides
an
easy
entry(进入)for
diseases,
but
it
is
a
wound
that
will
heal.
Often
there
is
a
race
between
the
healing
and
the
disease
as
to
whether
the
tree
will
live
or
die,
or
that
there
is
a
period
when
the
tree
is
at
risk.
It
should
be
the
aim
of
every
gardener
to
reduce
the
risk
as
far
as
possible.
It
is
essential
to
make
the
area
which
has
been
pruned
smooth
and
clean,
for
healing
will
be
slowed
down
by
roughness.
You
should
allow
the
cut
surface
to
dry
for
a
few
hours
and
then
paint
it
with
one
of
the
substances
available
from
garden
shops
produced
especially
for
this
purpose.
Pruning
is
usually
done
in
winter,
for
then
you
can
see
the
shape
of
the
tree
clearly
without
the
interference(干扰)
from
the
leaves
and
it
is,
too,
very
unlikely
that
the
cuts
you
make
will
bleed.
If
this
does
happen,
it
is,
of
course,
impossible
to
paint
them
properly.
1.
According
to
the
article,_____.
A.
damage
is
done
to
a
tree
if
it
is
left
to
grow
in
its
own
way
B.
pruning
is
necessary
when
a
tree
has
grown
into
a
definite
shape
or
size
C.
diseased
or
dead
branches
should
be
cut
away
if
they
are
found
to
rub
against
each
other
D.
growing
side
branches
often
prevent
air
from
moving
freely
2.
Which
of
the
following
usually
causes
a
tree
to
grow
unhealthy?
A.
Giving
a
tree
a
special
shape
and
a
definite
height
B.
Removing
small
side
branches
and
making
a
tree
look
less
thick
C.
Allowing
too
many
branches
to
grow
in
the
middle
D.
Having
a
tree
surrounded
by
many
other
trees
3.
The
writer
suggests
that
pruning
should
be
done
in
winter
because
_____.
A.
the
cut
surface
gets
dry
more
quickly
B.
open
wounds
on
the
tree
run
the
less
risk
of
getting
diseased
C.
a
gardener
can
do
pruning
more
easily
D.
wounds
painted
with
a
special
substance
heal
quickly
4.
The
writer"s
purpose
when
writing
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
to
describe
how
pruning
a
tree
is
done
B.
to
discuss
different
ways
of
pruning
trees
C.
to
give
practical
instructions
for
pruning
a
tree
D.
to
explain
how
a
tree
wound
gets
diseased
and
heals
KEY:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
C
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（060）
They
think
they"re
lucky
that
they"re
living
and
it"s
Christmas
again.
They
can"t
see
that
we
live
on
a
dirty
street
in
a
shabby
house
among
people
who
aren"t
much
good.
Johnny
and
the
children
can"t
see
how
pitiful
it
is
that
our
neighbors
have
to
make
happiness
out
of
this
filth
and
dirt.
My
children
must
get
out
of
this.
But
how?
The
money
that
we"ve
saved
isn"t
nearly
enough.
The
McGaritys
have
money,
but
they
are
show-offs
with
it.
The
McGarity
girl
just
yesterday
stood
out
there
in
the
street
eating
from
a
bag
of
cookies
while
a
ring
of
hungry
children
watched
her.
I
saw
those
children
looking
at
her
and
crying
in
their
hearts,
and
when
she
couldn"t
eat
any
more,
she
shrew
the
rest
down
the
sewer(阴沟).
Miss
Jackson
who
teaches
at
the
Settlement
House
isn"t
rich,
but
she
knows
things.
She
understands
people.
Her
eyes
look
straight
into
yours
when
she
talks
with
you.
Everybody
else
here
looks
away
because
they"re
ashamed(羞愧)of
their
lives.
I"d
like
to
see
the
children
be
like
Miss
Jackson
when
they
grew
up.
1.
The
writer
suggests
that
her
family
_____.
A.
is
extremely
rich
B.
is
an
unhappy
one
C.
are
accustomed
to
their
life
D.
long
for
a
change
in
their
life
2.
The
McGarity
girl
is
characterized
as
_____.
A.
selfish
and
cruel
B.
friendly
and
kind
C.
beautiful
and
proud
D.
rich
and
nice
3.
The
writer
thinks
Miss
Jackson
is
_____.
A.
poor
but
brave
B.
friendly
and
talkative
C.
a
teacher
liked
by
all
her
pupils
D.
an
example
her
children
should
follow
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
The
writer"s
family
is
the
poorest
one
on
that
street.
B.
Watching
the
rich
girl
eating
cookies,
those
hungry
children
cried.
C.
The
writer
wants
to
move
out
of
that
district.
D.
The
writer
hopes
that
her
children
will
become
teachers.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
A
3.
D
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（061）
For
those
of
you
who
where
born
in
the
year
of
the
pig,
good
luck
and
much
success!
This
is
your
year.
When
talking
to
a
Westerner,
however,
you’ve
got
to
be
a
little
careful
when
you
talk
about
pigs.
Chinese
people
view
the
pig
as
a
smart
（聪明）
and
prosperous
(rich,
lucky)
animal.
Western
ideas
tend
to
be
a
little
more
negative（否定的）.
A
pig
in
the
West
is
seen
as
a
dirty,
lazy,
and
fat
animal.
If
anyone
ever
called
you
a
pig,
you
wouldn’t
be
smiling.
When
a
person
doesn’t
like
someone,
sometimes
he
will
call
that
person
a
pig.
If
you
ever
meet
a
Westerner
who
was
born
in
the
year
of
the
pig,
don’t
say,
“Oh,
you’re
a
pig!”
Most
Westerners
will
be
understanding.
They
will
be
sure
that
you
made
some
kind
of
a
mistake.
However,
don’t
take
any
chances.
You
might
just
offend（触怒）someone
who
does
not
share
your
positive（积极）ideas
about
pigs.
1.
You
gave
to
be
careful
when
you
talk
to
a
Westerner
about
pigs
because______.
A.
they
worship
pigs
best
of
all
B.
they
consider
pigs
as
bad
animals
C.
they
aren’t
used
to
talking
about
pigs.
D.
they
don’t
like
the
topic
about
pigs
at
all
2.
According
to
the
passage
we
can
see
that
Chinese
people
think
of
the
pig
as
a
_______
animal.
A.
clever
B.
rich
C.
good
D.
all
the
above
3.
A
Westerner
will
call
someone
a
pig
if
he
_______
that
man.
A.
dislikes
B.
is
afraid
of
C.
looks
up
to
D.
makes
fun
of
4.
When
you
call
a
Westerner
a
pig,
who
was
born
in
the
year
of
the
pig,
most
of
them
___________.
A.
will
be
angry
B.
will
be
very
surprised
C.
can
forgive（原谅）
D.
may
quarrel
with
you
5.From
the
passage
we
can
conclude
that
_________.
A.
different
people
have
different
ideas
about
the
same
thing
B.
Westerners
do
not
like
pigs
as
much
as
the
Chinese
C.
in
general,
Westerners
and
the
Chinese
don’t
like
pigs
D.
all
of
the
Chinese
like
pigs
better
than
Westerners
Keys:
1-5
BDACA
高考英语阅读练习（062）
My
elder
brother
Steve,
in
the
absence
of
my
father
who
died
when
I
was
six,
gave
me
important
lessons
in
values
that
helped
me
grow
into
an
adult.
For
instance,
Steve
taught
me
to
face
the
results
of
my
behavior.
Once
when
I
returned
in
tears
from
a
Saturday
baseball
game,
it
was
Steve
who
took
the
time
to
ask
me
what
happened.
When
I
explained
that
my
baseball
had
soared
through
Mrs.
Holt’s
basement
window,
breaking
the
glass
with
a
crash,
Steve
encouraged
me
to
confess
to
her.
After
all,
I
should
have
been
playing
in
the
park
down
Fifth
Street
and
not
in
the
path
between
buildings.
Although
my
knees
knocked
as
I
explained
to
Mrs.
Holt,
I
offered
to
pay
for
the
window
from
my
pocket
money
if
she
would
return
my
ball.
I
also
learned
from
Steve
that
personal
property
is
a
sacred
thing.
After
I
found
a
shiny
silver
pen
in
my
fifth-grade
classroom,
I
wanted
to
keep
it,
but
Steve
explained
that
it
might
be
important
to
someone
else
in
spite
of
the
fact
that
it
had
little
value.
He
reminded
me
of
how
much
I’d
hate
to
lose
to
someone
else
the
small
dog
my
father
carved
from
a
piece
of
cheap
wood.
I
returned
the
pen
to
my
teacher,
Mrs.
Davids,
and
still
remembered
the
smell
of
her
perfume
as
she
patted
me
on
my
shoulder.
Yet
of
all
the
instructions
Steve
gave
me,
his
respect
for
life
is
the
most
vivid
in
my
mind.
When
I
was
twelve
I
killed
and
old
brown
sparrow
in
the
yard
with
a
BB
gun.
Excited
with
my
accuracy,
I
screamed
to
Steve
to
come
from
the
house
to
take
a
look.
I
shall
never
forget
the
way
he
stood
for
a
long
moment
and
stared
at
the
bird
on
the
ground.
Then
in
a
dead,
quiet
voice,
he
asked,
“Did
it
hurt
you
first,
Mark?”
I
didn’t
know
what
to
answer.
He
continued
with
his
eyes
firm,
“The
only
time
you
should
even
think
of
hurting
a
living
thing
is
if
it
hurts
you
first.
And
then
you
think
a
long,
long
time.
“
I
really
felt
terrible
then,
but
that
moment
stands
out
as
the
most
important
lesson
my
brother
taught
me.
1.
What
is
the
main
subject
of
the
passage?
A.
The
relationship
between
mark
and
Steve.
B.
The
important
lesson
Mark
learned
in
school
C.
Steve’s
important
role
in
mark’s
growing
process.
D.
Mark
and
Steve’s
respect
for
living
things.
2.
It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that
when
mark
confessed
to
Mrs.
Holt,
__________.
A.
he
felt
surprised
B.
he
was
light-hearted
C.
he
felt
frightened
D.
he
knelt
before
her
3.
In
the
story
about
the
pen,
which
of
the
following
lessons
did
Steve
teach
his
brother?
A.
Respect
for
personal
property.
B.
Respect
for
life.
C.
Sympathy
for
people
with
problems.
D.
The
value
of
honesty.
4.
According
to
the
writer,
which
was
the
most
important
lesson
Steve
taught
his
young
brother?
A.
Respect
for
living
things.
B.
Responsibility
for
one’s
actions.
C.
The
value
of
the
honesty.
D.
Care
for
the
property
of
others.
5.
Which
of
the
follow
is
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
Mark
was
still
a
boy
when
he
wrote
this
passage.
B.
Mark
lost
the
small
dog
his
father
carved.
C.
When
a
living
thing
hurts
you,
you
should
kill
it.
D.
Even
if
a
living
thing
hurts
you,
you
should
not
kill
it
without
hesitation.
Keys:
1-5
CCAAD
高考英语阅读练习（063）
The
Man
of
Many
Secretsharry
Houdini
was
one
of
the
greatest
American
entertainers
in
the
theater
this
century.
He
was
a
man
famous
for
his
escapes
form
prison
cells,
from
wooden
boxes
floating
in
rivers,
from
locked
tanks
full
of
water.
He
appeared
in
theaters
all
over
Europe
and
America.
Crowds
came
to
see
the
great
Houdini
and
his
“magic”
tricks.
Of
course,
his
secret
was
not
magic,
or
supernatural
powers.
It
was
simply
strength.
He
had
the
ability
to
move
his
toes
as
well
as
he
moved
his
fingers.
He
could
move
his
body
into
almost
any
position
he
wanted.
Houdini
started
working
in
the
entertainment
world
when
he
was
17,
in
1891.
He
and
his
brother
Theo
performed
card
tricks
in
a
club
in
New
York.
they
called
themselves
the
Houdini
Brothers.
When
Harry
married
in
1894,
he
and
his
wife
Bess
worked
together
as
magician
and
assistant.
But
for
a
long
time
they
were
not
very
successful.
Then
Harry
performed
his
first
prison
escape,
in
Chicago
in
1898.
harry
persuaded
a
detective
to
let
him
try
to
escape
from
the
prison,
and
he
invited
the
local
newspapermen
to
watch.
It
was
the
publicity
that
came
from
this
the
started
Hayyr
Houdini’s
success.
Harry
had
fingers
trained
to
escape
from
handcuffs
and
toes
trained
to
escape
from
ankle
chains.
But
his
biggest
secret
was
how
he
unlocked
the
prison
doors.
Every
time
he
went
into
the
prison
cell,
Bess
gave
him
a
kiss
for
good
luckand
a
small
skeleton
key,
which
is
a
key
that
fits
many
locks,
passed
quickly
from
her
mouth
to
his.
Harry
used
these
prison
escapes
to
build
his
fame.
he
arranged
to
escape
from
the
local
jail
of
every
town
he
visited.
In
the
afternoon,
the
people
of
the
town
would
read
about
it
in
their
local
newspapers,
and
in
the
evening
every
seat
in
the
local
theater
would
be
full.
What
was
the
result?
World-wide
fame,
and
a
name
remembered
today.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
houdini’s
success
in
prison
escapes
depends
on
________.
A.
his
magic
tricks
and
unhuman
powers
B.
his
special
tricks
and
a
skeleton
key
C.
his
unusual
ability
and
a
skeleton
key
D.
his
unhuman
talents
and
magic
tricks
2.
In
the
fourth
paragraph,
the
world
“this”
refers
to
________.
A.
the
previous
sentence
B.
“the
publicity”
C.
the
place,
Chicago
D.
the
time,
1898
3.
According
to
the
passage,
how
did
Houdini
get
the
key
which
helped
him
unlock
prison
doors?
A.
He
took
the
key
from
his
wife’s
mouth.
B.
His
wife
passed
it
to
his
hand
while
kissing
him.
C.
His
wife
gave
it
to
him
by
a
magic
trick.
D.
He
got
it
in
his
mouth
through
a
kiss
by
the
wife.
4.
It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that
Houdini
became
famous
_________.
A.
when
he
was
about
24
B.
when
he
was
about
17
C.
after
the
year
1894
D.
before
the
year
1898
5.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
statements
is
true?
A.
Houdini
used
to
be
a
famous
magician
in
the
USA.
B.
Houdini
was
first
recognized
widely
in
Chicago.
C.
Houdini
entered
the
entertainment
world
together
with
his
wife.
D.
Houdini
owed
his
great
success
to
his
small
skeleton
key.
Keys:
1-5
CADAB
高考英语阅读练习（064）
How
often
one
hears
children
wishing
they
were
grown
up,
and
old
people
wishing
they
were
young
again.
Each
age
has
its
pleasures
and
its
pains,
and
the
happiest
person
is
the
one
who
enjoys
what
each
age
gives
him
without
wasting
his
time
in
useless
regrets.
Childhood
is
a
time
when
there
are
few
responsibilities
to
make
life
difficult.
If
a
child
has
good
parents,
he
is
fed,
looked
after
and
loved,
whatever
he
may
do.
It
is
impossible
that
he
will
ever
again
in
his
life
be
given
so
much
without
having
to
do
anything
in
return.
in
addition,
life
is
always
presenting
new
things
to
the
child-things
that
have
lost
their
interest
for
older
people
because
they
are
too
well-known.
But
a
child
has
his
parents,
he
is
not
so
free
to
do
what
he
wishes
to
do；
he
is
continually
being
told
not
to
do
things
or
being
punished
for
what
he
has
done
wrong.
When
the
young
man
starts
to
earn
his
own
living,
he
can
no
longer
expect
others
to
pay
for
his
food,
his
clothes,
and
his
room,
but
has
to
work
if
he
wants
to
live
comfortably.
If
he
spends
most
of
his
time
playing
about
in
the
way
that
he
used
to
as
a
child,
he
will
go
hungry.
And
if
he
breaks
the
laws
of
society
as
he
used
to
break
the
laws
of
his
parents,
he
may
go
to
prison.
If,
however,
he
works
hard,
keeps
out
of
trouble
and
has
good
health,
he
can
have
the
great
happiness
of
building
up
for
himself
his
own
position
in
society.
1.
According
to
the
second
paragraph,
the
writer
thinks
that
_______.
A.
life
for
a
child
is
comparatively
easy
B.
a
child
is
always
loved
whatever
he
does
C.
if
much
is
given
to
a
child,
he
must
do
something
in
return
D.
only
children
are
interested
in
life
2.
After
a
child
grows
up,
he
________.
A.
will
have
little
time
playing
B.
has
to
be
successful
in
finding
a
job
C.
can
still
ask
for
help
in
time
of
trouble
D.
should
be
able
to
take
care
of
himself
3.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
NOT
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
People
are
often
satisfied
with
their
life.
B.
Life
is
less
interesting
for
old
people.
C.
Adults
are
freer
to
do
what
they
want
to
do.
D.
Adults
should
no
longer
rely
on
others.
4.
The
main
idea
of
the
passage
is
_________.
A.
life
is
not
enjoyable
since
each
age
has
some
pains
B.
young
men
can
have
the
greatest
happiness
if
they
work
hard
C.
childhood
is
the
move
enjoyable
time
in
one’s
life
D.
one
is
the
happiest
if
he
can
make
good
use
of
each
age
in
his
life
5.
The
paragraph
following
this
passage
will
most
probably
discuss
_________.
A.
examples
of
successful
young
men
B.
how
to
build
up
one’s
position
in
society
C.
joys
and
pains
of
old
people
D.
what
to
do
when
one
has
problems
in
life
Keys:
1-5
ADADC
高考英语阅读练习（065）
There
is
a
definite
possibility
that
the
climate
of
the
world
may
be
changing.
Some
scientists
imagine
that
this
could
even
mean
the
beginning
of
another
ice
age.
The
effects
of
such
a
change
in
climate
on
the
human
population
of
the
world
would
be
startling（惊人的）.
Recent
research
suggests
that
the
general
warming
tend
of
the
past
hundred
years
or
so
may
be
coming
to
an
end.
During
the
past
ten
years,
meteorologists
tell
us
the
average
temperature
of
the
earth
has
dropped
about
one
degree
Fahrenheit.
This
does
not
seem
like
much,
but
it
could
have
effects
on
wind
and
rain
patterns
which
influence
the
overall
weather
picture.
If
these
patterns
change
a
lot,
it
could
mean
that
certain
regions
of
the
world
may
continue
to
have
long
droughts
while
others
will
possibly
suffer
from
widespread
flooding.
What
regulates（调节）the
climate
is
not
exactly
known.
Meteorologists
believe
that
clouds
may
be
an
important
factor
in
regulating
the
amount
of
solar（太阳的）heat
held
by
the
earth,
which
in
turn
determines
he
temperature
of
the
planet.
Another
possibility
is
that
man’s
industrial
and
agricultural
methods
may
be
affecting
the
natural
weather
patterns.
However,
the
weather
is
not
understood
well
enough
for
scientists
to
say
for
certain
what
is
happening
to
the
climate
and
what
side
effects
this
will
actually
have
on
the
word’s
population.
1.
According
to
the
text,
the
climate
of
the
world
seems
to
______.
A.
be
getting
colder
B.
be
getting
warmer
C.
remain
the
same
in
the
past
ten
years
D.
have
good
effects
on
the
world’s
population
2.
According
to
what
you
have
read,
Which
of
the
following
is
turn?
A.
Man’s
activities
have
no
effect
on
the
climate.
B.
Another
ice
age
will
come
soon.
C.
People
don’t
care
about
the
changing
climate.
D.
Scientists
are
not
yet
sure
about
the
reason
for
the
changing
climate.
3.
A
meteorologist
is
a
person
who
______.
A.
reads
weather
forecasts
on
radio
or
television
B.
thinks
there
will
be
another
ice
age
C.
studies
and
knows
about
the
weather
D.
believes
there
will
be
widespread
flooding
4.
Which
of
the
following
may
be
factors
that
affect
the
natural
weather
patterns?
A.
Clouds
B.
The
amount
of
heat
the
earth
receives
C.
Man’s
industrial
and
agricultural
methods
D.
All
of
the
above
5.
A
best
title
for
the
text
would
be
______.
A.
Droughts
and
Floods
B.
Meteorologists
C.
Changing
Climate
D.
Solar
Heat
Keys:
1-5
ADCDC
高考英语阅读练习（066）
Ternang,
Mon,
More
than
10,000
people
were
made
homeless
in
Ternang
after
six
days
of
continuous
heavy
rain.
The
wooden
bridge
across
the
river
has
been
swept
away.
The
town
is
cut
by
flood
eaters.
At
the
fifth
mile
Jalan
Tengku,
the
water
is
now
two
metres
deep.
It
is
closed
to
all
traffic.
Motorists
going
south
are
advised
to
use
Jalan
Hisamuddin.
Flooding
first
appeared
at
mid-afternoon
yesterday
along
the
river
banks.
People
moving
to
higher
ground
were
just
in
time
to
escape
from
the
flood.
Most
of
the
people
had
to
leave
their
possessions
behind.
Helped
by
the
army,
police,
Red
Cross
Society,
the
whole
town
was
moved
out
of
danger.
They
are
now
housed
near
the
town
of
Tulang.
“Everything
possible
is
being
done
to
help
the
unfortunate
people,”
a
government
official
said,
“In
fact,
money,
food
and
clothing
have
begun
to
come
in
from
organizations
and
people.
“
According
to
the
latest
reports
it
is
still
raining
heavily
at
Ternang.
The
whole
town
is
expected
to
be
totally
covered.
So
far
nobody
has
been
reported
dead.
1.
Jalan
Tengku
was
closed
because
______.
A.
it
had
broken
up
B.
the
bridge
over
it
had
been
washed
away
C.
it
was
deeply
flooded
D.
it
was
damaged
2.
Motorists
to
the
south
were
advised
to
______.
A.
return
home
B.
avoid
all
roads
C.
move
the
higher
ground
D.
travel
by
Jalan
Hisamuddin
3.
The
flood
victims
first
escaped
to
______.
A.
the
nearby
town
B.
Jalan
Hisamuddin
C.
higher
ground
D.
Tulang
4.
The
people
are
staying
______.
A.
at
a
newspaper
office
B.
at
a
police
station
C.
in
Tulang
D.
on
their
roof
tops
5.
The
flood
is
expected
to
______.
A.
go
down
B.
cause
more
rain
C.
become
worse
D.
kill
more
people
Keys:
1-5
CDCCC
高考英语阅读练习（067）
A
bar
owner
locked
up
the
door
of
his
bar
at
2
a.
m.
and
went
home
to
sleep.
He
had
been
in
bed
only
a
few
minutes
when
the
phone
rang.
“What
time
do
you
open
up
in
the
morning?”
he
heard
an
obviously
drunken
man
ask.
The
owner
was
so
angry
that
he
slammed
down（砰地放下）the
receiver
and
went
back
to
bed.
A
few
minutes
later
there
was
another
call
and
he
heard
the
same
voice
ask
the
same
question.
“Listen,”
the
owner
shouted,
“there
is
no
sense
in
asking
me
what
time
I
open
because
I
wouldn’t
let
a
person
in
your
condition
in.
“I
don’t
want
to
get
in,”
the
caller
interrupted,
“I
want
to
get
out.
“
1.
The
business
ended
______.
A.
at
two
o’clock
before
midnight
B.
at
two
o’clock
after
noon
C.
at
two
o’clock
after
midnight
D.
at
two
o’clock
in
the
afternoon
2.
It’s
clear
that
the
caller
______.
A.
enjoyed
himself
very
much
B.
had
eaten
a
lot
of
rice
C.
drank
a
lot
of
wine
D.
wanted
to
drink
more
3.
At
first
the
owner
thought
______.
A.
the
caller
wanted
to
drink
in
his
bar
B.
it
too
late
to
enter
his
bar
C.
it
impolite
to
phone
him
at
that
time
D.
it
of
no
sense
to
ask
him
such
a
question
4.
“What
time
do
you
open
up?”
shows
that
______.
A.
the
caller
didn’t
know
the
exact
time
when
that
bar
opened
B.
the
caller
was
anxious
to
go
to
his
bar
to
drink
C.
the
caller
left
something
in
the
bar
and
he
wanted
to
find
it
D.
the
caller
wanted
to
get
out
5.
The
drunken
man
made
two
phone
calls
to
the
bar
owner
______.
A.
at
a
phone
booth（公用电话间）
B.
inside
the
bar
C.
at
home
D.
in
a
hotel
Keys:
1-5
CCADB
高考英语阅读练习（068）
The
human
nose
has
given
to
the
language
of
the
world
many
interesting
expressions.
Of
course,
this
is
not
surprising.
Without
the
nose,
we
could
not
breathe
or
smell.
It
is
the
part
of
the
face
that
gives
a
person
special
character.
Cyrano
de
Bergerac
said
that
a
large
nose
showed
a
great
man
courageous,
manly
and
wise.
A
famous
woman
poet
wished
that
she
had
two
noses
to
smell
a
rose!
Blaise
Pascal
made
an
interesting
remark
about
Cleopatra’s（古埃及王后）nose.
If
it
had
been
shorter,
he
said,
it
would
have
changed
the
whole
face
of
the
world!
Man’s
nose
has
had
an
important
role
in
his
imagination.
Man
has
referred
to
the
nose
in
many
ways
to
express
his
emotions.
Expressions
dealing
with
the
nose
refer
to
human
weakness:
anger,
pride,
jealousy（嫉妒）and
revenge（报复）.
In
English
there
are
a
number
of
phrases
about
the
nose.
For
example,
to
hold
up
one’s
nose
expressed
a
basic
human
feelingpride.
People
can
hold
up
their
hoses
at
people,
things
and
places.
The
phrase,
to
be
led
around
by
the
nose,
shows
man’s
weakness.
A
person
who
is
led
around
by
the
nose
lets
other
people
control
him.
On
the
other
hand,
a
person
who
follows
his
nose
lets
his
instinct（本能）guide
him.
There
are
a
number
of
others.
However,
it
should
be
as
plain
as
the
nose
on
your
face
that
the
nose
in
more
than
an
organ
for
breathing
and
smelling.
1.
The
passage
is
about
______.
A.
an
organ,
with
which
people
can
breathe
and
smell
B.
the
nose,
which
gives
different
and
useful
expressions
C.
the
nose
giving
a
person
special
character
D.
interesting
remarks
about
the
nose
made
by
some
people
2.
From
the
passage
we
know
______.
A.
“Cleopatra’s
nose”
changed
the
whole
face
of
the
world
indeed.
B.
Cleopatra
had
a
strong
will
to
change
the
whole
look
of
the
world
C.
Cleopatra’s
nose
was
not
short
D.
Cleopatra
hoped
that
people
would
change
the
whole
face
of
the
world
3.
The
nose
expressed
______.
A.
some
human
weakness
or
other
B.
people’s
shortcomings
C.
people’s
different
emotions
D.
human
feeling
in
bad
sense
4.
A
person
who
follows
his
nose
______.
A.
won’t
take
others’
advice
B.
is
easily
controlled
by
others
C.
is
weak-minded
D.
has
will
of
his
own
5.
How
many
expressions
about
the
nose
are
mentioned
in
the
passage?
A.
Two
B.
Three
C.
Four
D.
Five
Keys:
1-5
BCCDC
高考英语阅读练习（069）
A
thief
entered
the
bedroom
of
the
30th
President
of
the
United
States,
who
met
him
and
helped
him
escape
punishment．
The
event
happened
in
the
early
morning
hours
in
one
of
the
first
days
when
Calvin
Coolidge
came
into
power,
late
in
August,
1923．He
and
his
family
were
living
in
the
same
third-floor
suite
(套房)
at
the
Willard
Hotel
in
Washington
that
they
had
occupied
several
years
before．The
former
President’s
wife
was
still
living
in
the
White
House．
Coolidge
awoke
to
see
a
stranger
go
through
his
clothes,
remove
a
wallet
and
a
watch
chain．
Coolidge
spoke,
“I
wish
you
wouldn’t
take
that．”
The
thief,
gaining
his
voice,
said,
“Why?”
“I
don’t
mean
the
watch
and
chain,
only
the
charm
(表坠)．Take
it
near
the
window
and
read
what
is
impressed
on
its
back,
“
the
President
said．
The
thief
read,
“Presented
to
Calvin
Coolidge．”
“Are
you
President
Coolidge
?
“
he
asked．
The
President
answered,
“Yes,
and
the
House
of
Representatives
(众议院)
gave
me
that
watch
charm．I’m
fond
of
it．It
would
do
you
no
good．You
want
money．Let’s
talk
this
over．”
Holding
up
the
wallet,
the
young
man
said
in
a
low
vioce,
“I’ll
take
this
and
leave
everything
else．”
Coolidge,
knowing
there
was
＄80
in
it,
persuaded
the
young
man
to
sit
down
and
talk．He
told
the
President
he
and
his
college
roommate
had
overspent
during
their
holiday
and
did
not
have
enough
money
to
pay
their
hotel
bill．
Coolidge
added
up
the
roommate
and
two
rail
tickets
back
to
the
college．Then
he
counted
out
＄32
said
it
was
a
loan
(借款)．
He
then
told
the
young
man,
“There
is
a
guard
in
the
corridor．”
The
young
man
nodded
and
left
through
the
same
window
as
he
had
entered．
1．What
caused
the
thief
to
meet
the
President?
A．He
knew
the
President
had
lots
of
money．
B．He
knew
the
President
lived
in
the
suite．
C．He
wanted
to
be
a
rich
businessman．
D．He
wanted
to
steal
some
money．
2．Why
did
Calvin
Coolidge
live
at
the
Willard
Hotel
in
those
days?
A．Because
the
former
President
was
still
living
in
the
White
House．
B．Because
the
former
First
Lady
hadn’t
left
the
White
House．
C．Because
the
First
Lady
liked
to
live
there．
D．Because
he
liked
there．
3．Coolidge
counted
out
＄32
______．
A．in
order
not
to
be
killed
by
the
thief
B．in
order
to
be
out
of
danger
C．so
as
to
help
the
young
student
overcome
his
difficulty
D．because
he
had
no
more
money
4．The
young
man’s
roommate
went
back
to
the
college
______．
A．by
air
B．by
water
C．by
bus
D．by
train
5．Which
of
the
following
might
happen
afterwards?
A．The
young
student
repaid
the＄32．
B．The
thief
was
put
into
prison．
C．The
President
told
many
reporters
the
thief’s
name．
D．The
President
ordered
the
young
man
to
repay
the
money．
Keys:
1-5
DBCDA
高考英语阅读练习（070）
Homing
pigeons
are
placed
in
a
training
program
from
about
the
time
they
are
twenty-eight
days
of
age．They
are
taught
to
enter
the
loft
through
a
trap
and
to
exercise
above
and
around
the
loft
and
gradually
they
are
taken
away
for
short
distance
in
wicker
baskets
and
released．They
are
then
expected
to
find
their
way
home
in
the
shortest
possible
time．
In
their
training
flights
or
in
actual
races,
the
birds
are
taken
to
prearranged
distant
points
and
released
to
find
their
way
back
to
their
own
lofts．Once
the
birds
are
liberated,
their
owners,
who
are
standing
by
at
the
home
lofts,
anxiously
watch
the
sky
for
the
return
of
their
entries．Since
time
is
of
the
essence
(本质)
the
speed
with
which
the
birds
can
be
induced
to
enter
the
loft
trap
may
make
the
difference
between
gaining
a
win
or
a
second
place．
The
head
of
a
homing
pigeon
is
comparatively
small,
but
its
brain
is
one
quarter
larger
than
that
of
the
ordinary
pigeon．The
homing
pigeon
is
very
intelligent
and
will
persevere
to
the
point
of
stubbornness
(顽强)
；some
have
been
known
to
fly
a
hundred
miles
off
course
to
avoid
a
storm．
Some
homing
pigeon
experts
claim
that
this
bird
is
gifted
with
a
form
of
built-in
radar
that
helps
it
find
its
own
loft
after
hours
of
flight,
for
hidden
under
the
headfeathers
are
two
very
sensitive
ears,
while
the
sharp
prominent
(突出的)
eyes
can
see
great
distances
in
daytime．
Why
do
homing
pigeons
fly
home?
They
are
not
unique
in
this
inherent
skill；
it
is
found
in
most
migratory
birds,
in
bees,
ants,
toads
and
even
turtles,
which
have
been
known
to
travel
hundreds
of
miles
to
return
to
their
homes．But
in
the
animal
world,
the
homing
pigeon
alone
can
be
trusted
with
its
freedom
and
trained
to
carry
out
the
missions
that
people
demand．
1．What
is
the
purpose
of
the
passage?
A．To
convince
the
reader
to
buy
a
homing
pigeon．
B．To
inform
the
reader
about
homing
pigeons
and
their
training．
C．To
protect
homing
pigeons
against
the
threat
of
extinction．
D．To
encourage
the
owners
of
homing
pigeons
to
set
the
birds
free．
2．According
to
the
passage,
what
happens
to
homing
pigeons
when
they
are
about
a
month
old?
A．They
are
kept
in
a
trap．
B．They
enter
their
first
race．
C．They
begin
a
training
program．
D．They
get
their
wings
clipped
and
marked．
3．According
to
the
passage,
what
is
the
difference
between
a
homing
pigeon
and
an
ordinary
one?
A．The
span
of
the
wings．
B．The
shape
of
the
eyes．
C．The
texture
of
the
feathers．
D．The
size
of
the
brain．
4．The
underlined
word
“it”
refers
to
which
of
the
following?
A．radar
B．bird
C．loft
D．form
5．Why
does
the
author
mention
bees,
ants,
toads
and
turtles
in
the
last
paragraph?
A．To
describe
some
unusual
kinds
of
pets．
B．To
measure
distances
traveled
by
various
animals．
C．To
compare
their
home-finding
abilities
with
those
of
homing
pigeons．
D．To
interest
the
reader
in
learning
about
other
animals．
Keys:
1-5BCDBC
高考英语阅读练习（071）
The
temperature
of
the
sun
is
over
5000
degrees
Fahrenheit
at
the
surface,
but
it
rises
to
perhaps
more
than
16
million
degrees
at
the
center．The
sun
is
so
much
hotter
than
the
earth
that
matter
can
exist
only
as
a
gas,
except
at
the
core．In
the
core
of
the
sun,
the
pressures
are
so
great
against
the
gases
that,
despite
the
high
temperature,
there
may
be
a
small
solid
core．However,
no
one
really
knows,
since
the
center
of
the
sun
can
never
be
directly
observed．
Solar
astronomers
do
know
that
the
sun
is
divided
into
five
layers
or
zones．Starting
at
the
outside
and
going
down
into
the
sun,
the
zones
are
the
corona,
chromosphere,
photosphere,
convection
zone
and
finally
the
core．The
first
three
zones
are
regarded
as
the
sun’s
atmosphere．But
since
the
sun
has
no
solid
surface,
it
is
hard
to
tell
where
the
atmosphere
ends
and
the
main
body
of
the
sun
begins．
The
sun’s
outermost
layer
begins
about
10000
miles
above
the
visible(可见的)
surface
and
goes
outward
for
millions
of
miles．This
is
the
only
part
of
the
sun
that
can
be
seen
during
an
eclipse
(食)
such
as
the
one
in
February
1979．At
any
other
time,
the
corona
can
be
seen
only
when
special
instruments
are
used
on
cameras
and
telescopes
to
shut
out
the
glare
of
the
sun’s
rays．
The
corona
is
a
brilliant,
pearly
white,
filmy
light,
about
as
bright
as
the
full
moon．Its
beautiful
rays
are
a
sensational
sight
during
an
eclipse．The
corona’s
rays
flash
out
in
a
brilliant
fan
that
has
wispy
spikelike
(一束束穗状)
rays
near
the
sun’s
north
and
south
poles．The
corona
is
thickest
at
the
sun’s
equator．
The
corona
rays
are
made
up
of
gases
streaming
outward
at
tremendous
speeds
and
reaching
a
temperature
of
more
than
2
million
degrees
Fahrenheit．The
rays
of
gas
thin
out
as
they
reach
the
space
around
the
planets．By
the
time
the
sun’s
corona
rays
reach
the
Earth,
they
are
weak
and
invisible．
1．Matter
on
the
sun
can
exist
only
in
the
form
of
gas
because
of
the
sun’s
______．
A．size
B．age
C．location
D．temperature
2．With
what
topic
is
the
second
paragraph
mainly
concerned?
A．How
the
Sun
evolved．
B．The
structure
of
the
Sun．
C．Why
scientists
study
the
Sun．
D．The
distance
of
the
Sun
from
the
planets
3．All
of
the
following
are
parts
of
the
sun’s
atmosphere
EXCEPT
the
______．
A．corona
B．chromosphere
C．photosphere
D．core
4．According
to
the
passage,
as
the
corona
rays
reach
the
planets,
they
become
______．
A．hotter
B．clearer
C．thinner
D．stronger
5．The
paragraphs
following
the
passage
most
likely
discuss
which
of
the
following?
A．The
remaining
layers
of
the
sun．
B．The
evolution
of
the
sun
to
its
present
form．
C．The
eclipse
of
February
1979．
Keys:
1-5
DBDCA
高考英语阅读练习（072）
Having
no
language,
infants
cannot
be
told
what
they
need
to
learn．Yet
by
the
age
of
three
they
will
have
mastered
the
basic
structure
of
their
native
language
and
will
be
well
on
their
way
to
communicative
competence
(能力)．Acquiring
(取得)
their
language
is
a
most
impressive
intellectual
feat．Students
of
how
children
learn
language
generally
agree
that
the
most
remarkable
aspect
(方面)
of
this
feat
is
the
rapid
acquisition
of
grammar．Nevertheless,
the
ability
of
children
to
conform
to
grammatical
rules
is
only
slightly
more
wonderful
than
their
ability
to
learn
words．It
has
been
reckoned
that
the
average
high
school
graduate
in
the
United
States
has
a
reading
vocabulary
of
80000
words,
which
includes
idiomatic
expressions
and
proper
names
of
people
and
places．This
vocabulary
must
have
been
learned
over
a
period
of
16
years．From
the
figures,
it
can
be
calculated
that
the
average
child
learns
at
a
rate
of
about
13
new
words
per
day．Clearly
a
learning
process
of
great
complexity
goes
on
at
a
rapid
rate
in
children．
1．What
is
the
main
subject
of
the
passage?
A．Language
acquisition
in
children．
B．Teaching
languages
to
children．
C．How
to
memorize
words．
D．Communicating
with
infants．
2．The
underlined
word
“feat”
is
closest
in
meaning
to
which
of
the
following?
A．experiment
B．idea
C．activity
D．accomplishment
3．The
underlined
word
“reckoned”
is
closest
in
meaning
to
which
of
the
following?
A．suspected
B．estimated
C．proved
D．said
4．The
underlined
word
“which”
refers
to
______
．
A．their
ability
B．reading
vocabulary
C．idiomatic
expression
D．learning
process
5．According
to
the
passage,
what
is
impressive
about
the
way
children
learn
vocabulary?
A．They
learn
words
before
they
learn
grammar．
B．They
learn
even
very
long
words．
C．They
learn
words
very
quickly．
D．They
learn
the
most
words
in
high
school．
Keys:
1-5
ADBBC
高考英语阅读练习（073）
Two
American
scientists
told
the
people
in
industrial
nations
that
they
would
be
much
healthier
if
they
ate
more
of
the
same
kind
of
foods
eaten
by
humans
living
more
than
10,000
years
ago．
The
scientists
say
that
the
human
body
has
changed
very
little
since
human
first
appeared
on
earth,
but
the
way
we
live
has
changed
greatly．Our
body
has
not
been
able
to
deal
with
these
changes
in
life
style
and
this
has
led
to
new
kinds
of
sicknesses．These
new
sicknesses
were
not
known
in
ancient
times．So
they
are
called
“diseases
of
civilization（文明）”．Many
cancers（癌）
and
diseases
of
the
blood
system,
including
heart
attacks
and
strokes（中风）
are
examples
of
such
diseases．
Scientists
noted
that
early
stone-age
people
used
very
little
alcohol（酒精）or
tabacco,
probably
none．Ancient
people
also
got
a
great
deal
of
physical
exercise,
but
a
change
in
food
is
one
of
the
main
differences
between
life
in
ancient
times
and
life
today．
Stone-age
people
hunted
wild
animals
for
their
meat,
which
had
much
less
fat
than
farm
animals．They
also
ate
a
lot
of
fresh
wild
vegetables,
and
fruits．They
did
not
use
milk
and
other
dairy
products（乳制品）,
and
they
made
very
little
use
of
grains．But
today,
we
eat
a
large
amount
of
dairy
products
and
grain
foods．We
eat
six
times
more
salt
than
stone-age
people．We
eat
more
sugar．We
eat
twice
as
much
fat
but
only
one
third
as
much
protein（蛋白质）and
much
less
vitamin（维生素）C．
People
today
probably
do
not
want
to
live
as
people
thousands
of
years
ago
did,
but
scientists
say
that
we
would
be
much
healthier
if
we
ate
as
those
ancient
people
did,
cutting
the
amount
of
fatty,
salty
and
sweet
foods．
1．The
people
in
industrial
nations
would
be
much
healthier
if
they
ate
______．
A．more
foods
as
humans
living
10,000
years
ago
did
B．as
humans
living
10,000
years
ago
ate
C．more
kinds
of
food
eaten
by
people
living
over
10,000
years
ago
D．more
of
the
same
kinds
of
foods
eaten
by
people
over
10,000
years
ago
2．New
kinds
of
sicknesses
have
been
found
because
______
A．the
human
body
has
changed
compared
with
human
first
appeared
on
earth
B．the
way
we
live
has
changed
a
little
C．our
body
can’t
deal
with
the
changes
in
life
style
D．the
way
we
live
today
are
proper
for
the
human
body
3．What
is
the
main
cause
mentioned
in
the
article
why
people
suffer
from
a
lot
of
new
sicknesses?
A．Ancient
people
did
a
great
deal
of
physical
exercise．
B．People
today
have
a
lot
of
alcohol．
C．People
today
have
more
tobacco．
D．Food
is
quite
different
between
life
today
and
life
in
ancient
times．
4．Stone-age
people
were
much
healthier
than
people
today
because
they
ate
a
lot
of
______．
A．milk
and
other
dairy
products
B．grain
foods
and
farm
animals
C．salt
and
sugar
D．wild
animals,
fresh
wild
vegetables
and
fruits
5．From
this
article,
we
know
that
______
are
not
good
to
our
health．
A．protein
and
vitamin
C
B．milk
and
grain
foods
C．wild
animals,
vegetables
and
fruits
D．a
huge
amount
of
fatty,
salty
and
sweet
foods
Keys:
1-5
DCDDD
高考英语阅读练习（074）
Shanghai
is
the
largest
city
in
China．About
eleven
million
people
make
their
homes
in
Shanghai
and
its
suburbs（郊区）．This
enormous（巨大的)city
spreads
out
along
the
banks
of
the
Huang
Pu
River,
which
flows
into
the
mouth
of
the
Yangtze
River
about
fourteen
miles
north
of
here．Large
oceangoing
ships
travel
to
Shanghai
by
way
of
the
Yanggze
and
the
Huang
Pu．
Shanghai
was
a
small,
unimportant
city
until
1842
when
China
lost
a
war
with
Great
Britain．The
British
realized
that
Shanghai
was
in
an
excellent
location（位置）
to
serve
as
a
seaport
for
the
densely（密集）
populated
Yangtze
River
Plain．They
forced
the
Chinese
to
allow
English
traders
to
settle
on
the
wastelands
outside
the
city
walls．Later,
French,
American,
and
Japanese
traders
also
came
to
Shanghai．The
foreigners
built
whole
new
sections
of
Shanghai,
including
homes,
stores,
factories,
and
office
buildings．Thousands
of
Chinese
poured
into
Shanghai
in
search
of
jobs．Most
of
them
settled
in
the
old
part
of
the
city．As
time
passed,
shanghai
became
one
of
the
busiest
seaports
in
the
world．
1．According
to
the
article,
the
population
inside
the
city
of
Shanghai
is
______
A．eleven
million
B．less
than
eleven
million
C．more
than
eleven
million
D．about
eleven
million
2．The
Huang
Pu
River
is
connected
with
______
at
a
spot
about
fourteen
miles
______
of
the
city．
A．the
Yangtze……north
B．the
city…north
C．the
mouth
of
Huang
Pu
River…north
D．Yangtze
River…south
3．Before
1842,
the
Yangtze
River
Plain
was
______．
A．very
developed
B．densely
populated
C．at
a
war
with
Great
Britain
D．a
small,
unimportant
city
4．The
British
first
settled
on
the
land
because
______．
A．they
wanted
to
build
stores
here
B．they
thought
the
place
was
beautiful
C．they
realized
that
it
was
a
very
good
location
for
a
seaport
D．they
wanted
to
have
a
war
here
5．A
lot
of
Chinese
came
into
Shanghai
to
______．
A．visit
the
city
B．trade
with
foreigners
C．build
one
of
the
busiest
seaports
D．look
for
jobs
Keys:
1-5
BABCD
高考英语阅读练习（075）
In
1986,
Willie
Mays
was
paid
$
125,000
to
play
baseball,
but
the
$
80,000
a
year
earned
by
Babe
Ruth,
the
homerun
king
of
the
early
1930’s,
went
a
great
deal
farther．The
two
men
paid
greatly
different
amounts
for
federal
taxes
and
consumer
goods．read
what
Dr
Lawrence
Ritter
had
to
say
on
this
matter．Dr
Ritter
is
chairman
of
the
department
of
finance（财政）at
New
York
University’s
graduate
school
of
business．
“On
his
$
80,000
Ruth
paid
$
11,500
in
federal
income
taxes,
giving
him
a
takehome
pay
of
$
68,500．On
his
$
125,000
Mays
paid
a
federal
income
tax
of
$
73,000,
leaving
$
52,000
in
take-home
pay．In
addition,
consumer
prices
today
are
about
2．2
times
as
high
as
they
were
in
1931．At
today’s
prices,
Mays’
$
52,000
takehome
bay
would
buy
what
$
23,000
would
have
bought
in
1931．In
terms
of
purchasing（购买）
power,
Mays’
Salary（薪水）
was
worth
only
about
one-third
of
Ruth’s．”
1．The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
______．
A．Poor
Willie
B．Rich
Babe
C．Rising
Price
D．Too
Much
Tax
2．The
passage
seems
truthful
because
______．
A．it
is
about
real
people
B．Dr
Ritter
is
a
famous
professor
C．it
gives
exact
figures（数字）
D．it
is
well
written
3．Which
of
the
following
is
true?
A．Ruth
had
bigger
salary．
B．Mays
got
more
take-home
pay．
C．Ruth
had
bigger
purchasing
power．
D．Mays
could
spend
less
money
on
consumer
goods．
4．Mays’
federal
income
tax
is
______
higher
than
Ruth’s．
A．14．4%
B．58．4%
C．44%
D．16．8%
5．From
the
passage
we
can
conclude
that
______．
A．the
United
States
is
getting
richer
and
richer
B．the
dollar
today
is
worth
less
than
it
was
in
the
thirties
C．American
people
are
paid
today
less
than
in
1931
D．Amercian
sportsmen
become
poorer
and
poorer
Keys:
1-5
ACCCB
高考英语阅读练习（076）
The
Antarctic（南极地区）is
actually
a
desert．It
is
the
only
continent
on
the
earth
without
a
river
or
a
lake．
The
Antarctic
is
all
ice
all
year
round．The
warmest
temperature
ever
recorded
there
is
zero,
at
the
south
Pole．Explorers
used
to
think
that
a
place
so
cold
would
have
a
heavy
snowfall．But
less
than
ten
inches
of
snow
falls
each
year．That
is
less
than
half
an
inch
of
water．Ten
times
that
much
moisture（水分）
falls
in
parts
of
the
Sahara．
The
little
snow
that
falls
in
Antarctica（南极）never
melts．It
continues
to
pile
up
deeper
and
deeper
year
after
year
and
century
after
century．When
the
snow
gets
to
be
about
eighty
feet
deep,
it
is
turned
to
ice
by
the
weight
of
the
snow
above
it．
1．Antarctica
is
called
a
desert
because
it
______．
A．is
sandy
B．has
the
same
temperature
as
desert
C．has
little
moisture
and
no
lakes
or
rivers
D．all
of
the
above
2．The
Antarctic
has
______．
A．ten
times
as
much
moisture
as
the
Sahara
B．the
same
amount
of
moisture
as
the
Sahara
C．about
one-tenth
the
moisture
of
the
Sahara
D．none
of
these
3．The
snow
in
Antarctica
is
very
deep
because
it
______．
A．never
stops
falling
B．piles
up
year
after
year
C．never
melts
D．both
B
and
C
4．The
snow
turns
to
ice
when
______．
A．it
gets
wet
B．the
temperature
gets
colder
C．the
next
snowfall
comes
D．the
snow
above
it
is
heavy
enough
5．The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
______．
A．A
Strange
Continent
B．the
AntarcticAn
Ice
C．Snowfall
at
the
South
Pole
D．the
World’s
Greatest
Desert
Keys:
1-5
CCDDB
高考英语阅读练习（077）
By
following
the
footsteps
on
the
muddy
road，
the
dog
guided
us
to
a
small
house．I
waved
to
my
comrades
and
we
came
near
to
a
window．Looking
in
we
found
a
man
turning
his
radio
set
or
operating
some
other
instruments，
possibly
trying
to
get
in
touch
with
someone．He
suddenly
turned
round．He
must
have
sensed
that
there
was
something
wrong．The
danger
he
was
in
hit
him．He
picked
up
his
gun，
opened
the
door
as
quickly
as
possible，
and
rushed
out，
trying
to
flee．He
was
out
of
breath
when
he
saw
us
closing
in
and
let
out
a
cry
in
despair(绝望)．
1．What
does
the
phrase
“closing
in”
in
this
passage
mean?
A．“Shooting
at”
B．“Coming
nearer
in
order
to
attack”
C．“Making
a
quick
attack”
D．“Asking
someone
to
give
in”
2．From
the
story
we
can
infer
that
______
A．the
police
searched
for
a
spy
and
caught
him
in
the
end
B．a
group
of
children
were
playing
the
game
of
hide
and
seek
C．the
police
found
the
man
by
chance
D．the
man
was
brave
enough
to
face
those
people
3．From
the
passage，
we
can
imagine
that
in
the
end
______．
A.
the
man
was
caught
easily
B．the
man
was
caught
after
a
good
fighting
C．the
man
was
shot
dead
D．the
man
would
rather
die
than
give
in
Key:
1─3
BAA
高考英语阅读练习（078）
When
my
first
wartime
Christmas
came，
I
was
in
basic
training
in
New
Jersey
and
not
sure
if
I
could
make
it
home
for
the
holidays．Only
on
the
afternoon
of
December
23
was
the
list
of
men
who
would
have
three-day
passes
posted．I
was
one
of
the
lucky
soldiers．It
was
Christmas
Eve
when
I
arrived
home，
and
a
light
snow
had
fallen．Mother
opened
the
front
door．I
could
see
beyond
her，
into
the
corner
of
the
living
room
where
the
tree
had
always
stood．There
were
lights，
all
colors，
and
ornaments(装饰物)shining
against
the
green
of
a
pine．
“Where
did
it
come
from?”
I
asked．
“I
asked
the
Gates
boy
to
cut
it，”
my
mother
said．“I
wouldn’t
have
had
one
just
for
myself，
but
when
called-oh，
such
a
rush！
He
just
brought
it
in
this
afternoon…”
The
pine
reached
to
the
proper
height，
almost
to
the
ceiling，
and
the
Tree
Top
Krystal
Star
was
its
place．A
few
green
branches
reached
about
a
little
awkwardly(不够美观地)at
the
side，
I
thought，
and
there
was
a
bit
of
bare
trunk
showing
in
the
middle．But
the
tree
filled
the
room
with
warm
light
and
the
whole
house
with
the
pleasant
smell
of
Christmas．
“It’s
not
like
the
one
you
used
to
find，”
my
mother
went
on．“Yours
were
always
in
good
shape．I
suppose
the
Gates
boy
didn’t
know
where
to
look．But
I
couldn’t
be
fussy(挑剔的)．”
“Don’t
worry，”
I
told
her．“It’s
perfect.”
It
wasn’t，
of
course，
but
at
the
moment
I
realized
something
for
the
first
time：
all
Christmas
trees
are
perfect．
1．From
the
passage，
we
can
infer
that
______．
A．the
writer
spent
his
first
Christmas
during
the
war
B．soldiers
did
not
all
go
home
for
Christmas
during
the
war
C．all
the
soldiers
had
three-day
passes
D．the
writer
could
not
go
home
for
Christmas
2．When
the
writer
got
home，
______．
A．it
was
December
23
B．it
was
snowing
heavily
C．he
found
a
Christmas
tree
in
the
living
room
D．the
Gates
boy
was
cutting
a
Christmas
tree
for
his
mother
3．From
this
passage，
we
can
conclude
that
______．
A．the
writer
used
to
cut
very
beautiful
Christmas
trees
B．his
mother
didn’t
like
perfect
trees
C．his
mother
didn’t
want
to
have
a
tree
D．the
writer
wouldn’t
have
a
tree
cut
by
someone
else
4．“All
Christmas
trees
are
perfect”，
because
they
can
remind
you
of
______．
A．the
wartime
B．the
green
of
a
pine
C．the
pleasant
smell
D．the
sweet
home
5．The
best
title
for
this
passage
would
be
“______”．
A．How
to
Choose
a
Christmas
Tree
B．How
Soldiers
Spent
Christmas
C．The
Perfect
Christmas
Tree
D．The
Christmas
Without
a
Tree
Key:
1-5
BCADC
高考英语阅读练习（079）
Nowadays，most
employees
of
local
high-tech
industries
are
below
the
age
of
35，and
for
newly
rising
industries
such
as
computer
software
and
the
Internet，
the
figure
is
below
30．People
in
this
age
bracket(阶层)
are
known
as
Generation-X，which
is
made
up
of
those
born
between
1963
and
1981(i.
e.
those
aged
between
17
and
35)．Compared
with
those
born
from
1946
to
1960，Generation-X
are
typically
independent，
they
also
have
their
shortcomings．Employers
often
complain
that
Generation-X
are
a
group
hard
to
manage．Although
willingness
and
enthusiasm(热情)are
highly
valued
by
Generation-X，they
will
not
accept
orders
blindly．In
short，Generation-X
will
not
accept
authoritarian(权力主义)
leadership．They
expect
their
leaders
to
have
a
detailed
understanding
of
the
job，
and
most
importantly，to
treat
them
as
an
important
member
of
them-as
partners．
As
a
result，
managing
Generation-X
employees
is
not
only
a
science
but
also
an
art．There
are
basic
guidelines
to
follow
in
managing
them
and
helping
them
perform
at
their
best：
1．Support
them
in
their
quest(追求)for
knowledge
skills；
2．Room
for
creativity
and
failure：
3．Provide
frequent
and
timely
feedback(反馈)；
4．Provide
communication
channels
If
managers
follow
these
basic
guidelines，
they
may
find
that
the
employees
they
once
considered
as
young，
selfish
and
uncontrollable
turn
out
to
be
responsible，
energetic
team
players．
1．Generation-X
in
this
article
refers
to
the
group
of
people
who
are______．
A．educated
employees
below
the
age
of
35
B．young
hard-working
workers
in
factories
C．disliked
by
the
managers
D．born
after
the
year
of
1963
2．From
the
article
we
know
that
the
writer
______．
A．thinks
highly
of
Generation-X
B．feels
disappointed
with
Generation-X
C．has
a
perfect
understanding
of
Generation-X
D．suggests
that
the
managers
be
strict
with
Generation-X
3．Employers
often
complain
about
Generation-X
because
______．
A．these
young
people
will
not
accept
their
leadership
B．they
don’t
understand
their
employees’
job
C．managing
this
group
of
people
is
no
easy
job
D．they
don’t
know
how
to
manage
and
help
this
group
of
people
4．If
you
were
a
manager
working
with
Generation-X，
you
should
______．
A．treat
them
as
equals
and
encourage
them
to
try
new
ideas
B．give
them
orders
frequently
and
make
them
work
hard
C．let
them
know
they
are
selfish
and
uncontrollable
D．warn
them
that
they
may
lose
jobs
at
any
time
Key:
1─4
ACDAD
高考英语阅读练习（080）
A
spell
checker
is
a
program
that
checks
the
spelling
of
every
word
in
a
document
by
looking
up
each
word
in
its
dictionary．If
the
word
does
not
appear
in
the
dictionary，
the
user
is
alerted
to
a
possible
misspelling，
and
possible
corrections
are
often
suggested．Many
word
processing(处理)
programs
include
spell
checkers．An
effective
spell
checker
needs
to
store
a
large
number
of
words
using
efficient
data(数据)
compression(压缩)
techniques，
and
it
must
be
able
to
search
the
list
quickly
with
a
binary(二进位的)
search．A
spell
checker
will
not
recognize
unusual
proper
names
or
specialized
terms，
but
it
will
often
allow
you
to
create
your
own
personal
dictionary
of
specialized
words
you
often
use．Spell
checkers
are
valuable
aids
to
proofreading，
but
they
cannot
catch
the
substitution
of
one
correctly
spelled
word
for
another(such
as
form
for
from，
or
to
for
too)．Thus
they
do
not
make
sure
that
a
document
is
free
of
spelling
errors．
1．Which
of
the
following
words
will
a
spell
checker
not
be
able
to
recognize?
A．maximum
B．minibus
C．Mickey
D．Mathilde
2．Which
of
the
following
mistakes
cannot
a
spell
checker
find?
A．Tom
is
watiting
for
Mary
outsyde
the
school
gate．
B．Tom
is
waiting
or
Mary
outside
the
school
gate．
C．Tom
is
waitting
or
Mary
outside
the
school
gate．
D．Tum
is
waiting
for
Mary
outside
the
school
gate．
3．What
does
the
word
“alerted”
in
the
passage
probably
mean?
A．suggested
B．warned
C．reminded
D．led
Key:
1-3
DBB
高考英语阅读练习（081）
In
China
some
radio
broadcasting
stations
use
hotlines
to
encourage
the
listeners
to
take
part
in
the
talk
shows.
That"s
a
good
idea.
Yes,
the
fact
is
some
people
do
nothing
but
break
the
whole
programme.
Some
people
know
little
about
the
topic
under
the
discussion.
Sometimes
they
do
not
even
know
what
the
host(主持人)is
talking
about.
So
the
host
has
to
tell
the
caller
what
the
show
is
about.
Usually
the
caller
will
ask
a
few
questions
which
express
his
hope
and
show
his
ignorance(无知).
The
host
has
to
answer
and
explain──how
silly
this
is!
It
wastes
a
lot
of
time.
It
seems
that
some
people
phone
the
hotlines
in
fun.
They
just
want
to
let
the
listeners
hear
them.
They
don"t
care
what
the
topic
is,
whether
they
themselves
are
interested
in
the
topic
or
how
silly
they
appear
to
be.
It"s
necessary
for
radio
broadcasting
stations
to
improve
the
hotline
programmes.
In
my
opinion,
if
a
caller
doesn"t
know
what
is
going
on,
the
operator
should
not
let
the
caller
take
part
in
it.
1.
The
sentence
"...some
people
do
nothing
but
break
the
whole
programmes
may
tell
us
that_______.
A.
radio
broadcasting
stations
use
hotlines
in
a
wrong
way
B.
some
people
have
unclear
thoughts
C.
there
are
problems
to
solve
in
the
use
of
hotlines
by
some
radio
broadcasting
stations
D.
the
use
of
hotlines
by
some
radio
broadcasting
stations
is
a
good
idea
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
not
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
Some
people
do
not
know
what
the
host
is
talking
about.
B.
Some
people
do
not
know
what
the
show
is
about.
C.
Some
people
know
little
about
the
topic
under
the
discussion.
D.
The
writer
tells
us
that
the
host
is
silly.
3.
The
host
has
to
answer
and
explain________.
A.
because
Of
lots
of
questions
raised
by
the
caller
B.
because
of
the
caller"s
ignorance
C.
for
the
host
likes
talking
to
the
caller
D.
for
the
host
works
hard
4.
The
passage
doesn"t
tell
us
the
idea________.
A.
that
some
listeners
phone
the
hotlines
in
fun
B.
that
some
people
just
wont
to
be
heard
by
others
C.
that
some
people
who
don"
t
care
what
the
topic
is
must
have
realized
that
they
appear
to
be
silly
D.
what
the
hotline
programmes
are
Keys:
1-4
CDBC
高考英语阅读练习（082）
People
today
expect
to
be
examined
when
they
enter
a
doctor"s
office.
At
least
they
expect
their
blood
pressure
and
temperature
to
be
measured.
However,
as
recently
as
two
hundred
years
ago,
a
doctor"s
treatment
depended
on
talking
with
patients.
In
general,
the
communication
between
doctors
and
their
patients
was
the
most
important
part
of
medical
methods.
The
modem
age
of
medicine
began
with
the
stethoscope
,an
instrmnent
for
listening
to
patients
heartbeat
and
breathing.
Before
that,
a
doctor
did
not
touch
a
patient.
In
fact,there
was
no
such
things
as
a
medical
examination.
The
stethoscope──and
all
other
medical
instruments──-had
a
serious
effect,
on
the
practice
of
medicine.
Doctors
became
better
at
finding
the
medical
problems.
More
lives
were
saved.
At
the
same
time,
doctors
gave
less
importance
to
the
communication
between
patients
and
doctors.
Some
doctors
actually
stopped
talking
to
their
patients.
It
is
easy
to
understand
why
some
sick
people
thought
themselves
as
broken
machines.
1.
A
stethoscope
can
be
used
to________.
A.
check
health
conditions
B.
cure
some
illness
C.
measure
temperature
D.
treat
heart
disease
2.
Doctors
gave
less
importance
to
the
communication
between
patients
and
doctors
mainly
because________.
A.
modern
medical
instruments
were
used
B.
they
could
cure
more
diseases
and
save
more
lives
C.
they
had
much
more
medical
experience
than
before
D.
they
were
too
busy
to
have
time
to
talk
with
patients
3.
Some
sick
people
thought
of
themselves
as
broken
machines,
which
suggested
that_______.
A.
modern
doctors
should
treat
their
patients
as
machines
B.
the
level
of
the
treatment
was
greatly
improved
C.
they
thought
they
were
useless
just
like
broken
machines
D.
they
were
not
satisfied
with
the
manner
in
which
doctors
treated
them
4.
The
best
title
for
this
passage
should
be________.
A.
Medical
Methods
of
Two
Hundred
Years
Ago
B.
The
Development
of
Medical
Methods
C.
The
Modem
Age
of
Medicine
D.
The
Use
of
the
Stethoscope
Keys:
1-4
AADB
高考英语阅读练习（083）
We
may
be
very
pleased
with
the
rapid
progress
we
have
made
in
every
field
of
study.
But
the
way
to
test
a
student"s
knowledge
and
ability
still
remains
as
poor
as
it
was,
We
have
almost
done
nothing
to
improve
our
examination
system.
It
is
well
known
that
the
examination
system
we
are
now
using
may
be
a
good
way
of
testing
a
student"s
memory,
but
it
can
tell
you
nothing
about
a
student"s
ability.
It
does
no
good
to
students
and
teachers.
As
soon
as
a
child
begins
school,he
enters
a
world
of
examination
that
will
decide
his
future
of
job.
In
fact
a
good
examination
system
should
train
a
student
to
think
for
himself.
But
it
now
does
nothing
about
that.
So
students
are
encouraged
to
member
what
is
taught.
It
does
not
enable
them
to
gain
more
and
note
knowledge.
The
students
who
come
out
first
in
the
examination
often
may
not
be
the
best
in
their
studies.
Besides,
the
examinations
often
force
teachers
to
train
students
what
to
do
with
the
coming
examination
from
time
to
time.
There
must
be
some
simpler
and
better
way
to
test
a
student"
s
ability
besides
knowledge.
And
that
is
what
we
should
do
at
once.
1.
Now
little
has
been
done
to________.
A.
decide
a
student"s
job
B.
test
a
student"s
ability
C.
test
a
student"s
knowledge
D.
test
a
student"s
memory
2.
The
examination
system
we
are
now
using
can
only
make
the
students________.
A.
gain
more
and
more
knowledge
B.
make
rapid
progress
C.
remember
what
is
taught
D.
think
for
themselves
3.
In
order
to
make
students
gain
high
marks
in
the
coming
examination,
teachers
have
to________.
A.
develop
their
students"
ability
B.
fill
their
students"
heads
with
much
information
C.
teach
freely
D.
teach
their
students
how
to
study
4.
The
passage
tells
us
about
the
importance
of________.
A.
getting
examination
system
improved
B.
taking
examinations
C.
testing
a
student"
s
knowledge
D.
working
hard
at
all
lessons
Keys:
1-4
BCBA
高考英语阅读练习（084）
Some
English
words
are
made
up
of
the
same
part
and
have
different
beginnings
and
different
endings,
such
as
import,
report
and
transport.
All
these
words,
you
can
see,
have
the
same
root
"port",
which
comes
from
the
Latin
word,
meaning"to
carry"or"to
move"from
one
place
to
another.
And
according
to
the
bit
at
the
beginning-
which
we
call
the
prefix(~S~)
-the
meaning
changes:
"import"
means
"to......
carry
in”
or
"to
bring
into
a
country”;
export
,
"ex"
means
"out
of"
,
so
this
word
means
"to
carry
out
of
a
country";
"re"
means
"back”,
so
the
word
"report”
means
"to
tell
somebody
to
bring
back
information
to
somebody";
"transport",
"trans"
means
"across"
and
it
means
"
to
carry
across
one
place
to
another".
Let"s
look
at
the
following
words:
supporter,
reporter,
importer
and
exporter.
You
can
see
that
in
this
case
these
words
are
nouns
which
are
made
up
of
the
verbs
plus
a
suffix(后辍)
,thus
meaning
a
person
who
completes
the
verb.
So
supporter
means
somebody
who
supports.
A
reporter
is
somebody
who
reports.
Importer
is
somebody
who
imports
and
exporter
is
somebody
who
exports,
and
so
on.
1.
In
the
sentence
"Some
English
words
are
made
up
of
the
same
part…"",
"part"
means
_______.
A.
different
beginnings
and
different
endings
B.
the
root
of
a
word
C.
the
same
root
which
has
different
meanings
D.
the
same
part
which
has
several
meanings
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
not
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
Apart
from"port”,
most
English
words
have
the
same
root
which
comes
from
the
Latin
word.
B.
"Port"
has
the
root
meaning
"to
move”
from
one
place
to
another.
C.
"Port”
is
the
root
forming
some
English
words.
D.
The
root
"port"
means
"to
carry".
3.
By
adding
a
prefix
or
a
suffix
to
a
root,
we
can
get
a
word
which
has_______.
A.
a
different
meaning
B.
a
lot
of
meanings
C.
the
meaning
of
a
Latin
word
D.
the
meaning
of
"in"
or"
out
of"
4.
We
can
get
a
noun_________.
A.
by
adding
a
suffix
to
a
verb
B.
by
changing
a
prefix
C.
just
by
adding
"er"
to
verbs
D.
only
by
adding"
er"
to
a
root
Keys:
1-4
BAAA
高考英语阅读练习（085）
To
lift
something
from
the
floor
correctly,
first
bend
your
knees
and
squat
down.
Keep
your
back
and
hips(臀部)
and
waist
(腰部)
in
a
line.
If
you
bend
over,
the
muscles
(
~
I$1
)
in
your
lower
back
can
become
hurt
easily.
If
you
keep
your
back
and
hips
straight,
the
muscles
are
stronger,
because
they
have
much
more
support.
The
other
muscles
can
then
help
the
lower
back
muscles.
As
you
squat
down,
try
to
get
close
to
the
object
as
possible.
For
example,
if
you
are
going
to
pick
up
a
heavy
box,
squat
down
directly
in
front
of
it.
Maybe
you
will
have
to
spread
your
knees
and
legs.
Put
one
knee
on
each
side
of
the
box.
Remember
at
all
times
to
keep
your
back
straight.
Put
your
hands
under
the
object
that
is
in
front
of
you,
between
your
knees.
To
lift
the
object,
you
should
stand
up
slowly.
Use
your
muscles
in
order
to
stand
up.
In
other
words,
lift
with
your
legs,
not
with
your
back.
1.
The
underlined
word
"squat"
means________.
A.
to
bend
over
your
waist
B.
to
bend
yourself
by
bending
your
legs
C.
to
lower
yourself
by
bending
your
legs
D.
to
stand
straight
2.
You
should
keep
your
back
straight
so
that________.
A.
the
muscles
can"
t
be
hurt
B.
the
muscles
will
have
more
support
C.
you
seem
to
be
stranger
D.
you
will
get
more
muscles
3.
The
correct
way
to
lift
something
heavy
from
the
floor
is________.
A.
to
bend
over
from
your
waist
first
B.
to
bend
your
knees
and
squat
down
first
C.
to
keep
your
back
in
a
line
D.
to
put
your
hands
under
the
object
4.
What
lifts
the
object
in
fact?
A.
The
muaelea
of
your
arms.
B.
The
muscles
of
your
back.
C.
Your
hands.
D.
Your
leg
muscles.
Keys:
1-4
CBBD
高考英语阅读练习（086）
In
1977,
a
dead
author
of
detective
stories
saved
the
life
of
a
19-month-old
baby
in
a
most
unusual
way.
The
author
was
Agatha
Christie,
one
of
the
most
successful
writers
of
detective
stories
in
the
world.
In
June
1977,
a
baby
girl
became
seriously
ill
in
Qatar,
near
Saudi
Arabia.
Doctors
were
unable
to
find
out
the
cause
of
her
illness
with
confidence,
so
she
was
sent
to
Hammersmith
Hospital
in
London.
She
was
then
only
semi-conscious
and
on
the
"Dangerously
Ill"
list.
A
team
of
doctors
hurried
to
examine
the
baby
only
to
discover
that
they,
too,
were
confused
by
the
very
unusual
symptoms
(症状).
While
they
were
discussing
the
baby"s
case,
a
nurse
asked
to
speak
to
them.
"Excuse
me,"
said
Nurse
Marsha
Maitlan,
"but
I
think
the
baby
is
suffering
from
thallium
(铊)
poisoning."
"What
makes
you
think
that?"
Dr.
Brown
asked.
"Thallium
poisoning
is
extremely
rare."
"A
few
days
ago,
I
was
reading
a
novel
called
A
Pale
Horse
by
Agatha
Christie,"
Nurse
Maitlan
explained.
"In
the
book,
somebody
uses
thallium
poison,
and
all
the
symptoms
are
described.
They"re
exactly
the
same
as
the
baby"s."
"You"re
very
thoughtful
and
you
may
be
right,"
another
doctor
said.
"We"ll
carry
out
some
tests
and
find
out
whether
it"s
thallium
or
not."
Tests
showed
that
the
baby
had
indeed
been
poisoned
by
thallium,
a
rare
metallic
substance
used
in
making
special
glass.
Once
they
knew
the
cause
of
the
illness,
the
doctors
were
able
to
give
the
baby
the
correct
treatment.
She
soon
recovered
and
was
sent
back
to
Qatar.
Later
it
was
reported
that
the
poison
might
have
come
from
an
insecticide
(杀虫剂)
used
in
Qatar.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
one
who
first
suggested
the
correct
cause
of
the
baby"s
illness
was
_____.
A.
a
doctor
in
Qatar
B.
Nurse
Maitlan
C.
Dr.
Brown
D.
Agatha
Christie
2.
The
baby
was
sent
to
London
because
_____.
A.
she
was
born
there
B.
the
hospitals
in
Qatar
were
full
at
that
time
C.
she
was
the
daughter
of
a
doctor
in
London
D.
the
Qatar
doctors
were
not
sure
whether
they
could
cure
her
3.
As
far
as
we
can
tell
from
the
passage,
Agatha
Christie
_____.
A.
had
never
met
this
baby
B.
had
spent
a
long
time
studying
the
baby"s
case
C.
visited
the
baby
in
the
hospital
at
Hammersmith
D.
gave
Nurse
Maitlan
some
advice
on
the
phone
4.
It
seems
likely
from
the
passage
that
the
baby"s
illness
had
something
to
do
with
_____.
A.
a
dangerous
pair
of
glasses
B.
the
water
in
Qatar
C.
a
harmful
substance
used
to
kill
insects
D.
a
dead
writer
5.
When
the
baby
was
sent
to
the
hospital
in
London,
her
case
was
considered
to
be
_____.
A.
an
urgent
one
B.
quite
a
simple
one
C.
a
usual
one
D.
the
result
of
thallium
poisoning
Keys:
BDACA
高考英语阅读练习（087）
The
expensive
shops
in
a
famous
arcade
(有拱廊的街道)
near
Piccadilly
were
just
opening.
At
this
time
of
the
morning,
the
arcade
was
almost
empty.
Mr.
Taylor,
the
owner
of
a
jewellery
shop
was
admiring
a
new
window
display.
Two
of
his
assistants
had
been
working
busily
since
8
o"clock
and
had
only
just
finished.
Diamond
necklaces
and
rings
had
been
beautifully
arranged
on
a
background
of
black
velvet
(丝绒).
After
gazing
at
the
display
for
several
minutes,
Mr.
Taylor
went
back
into
his
shop.
The
silence
was
suddenly
broken
when
a
large
car,
with
its
headlights
on
and
its
horn
blaring
(喇叭响声),
roared
down
the
arcade.
it
came
to
stop
outside
the
jeweller"s.
One
man
stayed
at
the
wheel
two
others
with
black
stockings
over
their
faces
jumped
out
and
smashed
the
window
of
the
shop
with
iron
bars.
While
this
was
going
on,
Mr.
Taylor
was
upstairs.
He
and
his
staff
began
throwing
furniture
out
of
the
window.
Chairs
and
tables
went
flying
into
the
arcade.
One
of
the
thieves
was
struck
by
a
heavy
stature,
but
he
was
too
busy
helping
himself
to
diamonds
to
notice
any
pain.
The
raid
(袭击)
was
all
over
in
three
minutes,
for
the
men
scram-bled
back
into
the
car
and
it
moved
off
at
an
unbelievable
speed.
Just
as
it
was
leaving,
Mr.
Taylor
rushed
out
and
ran
after
it
throwing
ashtrays
(烟灰缸)
and
vases,
but
it
was
impossible
to
stop
the
thieves.
They
had
got
away
with
thousands
of
pounds
worth
of
diamonds.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
expensive
shops
in
____
were
just
opening.
A.
Piccadilly"s
famous
arcade
B.
a
Piccadilly
famous
arcade
C.
a
famous
Piccadilly
arcade
D.
the
famous
arcade
of
Piccadilly
2.
Had
one
of
the
thieves
not
been
so
busy
taking
the
diamonds,
he
____
the
blow.
A.
would
feel
B.
had
been
feeling
C.
had
felt
D.
would
have
felt
3.
While
Mr.
Taylor
was
admiring
the
new
window
display
____.
A.
his
two
assistants
were
arranging
jewellery
in
the
window
B.
some
thieves
were
arranging
C.
he
was
standing
inside
his
shop
D.
his
staff
were
finishing
their
work
for
the
day
4.
The
car
headlights
were
on
and
its
horn
blaring
____.
A.
as
the
thieves
wanted
to
warn
people
out
of
their
way
B.
as
a
special
signal
to
the
assistants
C.
as
the
thieves
could
see
where
they
were
going
D.
to
break
the
early
morning
silence.
5.
The
thieves
chose
Mr.
Taylor"s
shop
because
____.
A.
it
was
early
in
the
morning
and
not
many
shop
were
open
B.
they
didn"t
expect
Mr.
Taylor
and
his
staff
to
try
and
stop
them
C.
it
usually
had
a
great
deal
of
valuable
jewellery
on
display
D.
they
had
a
very
fast
car
to
get
away
in
Keys:
CDBAC
高考英语阅读练习（088）
Mary
and
Peter
were
having
a
picnic
with
some
friends
near
a
river
when
Mary
notice
an
object
overhead.
"Look!"
she
shouted
to
her
friends.
"That"s
a
spaceship
up
there
and
it"s
going
to
land
here."
Frightened
by
the
strange
silver-colored
spaceship,
most
of
the
young
people
got
in
their
cars
and
drove
away
quickly.
Peter
was
fond
of
Mary
and
always
stayed
close
to
her.
They,
more
curious
than
frightened,
watched
the
spaceship
land
and
saw
a
door
open.
When
nobody
came
out,
they
went
to
the
spaceship
and
entered
inside.
Peter
followed
Mary
into
the
spaceship
and
did
not
hear
the
door
closed
behind
him.
The
temperature
fell
rapidly
and
the
two
young
people
lost
consciousness.
When
they
woke
up,
they
were
surprised
to
see
that
they
were
back
by
the
river
again.
The
spaceship
had
gone.
Their
car
was
nearby.
"What
happened?"
asked
Mary.
Peter
scratched
(抓)
his
head,
saying
slowly,
"Don"t
ask
me.
Perhaps
we
had
a
dream.
Did
you...Did
you
see
a
spaceship?"
"Yes,"
said
Mary.
"And
we
both
went
into
it.
Then..."
she
looked
at
her
wrist.
"That"s
funny.
My
watch
has
stopped.
Oh,
well,
come
on.
It"s
time
to
go
home."
Driving
about
fifty
meters,
they
found
their
way
blocked
by
a
thick
wall
made
of
something
like
glass.
They
got
out
of
the
car
and
tried
to
find
their
way
round
the
wall
but
discovered
that
they
were
inside
a
circular
wall.
It
was
like
a
mirror
and
prevented
them
from
seeing
through
it.
On
the
other
side
of
the
wall,
strange
creatures
walked
past
slowly.
A
few
stopped
to
stare
through
the
wall
and
read
a
new
notice
which,
translated
into
English,
said:
"New
arrivals
at
the
zoo:
a
pair
of
Earthlings
in
their
natural
surroundings
with
their
mobile
house."
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
When
the
spaceship
arrived,
why
didn"t
Peter
drive
away?
A.
He
did
not
like
leaving
Mary.
B.
He
knew
that
the
spaceship
was
harmless.
C.
He
was
too
frightened
to
drive.
D.
There
was
a
wall
blocking
the
road.
2.
Why
did
Peter
enter
the
spaceship?
A.
He
saw
the
food
and
was
hungry.
B.
Mary
told
him
to
enter
it.
C.
He
just
followed
Mary.
D.
He
wanted
to
study
it.
3.
Peter
scratched
his
head
so
we
know
that
_____.
A.
he
had
lost
consciousness
B.
he
was
puzzled
and
did
not
know
what
to
say
to
Mary
C.
he
had
lost
his
memory
D.
he
was
still
half
asleep
4.
What
do
the
words
"strange
creatures"
mean
to
tell
us?
A.
They
were
wild
animals
in
a
zoo.
B.
They
were
robbers.
C.
They
had
landed
on
Earth
in
a
spaceship
and
lived
there.
D.
The
young
couple
were
on
another
planet.
5.
Which
word
in
the
notice
tells
us
that
Mary
and
Peter
were
not
on
earth?
A.
natural
B.
surroundings
C.
Earthlings
D.
house
Keys:
ACBDC
高考英语阅读练习（089）
It
began
as
a
game:
high
school
and
college
students
studying
computer
technology
figured
out
(领会到，想象出来)
they
could
use
personal
computers
to
break
into
(闯入)
telephone
company
computers
and
make
free,
long-distance
telephone
calls.
These
young
computer
wizards
(奇才)
soon
gained
the
nickname
"hackers
(黑客)".
Police
put
the
collar
on
(拘留，逮捕)
a
few
hackers,
but
many
went
on
to
even
more
complex
hacking.
One
hacker
was
arrested
for
making
illegal
telephone
calls
and
later
used
a
jailhouse
(监狱)
phone
to
alter
(变更)
a
police
officer"s
credit
records
(信用记录)
to
get
back
at
(报复)
the
officer
for
arresting
him.
The
hacker
also
used
a
computer
to
alter
his
college
records
to
give
himself
better
grades.
As
hackers
gained
experience,
they
began
invading
(侵入)
computers
at
banks,
airlines
and
other
businesses.
In
one
scheme
(计划，方案),
a
hacker
instructed
an
airline"s
computer
to
give
him
free
airplane
tickets.
The
U.S.
government
is
worried
hackers
may
break
into
its
sophisticated
(复杂的，尖端的)
networks
of
defense
computers.
The
government"s
classified
(分类的)
secrets
are
vulnerable
(脆弱的)
because
thousands
of
government
computers
are
connected
by
telephone
lines
that
hackers
can
tap
into
(敲入，进入).
In
November
1988,
a
college
student
tapped
into
a
non-classified
U.S.
Defense
Department
computer
network
called
Arpanet.
The
hacker
injected
(输入，注入)
a
computer
program
that
left
copies
of
itself
throughout
Arpanet.
Some
hackers
use
each
"viruses
(病毒)"
to
destroy
all
the
data
in
a
computer.
But
in
this
case,
government
officials
shut
down
the
network
before
the
program
reached
every
computer
in
the
system.
Shutting
down
the
system
angered
many
researchers
who
were
using
the
computers.
The
hacker
turned
himself
in
(自首)
to
police
and
told
them
how
to
get
his
program
out
of
the
computer
system.
He
was
charged
with
a
crime.
The
incident
put
the
spotlight
on
(引起留意)
computer
hacking
in
the
United
States.
Many
companies
have
hired
experts
to
protect
their
computers
from
hackers,
and
many
computer
experts
now
advise
companies
on
how
to
protect
their
computers.
The
U.S.
government
believes
foreign
governments
have
hired
hackers
to
try
to
break
into
top-secret
(绝密的)
defense
computers.
It
fears
a
hacker
could
inject
a
virus
into
military
computers
that
would
erase
all
the
data
during
a
war.
Experts
disagree
over
whether
a
computer
network
can
ever
be
safe
from
hacking.
But
in
the
future,
some
of
the
most
brilliant
(杰出的，卓越的)
minds
in
the
U.S.
will
be
working
to
frustrate
(挫败)
the
efforts
of
computer
hackers
and
spies.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
main
idea
of
the
article
is
_____.
A.
computer
hackers
only
want
to
make
free
long-distance
phone
calls
B.
the
government
wants
to
hire
computer
hackers
to
spy
on
the
Russians
C.
computer
hackers
are
a
threat
to
private
companies
and
government
secrets
D.
many
companies
have
hired
experts
to
protect
their
computers
from
hackers
who
carry
viruses
2.
A
computer
"virus"
is
like
a
human
virus
because
it
_____.
A.
makes
a
computer
cough
and
throw
up
B.
spreads
from
one
computer
to
other
computers
C.
can
erase
a
person"s
doctor
bills
D.
requires
regular
visits
to
a
doctor
3.
A
hacker
can
be
dangerous
because
_____.
A.
he
knows
how
to
make
free
long-distance
telephone
calls
B.
vital
information
is
stored
in
computers,
and
a
hacker
knows
how
to
change
or
erase
the
information
C.
once
in
jail,
he
can
use
a
telephone
to
operate
his
computer
D.
a
hacker
who
steals
a
free
airplane
ticket
might
deprive
a
doctor
of
that
seat
on
the
airplane
4.
U.S.
government
computers
are
vulnerable
to
a
hacker
because
_____.
A.
the
government
always
pays
its
telephone
bills
on
time
B.
the
Russians
know
what"s
in
the
U.S.
computers
C.
viruses
attack
only
government
computers
D.
many
government
computers
are
connected
by
telephone
lines
5.
In
the
future
_____.
A.
Some
of
the
most
brilliant
minds
in
America
will
be
working
to
try
to
stop
computer
hackers
and
spies
B.
hackers
will
begin
invading
computers
at
banks,
airlines
and
other
businesses
C.
many
computer
hackers
will
be
arrested
for
making
free
telephone
calls
D.
some
computer
hackers
will
turn
themselves
in
to
the
police
Keys:
CBBDA
高考英语阅读练习（090）
Animal
experimentation(实验)
is
the
backbone(支柱，基础)
of
American
research
and
treatment
of
disease.
Each
year,
17
million
to
22
million
animals
are
sacrificed
in
the
name
of(以......的名义)
science.
While
90
percent
of
them
are
rats
and
mice,
180,000
dogs,
50,000
cats,
61,000
monkeys
and
554,000
rabbits
are
done
away
with
in
laboratories
operated
by
industry
and
government.
But
the
public
has
raised
an
outcry(导致抗议)
over
these
deaths.
Spurred(驱策，刺激)
vivid(生动的)
reports
of
cruelty(残忍),
the
animal
rights
movement(维护动物权利运动)
is
made
up
of
(由...组成)7,000
organizations
with
10
million
members.
They"ve
documented(用文件或证书等证实)
cases
in
which
monkeys
were
isolated(隔离)
in
steel
tanks(箱、柜)
for
45
days
and
dogs
were
bombarded(轰击、辐射)
with
radiation(放射线)
or
chemicals
until
they
bled
from
the
mouth.
Scientists
say
such
incidents(事件)
are
rare.
Laws
have
been
passed
to
govern(治理)
testing.
Many
research
centers
now
have
committees(委员会)
to
review(审查)
all
proposed
animal
experiments,
and
computers
can
be
used
in
place
of（代替）animals
in
many
experiments.
But
scientists
say
they
can"t
do
without(不用，放弃)
animals
to
test
new
drugs
and
treatments
on
animals
to
make
sure
they"re
safe
for
humans.
Animal
experiments
produced
vaccines(疫苗)
or
treatments
for
diseases
such
as
diabetes(糖尿病),
and
techniques
used
in
open
heart
surgery(心脏外科手术).
They"re
important
to
efforts
to
find
a
treatment
for
AIDS.
Animal
rights
activists
have
shown
they
will
go
to
almost
any
length(奉陪到底).
One
New
York
researcher
received
more
than
10,000
protest(抗议)
letters
following
publicity(公开)
of
her
experiments
in
which
she
gave
drugs
to
monkeys.
The
researcher
was
studying
drug
addiction(依靠，成瘾).
A
protester
was
arrested
in
Connecticut
for
placing
a
pipe
bomb（铁管土炸药）outside
a
company
that
used
animals
in
tests.
After
fires
and
break-ins(闯入，破门而入),
many
labs
have
bought
electronic
locks
and
alarms
for
protection.
Other
targets(目标，对象)
of
the
animal
rights
movement
are
the
fur
industry,
farms,
and
school
biology(生物学)
classes
in
which
children
dissect(解剖)
frogs.
The
movement
has
scored
some
successes(获得某些成功).
A
dozen
states
no
longer
allow
pounds(兽栏)
──
places
that
accept
dogs
and
cats
that
have
no
homes
──
to
sell
animals
to
scientists.
Scientists
claim
the
cost
of
their
work
will
rise
as
a
result.
The
battle
between
scientists
and
activists
raises
a
basic
question:
Can
modern
society
be
both
humane(仁慈的)
in
its
treatment
of
living
things(生物)
and
advanced(先进的，高级的)
in
its
treatment
of
disease?
It
seems
certain
there
will
be
new
restrictions(限制，约束)
placed
on
the
use
of
animals
in
scientific
experiments.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
main
idea
of
the
article
is
_____.
A.
fewer
animals
should
be
taken
to
laboratories
B.
Americans
are
questioning
the
use
of
animals
in
experiments
C.
mice
and
rats
make
the
best
subjects
for
experiments
D.
scientific
experiments
can
be
carried
out
without
animals
2.
Animal
experiments
will
probably
continue
because
_____.
A.
scientists
insist
they
are
harmless
B.
the
groups
that
oppose
them
aren"t
very
big
or
powerful
C.
they
are
critical
for
understanding
and
curing
human
disease
D.
there
are
enough
regulations
to
protect
animals
from
abuse
3.
Proponents
of
animal
rights
are
most
convincing
when
they
_____.
A.
explode
bombs
at
laboratories
that
conduct
scientific
tests
B.
point
out
the
diseases
that
have
been
cured
by
scientists
C.
threat
their
own
pets
kindly
D.
give
examples
of
animals
that
were
mistreated
in
labs
4.
The
animal
rights
movement
is
_____.
A.
not
very
successful
in
passing
laws
to
protect
animals
B.
trying
many
different
approaches
to
accomplish
its
goals
C.
more
interested
in
protecting
dogs
than
in
protecting
mice
D.
supported
mostly
by
people
who
dislike
scientists
5.
Scientists
will
be
satisfied
only
if
_____.
A.
they
can
continue
using
animals
in
their
experiments
B.
the
animal
rights
movement
comes
to
a
halt
C.
they
install
locks
and
alarms
on
their
labs
D.
their
supply
of
animals
is
increased
significantly
Keys:
BCDBA
高考英语阅读练习（091）
A
Father’s
day
is
a
day
set
aside
for
honouring
fathers
in
church
services
and
in
the
home.
It’s
celebrated
in
the
U.S.
in
the
third
Sunday
of
June.
This
idea
was
begun
by
Mrs
John
Bruces
Dodd,
who
in
1909
persuaded
an
organization
in
Washington
to
salute
fathers
with
special
church
services.
The
idea
was
officially
agreed
to
by
President
Woodrow
Wilson
in
1916.
In
1924,
President
Calvin
Coolidge
suggested
national
celebration
of
the
day
to
form
closer
relations
between
fathers
and
their
children,
and
to
impress
upon
fathers
the
full
measure
of
their
duties.
The
red
or
white
rose
is
recognized
as
the
official
Father’s
Day
flower.
1.
Father’s
Day,
at
first,
meant
______.
A.
to
respect
all
the
fathers
B.
to
win
honour
for
fathers
in
church
services
C.
to
do
honour
to
fathers
at
home
D.
to
warn
the
fathers
of
their
duties
2.
Father’s
Day
was
first
celebrated
by
_____.
A.
the
French
B.
the
British
C.
the
German
D.
the
American
3.
The
first
president
who
agreed
to
Father’s
Day
was
_____.
A.
Woodrow
Wilson
B.
Calvin
Coolidge
C.
George
Washington
D.
Abraham
Lincoln
4.
The
president
wanted
Father’s
Day
to
be
a
day
on
which
_____.
A.
people
remembered
their
fathers
B.
the
relations
between
fathers
and
their
children
became
closer
C.
fathers
must
remember
that
they
should
be
good
fathers
D.
both
B
and
C
Keys:
1.
A
2.
D
3.
A
4.
D
高考英语阅读练习（092）
Few
can
refuse
to
accept
the
strange
coincidences
(巧合)
in
the
deaths
of
John
F.
Kennedy
and
Abraham
Lincoln.
For
example,
Kennedy
was
elected
in
1960
while
Lincoln
came
into
power
in
the
U.S.
in
1860.
Both
men
were
murdered
from
behind,
on
a
Friday,
and
with
their
wives
present.
The
two
men
were
born
exactly
one
hundred
years
apart,
as
were
their
murderers,
Lee
Harvey
Oswald
and
John
Wilkes
Booth.
Perhaps
the
strangest
coincidence
is
that
Kennedy’s
secretary,
whose
name
was
Lincoln,
advised
him
not
to
go
to
Dellas
where
he
was
shot,
and
Lincoln’s
secretary,
whose
name
was
Kennedy,
advised
him
not
to
go
to
the
Ford
Theater
where
he
met
his
death.
1.
Both
of
the
two
men
_____.
A.
were
presidents
of
the
U.S.
B.
were
elected
presidents
of
the
U.S.
twice
C.
had
a
secretary
by
the
name
of
Kennedy
D.
were
murdered
by
the
men
of
the
same
names.
2.
From
the
passage
we
can
find
out
_____.
A.
Oswald
and
Booth
were
of
an
age
B.
Oswald
was
100
years
older
than
Booth
C.
Booth
was
100
years
younger
than
Oswald
D.
There
were
100
years
between
Oswald
and
Booth
3.
Abraham
Lincoln
and
john
F.
Kennedy
were
murdered
_____.
A.
in
Dellas
B.
at
a
stadium
C.
at
a
theater
D.
with
their
wives
on
the
spot
4.
There
were
such
strange
coincidences
between
the
two
American
presidents
that
_____.
A.
nobody
can
accept
B.
almost
everybody
can
accept
C.
only
a
few
persons
can
accept
D.
hardly
anybody
has
to
accept
Keys:
1.
A
2.
D
3.
D
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（093）
The
man
from
the
west
stopped
and
drew
back
his
arm.
"You’re
not
Jimmy
Wells,"
he
said
in
a
quick
and
angry
way,
"Twenty
years
is
a
long
time,
but
not
long
enough
to
change
a
man’
nose
from
a
Roman
to
pug."
"It
sometimes
changes
a
good
man
into
a
bad
one,”
said
the
tall
man,
"you’ve
been
under
arrest
for
ten
minutes.
Silky
Bob.
Chicago
thinks
you
may
have
dropped
over
our
way
and
phones
us
she
wants
to
have
a
word
with
you.
Going
quietly,
are
you?
That’s
sensible.
Now
before
we
go
to
the
station
here’s
a
note
I
was
asked
to
hand
you.
You
may
read
it
here
at
the
window.
It’s
from
Patrolman
Wells.?"
The
man
from
the
West
opened
the
little
piece
of
paper
handed
him.
His
hand
was
steady
when
he
began
to
read,
but
it
trembled
a
little
by
the
time
he抎
finished.
The
note
was
rather
short.
Bob:
I
was
at
the
right
place
on
time.
When
you
struck
the
match
to
light
your
cigar
I
saw
it
was
the
face
wanted
in
Chicago.
Somehow
I
couldn’t
do
it
myself,
so
I
went
around
and
got
a
plain
clothes
man
(便衣)
to
do
the
job.
1.
The
man
from
the
West
must
have
broken
the
law
_____.
A.
in
Chicago
B.
in
New
York
C.
in
his
hometown
D.
somewhere
else
2.
The
man
from
the
West
recognized
the
tall
man
not
to
be
the
one
he
had
been
waiting
for
because
the
tall
man
____.
A.
had
a
different
accent
from
his
B.
had
a
different
nose
from
his
friend’s
C.
was
his
another
old
friend
D.
said
"Chicago
wants
to
talk
with
you.?"
3.
The
two
men
may
have
walked
_____.
A.
for
ten
minutes
B.
arm
in
arm
C.
face
to
face
D.
both
A
and
B
4.
We
can
suppose
Jim
_____.
A.
was
afraid
of
the
man
from
the
West
B.
got
another
man
to
help
him
when
necessary
C.
had
an
appointment
with
Bob
20
years
ago
D.
had
something
else
to
do
and
couldn’t
come
himself
Keys:
1-4
ABDC
高考英语阅读练习（094）
Shopping
──bag
ladies
don’t
beg
publicly,
but
they
do
not
refuse
what
is
offered.
Once
a
shopping
──bag
lady
appears
where
you
live,
it
is
as
hard
to
pass
her
by
without
giving
her
some
money
as
it
is
to
pay
no
attention
to
the
collection
box（功德箱）in
church.
And
although
you
may
not
like
it,
if
she
chooses
your
doorway
as
her
place
to
sleep
in
the
night,
it
is
as
morally
hard
to
turn
her
away
as
it
is
to
do
with
a
lost
dog.
Most
shopping
──bag
ladies
seem
to
be
between
the
ages
of
40
and
65.
They
wear
layers
(层)
of
clothes
even
in
summer
time,
with
newspapers
filled
between
the
layers
as
something
against
bad
weather.
No
one
knows
how
many
shopping
──bag
ladies
there
are
in
New
York..
The
number
is
going
up.
Some
persons
and
researchers
spend
a
great
deal
of
time
taking
care
of
or
observing
shopping
──bag
lag
ladies
and
doing
what
they
can
to
better
the
life
lady
hermits
(隐士)
who’re
down.
1.
Shopping-bag
ladies
are
_____.
A.
lady
beggars
B.
ladies
who
sell
shopping-bags
C.
ladies
who
make
shopping-bags
D.
those
who
go
hungry
2.
They
fill
newspapers
between
the
layers
of
their
clothed
because
_____.
A.
they
are
so
poor
B.
they
have
no
place
to
put
them
C.
they
want
to
hide
them
D.
they
have
to
use
them
to
keep
the
cold
out
3.
They
fill
newspapers
between
the
layers
of
their
clothes
because
_____.
A.
they
are
so
poor
B.
they
have
no
place
to
put
them
C.
they
want
to
hide
them
D.
they
have
to
use
them
to
keep
the
cold
out
4.Which
of
the
following
statements
is
not
true
?
A.
There
are
more
and
more
shopping-bag
ladies
in
the
United
States.
B.
Shopping-bag
ladies
appears
only
in
New
York.
C.
Some
people
are
helping
shopping-bag
ladies.
D.
Some
people
are
engaged
in
their
research
on
these
shopping-bag
ladies.
Keys:
1-4
ADDB
高考英语阅读练习（095）
No
one
could
have
failed
to
be
moved
had
he
watched
the
live
televised
volleyball
game
between
the
Chinese
and
Cuban
women’s
teams.
As
we
sat
before
the
television
set,
with
our
eyes
fixed
on
the
screen,
we
experienced
every
kind
of
feeling.
When
the
two
teams
played
neck
and
neck,
we
were
on
pins
and
needles,
anxious
as
to
what
would
come
next,
and
when
our
team
fell
behind
our
hearts
were
in
our
mouths.
Watching
the
game
between
those
two
teams
is
not
only
a
matter
of
great
joy.
For
more
than
that
it
provides
food
for
thought.
Just
see
how
the
Chinese
women
won
the
game
──by
their
co
──operation
(合作),
by
their
excellent
skill,
their
effort
and
strong
will.
A
Chinese
saying
goes,
“When
two
competent
opponents
(比赛的双方)
meet,
the
strong
──minded
one
will
win.
“This
is
the
spirit
of
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team.
If
every
Chinese
showed
some
of
the
spirit,
never
losing
heart
in
times
of
difficulty
and
remaining
clear
──minded
in
times
of
advantage
(优势),
then
our
nation
would
stand
in
the
vanguard
(前列)
of
the
world
family
of
nations,
just
as
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
has
done,
is
doing
and
will
do.
1.
While
watching
the
game,
we
_____.
A.
had
feelings
of
different
kind
B.
enjoyed
a
friendly
and
wonderful
game
C.
clapped
and
cheered
only
for
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
D.
were
eager
to
know
what
would
happen
later
on
2.
The
wonderful
game
_____.
A.
brought
us
great
joy
B.
provided
us
with
food
for
our
thoughts
C.
gave
us
not
only
great
joy
but
also
food
for
thoughts
D.
give
us
a
valuable
amusement
3.
The
author
believed
that
_____.
A.
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
was
the
strongest
B.
China
was
sure
to
become
stronger
and
stronger
if
only
we
have
that
spirit
of
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
C.
The
Chinese
must
remain
clear-minded
in
time
of
advantage
D.
The
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
never
lost
heart
in
times
of
difficulty
4.
The
best
title
of
the
passage
might
be
_____.
A.
Watching
a
Close
Volleyball
Game
B.
The
Spirit
of
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
C.
Learn
from
the
Members
of
the
Volleyball
Team
D.
The
Strong
──Minded
Are
the
Winners
B）
Keys:
1-4
ACBD
高考英语阅读练习（096）
George
Banks
was
a
clever
journalist.
He
worked
for
a
good
newspaper,
and
he
liked
arguing
very
much.
He
argued
with
anybody,
and
about
anything.
Sometimes
the
people
whom
he
argued
with
were
as
clever
as
he
was,
but
often
they
were
not.
He
did
not
mind
arguing
with
stupid
people
at
all:
he
knew
that
he
could
never
persuade
them
to
agree,
because
they
could
never
really
understand
what
he
was
saying,
and
the
stupider
they
were,
the
surer
they
were
that
they
were
right;
but
he
often
found
that
stupid
people
said
very
amusing
things.
At
the
end
of
one
argument
which
George
had
with
one
of
these
less
clever
people,
the
man
said
something
which
George
has
always
remembered
and
which
has
always
amused
him.
It
was,
“Well,
Sir,
you
should
never
forget
this:
there
are
always
three
answers
to
every
question:
you
answer,
my
answer,
and
the
correct
answer.”
1.
It
seemed
to
George
as
if
________.
A.
it
was
more
interesting
to
argue
with
as
clever
people
as
he
was
B.
it
was
more
interesting
to
argue
with
clever
people
than
with
stupid
ones
C.
it
was
more
interesting
to
argue
with
stupid
people
than
with
clever
ones
D.
it
was
no
good
arguing
with
stupid
people　
2.
From
the
passage
we
can
conclude
that________.
A.
George
did
nothing
but
argue
with
others
B.
George
was
a
man
full
of
sense
of
humour
C.
George
always
won
the
arguments
D.
What
George
said
was
difficult
to
understand　
3.
Why
didn’t
George
mind
arguing
with
stupid
people?
Because
________
A.
he
wanted
to
win
the
arguments
B.
he
wanted
to
make
the
arguments
more
heated
C.
stupid
people
could
be
easily
fooled
D.
what
stupid
people
said
could
often
give
him
greater
pleasure　
4.
What
one
of
the
stupid
people
said
at
the
end
of
one
argument
could
be
considered
very________.
A.
clever
B.
stupid
C.
strange
D.
special
Keys:
1.
C
2.
B
3.
D
4.
A
高考英语阅读练习（097）
There
were
many
beautiful
buildings
in
ancient
Rome,
but
the
living
conditions
for
ordinary
people
were
bad.
Most
of
their
homes
were
so
poorly
made
that
they
fell
down
or
were
fire
hazards
(=danger)
with
their
steep,
narrow
wooden
stairways.
Most
people
were
packed
into
apartment
buildings
that
rose
shakily
(=unsafely)
six
to
twelve
floors
above
the
ground.
The
apartments
were
rooms
about
three
metres
square,
and
each
building
housed
about
five
hundred
people.
These
tall
buildings
faced
each
other
across
streets
only
three
metres
wide,
so
no
sunlight
reached
the
ground.
Even
so,
apartments
were
costly,
though
cheaper
places
could
be
had
outside
Rome.
But
people
wanted
to
be
near
their
work
and
entertainment.
So
the
streets
became
crowded
and
it
was
hard
to
move
quickly.
At
night,
the
streets
were
filled
with
noise
as
food
and
supplies
were
brought
into
the
city
on
wagons
and
carts.
1.
In
ancient
Rome,
most
people
lived
in
________
apartments.
A.
small
and
crowded
B.
clean
and
tidy
C.
spacious
and
sunny
D.
tall
and
big　
2.
The
streets
in
ancient
Rome
were
________.
A.
crowded
and
noisy
B.
wide
and
bright
C.
narrow
and
dark
D.
both
A
and
C　
3.
People
liked
to
live
in
Rome
Because________.
A.
the
apartments
were
comfortable
B.
the
living
expenses
were
low
C.
they
have
no
money
to
build
houses
outside
the
city
D.
they
wanted
to
enjoy
the
conveniences
of
the
city　
3.
This
passage
is
mainly
about
________
in
ancient
Rome.
A.
the
beautiful
buildings
B.
the
living
conditions
of
ordinary
people
C.
the
streets
and
transportation
D.
the
food
and
daily
supplies
Keys:
1.
A
2.
D
3.
D
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（098）
If
you
wish
to
become
a
better
reader,
here
are
four
important
points
to
remember
about
rate,
or
speed,
of
reading:
1.
Knowing
why
you
are
reading—what
you
are
reading
to
find
out—will
often
help
you
to
know
whether
to
read
rapidly
or
slowly.
2.
Some
things
should
be
read
slowly
throughout.
Examples
are
directions
for
making
or
doing
something,
arithmetic
problems,
science
and
history
books,
which
are
full
of
important
information.
You
must
read
such
things
slowly
to
remember
each
important
step
and
understand
each
important
idea.
3.
Some
things
should
be
read
rapidly
throughout.
Examples
are
simple
stories
meant
for
enjoyment,
news,
letters
from
friends,
items,
or
bits
of
news
from
local,
or
hometown,
paper,
telling
what
is
happening
to
friends
and
neighbours.
4.
In
some
of
your
readings,
you
must
change
your
speed
from
fast
to
slow
to
fast,
as
you
go
along.
You
need
to
read
certain
pages
rapidly
and
then
slow
down
and
do
more
careful
readings
when
you
come
to
important
ideas
which
must
be
remembered.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
your
reading
speed
depends
on
________.
A.
whether
the
reading
material
is
easy
or
difficult
B.
what
you
are
reading
C.
what
your
purpose
in
reading
something
is
D.
both
B
and
C　
2.
If
one
wants
to
be
relaxed
by
reading,
one
should
take
up
________.
A.
a
story
book
B.
a
book
on
science
and
technology
C.
news,
letters
from
friends
D.
some
material
full
of
information　
3.
Which
of
the
following
readings
should
you
read
slowly
and
carefully?
A.
Fairy
tales.
B.
Aesop’s
Fables.
C.
Directions
for
use
of
a
machine
D.
An
evening
paper.　
4.
Which
of
the
following
can
best
express
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
How
to
decide
your
reading
speed.
B.
How
to
raise
your
reading
speed.
C.
How
to
improve
your
reading
skills.
D.
How
to
choose
your
reading
materials.
Keys:
1.
D
2.
A
3.
C
4.
A
高考英语阅读练习（099）
Mr.
Fitzpatrick
has
given
much
attention
to
his
“Weight
reduction”(减轻体重)
programs.
Just
last
year,
for
example,
when
he
was
the
main
speaker
at
the
company
dinner,
he
said
he
put
on
twenty
pounds
instead
of
losing
thirty
he
promised
he
would.
The
year
before
that,
he
joined
a
health
club.
He
exercised
every
day
and
ate
less
food.
At
the
end
of
three
months,
however,
he
began
making
excuses
about
why
he
couldn’t
go
there
more
often.
After
the
health
club
failed
to
work,
he
joined
Weight
Watchers
but
stopped
going
because
he
was
the
only
man
there.
And
he
hated
following
any
of
the
diet
programs.
Fitz’s
latest
idea
is
to
join
a
walking
club
to
“walk
off”
the
weight.
1.
Mr.
Fitzpatrick
was
________
when
spoke
at
the
company
dinner
last
year.
A.
lighter
than
the
year
before
B.
planning
to
go
on
a
diet
C.
heavier
than
the
year
before
D.
with
the
Weight
Watchers　
2.
He
did
not
stay
with
Weight
Watchers
because
________.
A.
he
couldn’t
do
as
the
diet
programs
required
him
B.
he
felt
uncomfortable
being
watched
by
women
C.
the
members
of
Weight
Watchers
were
all
women
but
him
D.
both
A
and
C　
3.
Which
of
the
following
can
best
explain
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
There
is
no
good
way
to
lose
weight.
B.
One
can
do
nothing
without
a
strong
will.
C.
There
are
different
ways
to
lose
weight.
D.
Walking
is
the
best
way
of
losing
weight.
Keys:
1.
C
2.
D
3.
B
高考英语阅读练习（100）
What
makes
one
person
more
intelligent
than
another?
What
makes
one
person
a
genius,
like
the
brilliant
Albert
Einstein,
and
another
person
a
fool?
Are
people
born
intelligent
or
stupid,
or
is
intelligence
the
result
of
where
and
how
you
live?
These
are
very
old
questions
and
the
answers
to
them
are
still
not
clear.
We
know,
however,
that
just
being
born
with
a
good
mind
is
not
enough.
In
some
ways,
the
mind
is
like
a
leg
or
an
arm
muscle.
It
needs
exercise.
Mental
(done
with
the
mind)
exercise
is
particularly
important
for
young
children.
Many
child
psychologists
(心理学家)
think
that
parents
should
play
with
their
children
more
often
and
give
them
problems
to
think
about.
The
children
are
then
more
likely
to
grow
up
bright
and
intelligent.
If,
on
the
other
hand,
children
are
left
alone
a
great
deal
with
nothing
to
do,
they
are
more
likely
to
become
dull
and
unintelligent.
Parents
should
also
be
careful
with
what
they
say
to
young
children.
According
to
some
psychologists,
if
parents
are
always
telling
a
child
that
he
or
she
is
a
fool
or
an
idiot,
then
the
child
is
more
likely
to
keep
doing
silly
and
foolish
things.
So
it
is
probably
better
for
parents
to
say
very
positive
(helpful)
things
to
their
children,
such
as
“That
was
a
very
clever
thing
you
did.”
or
“You
are
such
a
smart
child.”
1.
The
words
“intelligent”
and
“brilliant”
in
the
first
paragraph
probably
mean
_______
while
“dull”
in
the
second
paragraph
means
________.
A.
bright
and
splendid;
slow
in
thinking
and
understanding
B.
pretty
and
handsome;
ordinary-looking
C.
great
and
important;
common
D.
hopeful
and
helpful;
careless　
2.
According
to
the
context
we
can
guess
that
a
genius
is
________
while
an
idiot
is
________.
A.
a
normal
person;
a
funny
person
B.
a
strong
person;
a
weak
person
C.
a
highly
intelligent
person;
a
foolish
or
weak-minded
person
D.
a
famous
person;
an
ordinary
person　
3.
A
person
________
is
more
likely
to
become
a
genius.
A.
whose
parents
are
clever
B.
often
thinking
about
difficult
problems
C.
often
helped
by
his
parents
and
teachers
D.
born
with
a
good
brain
and
putting
it
into
active
use　
4.
It
is
better
for
parents
________.
A.
to
praise
and
encourage
their
children
more
often
B.
to
be
hard
on
their
children
C.
to
leave
their
children
alone
with
nothing
to
do
D.
to
give
their
children
as
much
help
as
possible　
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
according
to
the
article?
A.
Parents
play
an
important
part
in
their
children’s
growth.
B.
The
less
you
use
your
mind
the
duller
you
may
become.
C.
Intelligence
is
obviously
the
result
of
where
and
how
you
live.
D.
What
makes
a
person
bright
or
stupid
is
still
under
discussion.
Keys:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
D
4.
A
5.
C
B.
he
will
be
covered
with
a
mattress
C.his
life
is
endangered
D.
his
safety
is
generally
all
right
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
main
factor
(因素)
of
a
successful
performance?
A.
Strength.
B.
Exactness.
C.
Speed.
D.
Carefulness.
5.
What
can
be
inferred
from
the
author"
s
example
of
the
Norwegian
stuntman?
A.Sometimes
an
accident
can
occur
to
a
stuntman.
B.The
percentage
of
serious
accidents
is
high.
C.Parachutes
must
be
of
good
quality.
D.
The
cliff
is
too
high.
KEY:
1-
5
CBDBA
高考英语阅读练习（002）
Activity
which
was
almost
unknown
to
the
learned
in
the
early
days
of
the
history,
while
during
the
fifteenth
century
the
term
"reading"
undoubtedly
meant
reading
aloud.
Only
during
the
nineteenth
century
did
silent
reading
become
popular.
One
should
be
careful,
however,
of
supposing
that
silent
reading
came
about
simply
because
reading
aloud
is
distraction
(分散留意力)
to
others.
Examination
of
reasons
connected
with
the
historical
development
of
silent
reading
shows
that
it
became
the
usual
mode
of
reading
for
most
adult
reading
tasks
mainly
because
the
tasks
themselves
changed
in
character.
The
last
century
saw
a
gradual
increase
in
literacy
(读写能力)
and
thus
in
the
number
of
readers.
As
readers
increased,
so
the
number
of
listeners
dropped,
and
thus
there
was
some
reduction
in
the
need
to
read
aloud.
As
reading
for
the
benefit
of
listeners
grew
less
common,
so
came
the
popularity
of
reading
as
a
private
activity
in
such
public
places
as
libraries,
trains
and
offices,
where
reading
aloud
would
disturb
other
readers
in
a
way.
Towards
the
end
of
the
century
there
was
still
heated
argument
over
whether
books
should
be
used
for
information
or
treated
respectfully,
and
over
whether
the
reading
of
material
such
as
newspapers
was
in
some
way
mentally
weakening.
Indeed
this
argument
remains
with
us
still
in
education.
However,
whatever
its
advantages,
the
old
shared
literacy
culture
had
gone
and
was
replaced
by
the
printed
mass
media
(媒介)
on
the
one
hand
and
by
books
and
magazines
for
a
specialized
readership
on
the
other.
By
the
end
of
the
century
students
were
being
advised
to
have
some
new
ideas
of
books
and
to
use
skills
in
reading
them
which
were
not
proper,
if
not
impossible,
for
the
oral
reader.
The
social,
cultural,
and
technological
developments
in
the
century
had
greatly
changed
what
the
term
"reading"
referred
to.
1.
Why
was
reading
aloud
common
before
the
nineteenth
century?
A.
Because
silent
reading
had
not
been
discovered.
B.
Because
there
were
few
places
for
private
reading.
C.
Because
few
people
could
read
for
themselves.
D.
Because
people
depended
on
reading
for
enjoyment.
2.
The
development
of
silent
reading
during
the
nineteenth
century
showed
.
A.
a
change
in
the
position
of
literate
people
B.
a
change
in
the
nature
of
reading
C.
an
increase
in
the
number
of
books
D.
an
increase
in
the
average
age
of
readers
3.
Educationalists
are
still
arguing
about
_________.
A.
the
importance
of
silent
reading
B.
the
amount
of
information
provided
by
books
and
newspapers
C.
the
effects
of
reading
on
health
D.
the
value
of
different
types
of
reading
material
4.
What
is
the
writer
of
this
passage
attempting
to
do?
A.
To
explain
how
present
day
reading
habits
developed.
B.
To
change
people"s
way
to
read.
C.
To
show
how
reading
methods
have
improved.
D.
To
encourage
the
growth
of
reading.
KEY:
1-4
CBDA
高考英语阅读练习（003）
In
some
ways,
the
United
States
has
made
some
progress.
Fires
no
longer
destroy
18,000
buildings
as
they
did
in
the
Great
Chicago
Fire
of
1871,
or
kill
half
a
town
of
2,400
people,
as
they
did
the
same
night
in
Peshtigo,
Wisconsin.
Other
than
the
Beverly
Hill
Supper
Club
fire
in
Kentucky
in
1977,
it
has
been
four
decades
since
more
than
100
Americans
died
in
a
fire.
But
even
with
such
successes,
the
United
States
still
has
one
of
the
worst
fire
death
rates
in
the
world.
Safety
experts
say
the
problem
is
neither
money
nor
technology,
but
the
indifference(无所谓)
of
a
country
that
just
will
not
take
fires
seriously
enough.
American
fire
departments
are
some
of
the
world"s
fastest
and
best-equipped.
They
have
to
be.
The
United
States
has
twice
Japan"s
population,
and
40
times
as
many
fires.
It
spends
far
less
on
preventing
fires
than
on
fighting
them.
And
American
fire
-safety
lessons
are
aimed
almost
entirely
at
children,
who
die
in
large
numbers
in
fires
but
who,
against
popular
beliefs,
start
very
few
of
them.
Experts
say
the
error
is
an
opinion
that
fires
are
not
really
anyone"s
fault.
That
is
not
so
in
other
countries,
where
both
public
education
and
the
law
treat
fires
as
either
a
personal
failing
or
a
crime(罪行).
Japan
has
many
wood
houses;
of
the
48
fires
in
world
history
that
burned
more
than
10,000
buildings,
Japan
has
had
27.
Punishment
for
causing
a
big
fire
can
be
as
severe
as
life
imprisonment.
In
the
United
States,
most
education
dollars
are
spent
in
elementary
schools.
But,
the
lessons
are
aimed
at
too
limited
a
number
of
people;
just
9
percent
of
all
fire
deaths
are
caused
by
children
playing
with
matches.
The
United
States
continues
to
depend
more
on
technology
than
laws
or
social
pressure.
There
are
smoke
detectors
in
85
percent
of
all
homes.
Some
local
building
laws
now
require
home
sprinklers
(喷水装置).
New
heaters
and
irons
shut
themselves
off
if
they
are
tipped.
1.
The
reason
why
so
many
Americans
die
in
fires
is
that
_____.
A.
they
took
no
interest
in
new
technology
B.
they
did
not
pay
great
attention
to
preventing
fires
C.
they
showed
indifference
to
fighting
fires
D.
they
did
not
spend
enough
money
on
fire
equipment
2.
It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that______.
A.
fire
safety
lessons
should
not
be
aimed
only
at
American
children
B.
American
children
have
not
received
enough
education
of
fire
safety
lessons
C.
Japan
is
better
equipped
with
fire
equipment
than
the
United
States
D.
America"s
large
population
leads
to
more
fires
3.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
There
has
been
no
great
fire
in
the
USA
in
recent
40
years
that
leads
to
high
death
rate.
B.
There
have
been
several
great
fires
in
the
USA
in
recent
40
years
that
lead
to
high
death
rate.
C.
There
has
been
only
one
great
fire
in
the
USA
in
recent
40
years
that
led
to
high
death
rate.
D.
The
fire
in
Kentucky
in
1977
made
only
a
few
people
killed.
KEY:
BAC
高考英语阅读练习（004）
Nuclear
power"s(核能的)
danger
to
health,
safety,
and
even
life
itself
can
be
described
in
one
word;
radiation(辐射).
Nuclear
radiation
has
a
certain
mystery
about
it,
partly
because
it
cannot
be
detected
(探测)
by
human
senses.
It
can"t
be
seen
or
heard,
or
touched
or
tasted,
even
though
it
may
be
all
around
us.
There
are
other
things
like
that.
For
example,
radio
waves
are
all
around
us
but
we
can"t
detect
them,
sense
them,
without
a
radio
receiver.
Similarly,
we
can"t
sense
radioactivity
without
a
radiation
detector.
But
unlike
common
radio
waves,
nuclear
radiation
is
not
harmless
to
human
beings
and
other
living
things.
At
very
high
levels,
radiation
can
kill
an
animal
or
human
being
outright
by
killing
masses
of
cells
(细胞)
in
important
organs
(器官).
But
even
the
lowest
levels
can
do
serious
damage.
There
is
no
level
of
radiation
that
is
completely
safe.
If
the
radiation
does
not
hit
anything
important,
the
damage
may
not
be
significant.
This
is
the
case
when
only
a
few
cells
are
hit,
and
if
they
are
killed
outright.
Your
body
will
replace
the
dead
cells
with
healthy
ones.
But
if
the
few
cells
are
only
damaged,
and
if
they
reproduce
themselves,
you
may
be
in
trouble.
They
reproduce
themselves
in
an
unusual
way.
They
can
grow
into
cancer.
Sometimes
this
does
not
show
up
for
many
years.
This
is
another
reason
for
some
of
the
mystery
about
nuclear
radiation.
Serious
damage
can
be
done
without
the
knowledge
of
the
person
at
the
time
that
damage
has
occurred.
A
person
can
be
irradiated(放射治疗)
and
feel
fine,
then
die
of
cancer
five,
ten,
or
twenty
years
later
as
a
result.
Or
a
child
can
be
born
weak
or
easy
to
get
serious
illness
as
a
result
of
radiation
absorbed
by
its
grandparents.
Radiation
can
hurt
us.
We
must
know
the
truth.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
the
danger
of
nuclear
power
lies
in
__________.
A.
nuclear
mystery
B.
radiation
detection
C.
radiation
level
D.
nuclear
radiation
2.
Radiation
can
lead
to
serious
results
even
at
the
lowest
level
________.
A.
when
it
kills
few
cells
B.
if
it
damages
few
cells
C.
though
the
damaged
cells
can
repair
themselves
D.
unless
the
damaged
cells
can
reproduce
themselves
3.
Radiation
can
hurt
us
in
the
way
that
it
can
_____.
A.
kill
large
numbers
of
cells
in
main
organs
so
as
to
cause
death
immediately
B.
damage
cells
which
may
grow
into
cancer
years
later
C.
affect
the
healthy
growth
of
our
younger
generation
D.
lead
to
all
of
the
above
results
4.
Which
of
the
following
can
be
best
inferred
from
the
passage?
A.
The
importance
of
protection
from
radiation
cannot
be
overemphasized
(过分强调).
B.
The
mystery
about
radiation
remains
unsolved.
C.
Cancer
is
mainly
caused
by
radiation.
D.
Radiation
can
hurt
those
who
do
not
know
about
its
danger.
KEY:
1-
4
DBDA
高考英语阅读练习（005）
Today
is
the
date
of
that
afternoon
in
April
a
year
ago
when
I
first
saw
the
strange
and
attractive
doll（玩具娃娃）in
the
window
of
Abe
Sheftel"s
toy
shop
on
Third
Avenue
near
Fifteenth
Street,
just
around
the
corner
from
my
office,
where
the
plate
on
the
door
reads.
Dr
Samuel
Amory.
I
remember
just
how
it
was
that
day:
the
first
sign
of
spring
floated
across
the
East
River,
mixing
with
the
soft
-
coal
smoke
from
the
factories
and
the
street
smells
of
the
poor
neighbourhood.
As
I
turned
the
corner
on
my
way
to
work
and
came
to
Sheftel"s,
I
was
made
once
more
known
of
the
poor
collection
of
toys
in
the
dusty
window,
and
I
remembered
the
coming
birthday
of
a
small
niece
of
mine
in
Cleveland,
to
whom
I
was
in
the
habit
of
sending
small
gifts.
Therefore,
I
stopped
and
examined
the
window
to
see
if
there
might
be
anything
suitable,
and
looked
at
the
collection
of
unattractive
objects--a
red
toy
fire
engine,
some
lead
soldiers,
cheap
baseballs,
bottles
of
ink,
pens,
yellowed
envelopes,
and
advertisements
for
soft
-
drinks.
And
thus
it
was
that
my
eyes
finally
came
to
rest
upon
the
doll
stored
away
in
one
corner,
a
doll
with
the
strangest,
most
charming
expression
on
her
face.
I
could
not
wholly
make
her
out,
due
to
the
shadows
and
the
film
of
dust
through
which
I
was
looking,
but
I
was
sure
that
a
deep
impression
had
been
made
upon
me
as
though
I
had
run
into
a
person,
as
one
does
sometimes
with
a
stranger,
with
whose
personality
one
is
deeply
impressed.
1.
What
made
an
impression
on
the
author?
A.
The
doll"s
unusual
face.
B.
The
collection
of
toys.
C.
A
stranger
he
met
at
the
store.
D.
The
beauty
and
size
of
the
doll.
2.
Why
does
the
author
mention
his
niece?
A.
She
likes
dolls.
B.
The
doll
looks
like
her.
C.
She
lives
near
Sheftel"s.
D.
He
was
looking
for
a
gift
for
her.
3.
Why
did
the
writer
go
past
Sheftel"s?
A.
He
was
on
his
way
to
school.
B.
He
was
looking
for
a
present
for
his
niece.
C.
He
wanted
to
buy
some
envelopes.
D.
None
of
the
above
is
right.
4.
The
story
takes
place
in
the
______.
A.
early
summer
B.
early
spring
C.
midsummer
D.
late
spring
KEY:
1-5
ADDB
高考英语阅读练习（006）
Technology
is
the
application
(应用)of
knowledge
to
production.
Thanks
to
modern
technology,
we
have
been
able
to
increase
greatly
the
efficiency
of
our
work
force.
New
machines
and
new
methods
have
helped
cut
down
time
and
expense
while
increasing
overall
output.
This
has
meant
more
production
and
a
higher
standard
of
living.
For
most
of
us
in
America,
modern
technology
is
thought
of
as
the
reason
why
we
can
have
cars
and
television
sets.
However,
technology
has
also
increased
the
amount
of
food
available
(有用的)to
us,
by
means
of
modern
farming
machinery
and
animalbreeding
techniques,
and
has
extended
our
life
span
via()medical
technology.
Will
mankind
continue
to
live
longer
and
have
a
higher
quality
of
life?
In
large
measure
the
answer
depends
on
technology
and
our
ability
to
use
it
widely.
If
we
keep
making
progress
as
we
have
over
the
past
fifty
years,
the
answer
is
definitely
yes.
The
advancement
of
technology
depends
upon
research
and
development,
and
the
latest
statistics
(统计)
show
that
the
united
States
is
continuing
to
pump
billions
of
dollars
annually(每年)
into
such
efforts.
So
while
we
are
running
out
of
some
scarce
resources
(少的资源)
we
may
well
find
technological
substitutes
(代用品)
for
many
of
them
through
our
research
programs.
Therefore,
in
the
final
analysis
the
three
major
factors
of
production
(land,
labor
and
capital)
are
all
influenced
by
technology.
When
we
need
new
skills
on
techniques
in
medicine,
people
will
start
developing
new
technology
to
meet
those
needs.
As
equipment
proves
to
be
slow
or
inefficient,
new
machines
will
be
invented.
Technology
responds
to
our
needs
in
helping
us
maintain
our
standard
of
living.
1.
What
is
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A.
The
definition
of
technology
B.
Modern
technology
C.
The
application
of
technology
D.
The
development
of
technology
2.
From
the
passage,
we
can
infer
that
this
article
is
probably
_________.
A.
a
part
of
the
introduction
to
American
business
B.
followed
by
the
passage
talking
about
factors
of
production
C.
taken
from
a
learned
journal
D.
Both
A
and
B
3.
Which
is
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
Modern
technology
is
the
key
to
the
improvement
of
standard
of
living.
B.
The
three
major
factors
of
production-land,
labor
and
capital
are
all
influenced
by
technology.
C.
Technology
is
the
response
to
our
needs.
D.
The
United
States
is
making
great
efforts
to
advance
its
technology.
4.
According
to
the
passage,
people
can
live
a
long
life
with
the
help
of
_________.
A.
higer
quality
of
life
B.
medical
technology
C.
modem
farming
machinery
D.
technological
substitute
KEY:
1-
4BDAB
高考英语阅读练习（007）
The
volcano
is
one
of
the
most
surprising
frightening
forces
of
nature.
Maybe
you
have
seen
pictures
of
these“fireworks”of
nature.
Sometimes
when
a
volcano
erupts,
a
very
large
wall
of
melted
rock
moves
down
the
side
of
a
mountain.
It
looks
like
a
“river
of
tire.”Sometimes
volcanoes
explode,
throwing
the
melted
rock
and
ashes(灰)high
into
the
air.
But
where
does
this
melted
rock
come
from?
The
earth
is
made
up
of
many
layers(层).
The
top
layer
that
we
see
is
called
the
crust.
Under
the
crust
are
many
layers
of
hard
rock.
But
far,
far
beneath
the
crust
whose
rock
is
so
hot,
that
it
is
soft.
In
some
places
it
even
melts.
The
melted
rock
is
called
magma.
Sometimes
the
magma
breaks
out
to
the
surface
through
cracks(爆裂声)in
the
crust.
These
cracks
are
volcanoes.
Most
people
think
of
mountains
when
they
think
of
volcanoes.
But
not
every
mountain
is
a
volcano.
A
volcano
is
simply
the
opening
in
the
earth
from
which
the
magma
escapes.
The
hot
magma,
or
lava
as
it
is
called,
cols
and
builds
up
on
the
surface
of
the
earth.
Over
thousands
of
years,
this
pile
of
cooled
lava
can
grow
to
be
very,
very
big.
For
example,
the
highest
mountain
in
Africa,
Kilimanjaro,
is
a
volcano.
It
towers
more
than
16,000
feet
above
the
ground
around
it.
1.The
underlined
word“erupts”means
.
A.
moves
down
B.
breaks
away
C.
builds
up
D.
suddenly
throws
out
lava
2.Which
words
in
the
passage
have
the
same
meaning
as
“melted
rock”?
A.“Volcano”and“explode”.
B.“Crust”and“hard
rock”
C.“magma”and“lava”
D.“Volcano”and“magma”
3.Which
is
the
correct
order
of
the
layers
of
the
earth(beginning
with
the
top
layer)?
A.
crust-hard
rock-magma-soft
rock
B.
crust-hard
rock-
soft
rock-magma
C.
magma-soft
rock-
hard
rock-crust
D.
volcano-cracks-magma-crust
4.The
best
title(标题)
of
the
passage
should
be
u.
A.
The
Volcano
B.
Kilimanjaro
Volcano
C.
The
Mountains
D.
The
Melted
Rock
KEY:
DCBA
高考英语阅读练习（008）
WHERE
TO
STAY
IN
BOSWELL
YOUR
GUIDE
TO
OUR
BEST
HOTEL
Name/AddressNo.
of
RoomsSingleDoubleSpecial
Attractions
FIRST
HOTEL
222
Edward
Road
Tel.414-6433120＄25＄35Air-conditioned
rooms,
French
restaurant,
Night
club,
Swimming-pool,
Shops,
Coffee
shop
and
bar,
Telephone,
radio
and
TV
in
each
room,
Close
to
the
city
center
FAIRVIEW
HOTEL
129
North
Road
Tel.591-562050＄12＄18Close
to
the
air-port,
Telephone
In
each
room,
Bar,
Restaurant,
Garage,
Swimming-pool
ORCHARD
HOTEL
233
Edward
Road
Tel.641-6646120＄15＄20Facing
First
hotel,
European
restaurant,
Coffee
shop,
Dry-cleaning,
Shops,
tv,
night-club
OSAKA
HOTEL
1264
Venning
Road
Tel.643-820180＄30＄50Air-Conditioned
rooms,
Japanese
and
Chinese
restaurants,
Shops,
Swimming-pool,
Large
garden
1.The
number
of
the
rooms
in
the
best
hotels
in
Boswell
is
.
A.
120
B.
470
C.
450
D.
240
2.If
a
Japanese
traveler
likes
to
eat
in
French
restaurant,
is
the
right
place
for
him
to
go
to.
A.
233
Edward
Road
B.
1264
Venning
Road
C.
222
Edward
Road
D.
129
North
Road
3.Which
hotel
faces
the
Orchard
hotel?
A.
The
First
hotel.
B.
The
Osaka
hotel.
C.
The
Fairview
Hotel.
D.
No
hotel.
KEY:
BCA
高考英语阅读练习（009）
When
I
asked
my
daughter
which
item
she
would
keep;
the
phone,
the
car,
the
cooker,
the
computer,
the
TV,
or
her
boyfriend,
she
said“the
phone”.
Personally,
I
could
do
without
the
phone
entirely,
which
makes
me
unusual.
Because
the
telephone
is
changing
our
lives
more
than
any
other
piece
of
technology.
Point
1
The
telephone
creates
the
need
to
communicate,
in
the
same
way
that
more
roads
create
more
traffic.
My
daughter
comes
home
from
school
at
4:00
pm
and
then
spends
an
hour
on
the
phone
talking
to
the
very
people
she
has
been
at
school
with
all
day.
If
the
phone
did
not
exist,
would
she
have
anything
to
talk
about?
Point
2
The
mobile
phone
means
that
we
are
never
alone.
“The
mobile
saved
my
life,”says
Crystal
Johnstone.
She
had
an
accident
in
her
Volvo
on
the
A45
between
Otley
and
Skipton.
Trapped
inside,
she
managed
to
make
the
call
that
brought
the
ambulance(救护车)
to
her
rescue.
Point
3
The
mobile
removes
our
secret.
It
allows
marketing
manager
of
Haba
Deutsch,
Carl
Nicolaisen,
to
ring
his
sales
staff
all
round
the
world
at
and
time
of
day
to
ask
where
they
are
,
where
they
are
going,
and
how
their
last
meeting
went.
Point
4
The
telephone
separates
us.
Antonella
Bramante
in
Rome
says,
“We
worked
in
separate
offices
but
I
could
see
him
through
the
window.
It
was
easy
to
get
his
number.
We
were
so
near——but
we
didn’t
meet
for
the
first
two
weeks!”
Point
5
The
telephone
allows
us
to
reach
out
beyond
our
own
lives.
Today
we
can
talk
to
several
complete
strangers
simultaneously
(
同时地)
on
chat
lines
(at
least
my
daughter
does.
I
wouldn’t
know
what
to
talk
about).
We
can
talk
across
the
world.
We
can
even
talk
to
astronauts
(if
you
know
any)
while
they’re
space-walking.
And,
with
the
phone
line
hooked
up
to
the
computer,
we
can
access(存取)
the
Internet,
the
biggest
library
on
Earth.
1.How
do
you
understand‘Point
1
—The
telephone
creates
the
need
to
communicate,6…’？
A.
People
don’t
communicate
without
telephone.
B.
People
communicate
because
of
the
creating
of
the
telephone.
C.
People
communicate
more
since
telephone
has
been
created.
D.
People
communicate
more
because
of
more
traffic.
2.Which
of
the
following
best
shows
people’s
attitude
towards
mobile
phones?
A.
Mobile
phones
help
people
deal
with
the
emergency.
B.
Mobile
phones
bring
convenience
as
well
little
secret
to
people.
C.
Mobile
phones
are
so
important
and
should
be
encouraged.
D.
Mobile
phones
are
part
of
people’s
life.
3.
Which
points
do
you
think
support
the
idea
that
phones
improve
people’s
life?
a.
Point
1.
b.
Point2.
c.
Point3.
d.
Point
4.
e.
Point
5.
A.
c,
d
B.
a,
e
C.
a,
c
D.
b,
e
4.It
is
possible
to
talk
to
several
complete
strangers
simultaneously
through
.
A.
the
TV
screen
B.
a
fax
machine
C.
the
phone
line
hooked
up
to
the
computer
D.
a
microphone
5.The
best
heading
for
the
passage
is
.
A.
phone
Power
B.
Kinds
of
Phone
C.
how
to
Use
Phones
D.
Advantage
of
Phones
KEY:
1–5
CBDCA
高考英语阅读练习（010）
“It
hurts
me
more
than
you”,
and
“This
is
for
your
own
good”—these
are
the
statements
my
mother
used
to
make
years
ago
when
I
had
to
learn
Latin,
clean
my
room,
stay
home
and
do
homework.
That
was
before
we
entered
the
permissive
period
in
education
in
which
we
decided
it
was
all
right
not
to
push
our
children
to
achieve
their
best
in
school.
The
schools
and
the
educators
made
it
easy
for
us.
They
taught
that
it
was
all
right
to
be
parents
who
take
a
let-alone
policy.
We
stopped
making
our
children
do
homework.
We
gave
them
calculators,
turned
on
the
television,
left
the
teaching
to
the
teachers
and
went
on
vacation.
Now
teachers,
faced
with
children
who
have
been
developing
at
their
own
pace
for
the
past
15
years,
are
realizing
we’ve
made
a
terrible
mistake.
One
such
teacher
is
Sharon
Klompus
who
says
of
her
students—“so
passive”—and
wonders
what
has
happened.
Nothing
is
demanded
of
them,
she
believes.
Television,
says
Klompus,
contributes
to
children’
s
passivity.
“We’
re
talking
about
a
generation
of
kids
who’
ve
never
been
hurt
or
hungry.
They
have
learned
somebody
will
always
do
it
for
them,
instead
of
saying
‘go
and
look
it
up’,
you
tell
them
the
answer.
It
takes
greater
energy
to
say
no
to
a
kid.”
Yes,
it
does.
It
takes
energy
and
it
takes
work.
It’
s
time
for
parents
to
end
their
vacation
and
come
back
to
work.
It’
s
time
to
take
the
car
away,
to
turn
the
TV
off,
to
tell
them
it
hurts
you
more
than
them
but
it’
s
for
their
own
good.
It’s
s
time
to
start
telling
them
no
again.
1.Children
are
becoming
more
inactive
in
study
because
.
A.
they
watch
TV
too
often
B.
they
have
done
too
much
homework
C.
they
have
to
fulfil
too
many
duties
D.
teachers
are
too
strict
with
them
2.We
learn
from
the
passage
that
the
author’s
mother
used
to
lay
emphasis
on
.
A.
learning
Latin
B.
discipline
C.
natural
development
D.
education
at
school
3.By“permissive
period
in
education”(L.1,Para.2)the
author
means
a
time
.
A.
when
children
are
allowed
to
do
what
they
wish
to
B.
when
everything
can
be
taught
at
school
C.
when
every
child
can
be
educated
D.
when
children
are
permitted
to
receive
education
4.
The
main
idea
of
the
passage
is
that
.
A.
parents
should
leave
their
children
alone
B.
kids
should
have
more
activities
at
school
C.
it’s
time
to
be
more
strict
with
our
kids
D.
parents
should
always
set
a
good
example
to
their
kids
KEY:
1-
4ABAC
高考英语阅读练习（011）
The
greatest
recent
changes
have
,been
in
the
lives
of
women
,During
the
twentieth
century
there
was
an
unusual
shortening
of
the
time
of
a
woman’s
life
spent
in
caring
for
children.
A
woman
marrying
at
the
end
of
the
19th
century
would
probably
have
been
in
her
middle
twenties
,and
would
be
likely
to
have
seven
or
eight
children,
of
whom
four
or
five
lived
till
they
were
five
years
old
,By
the
time
the
youngest
was
fifteen
,the
mother
would
have
been
id
her
early
fifties
and
would
expect
to
live
a
further
twenty
years
,during
which
custom
,chance
and
health
made
it
unusual
for
her
to
get
paid
work,
Today
women
marry
younger
and
have
fewer
children
Usually
a
woman
‘s
youngest
child
will
be
fifteen
when
she
is
forty－five
and
is
likely
to
take
paid
work
until
retirement
at
sixty
Even
while
she
has
the
care
of
children
,her
work
is
lightened
by
household
appliances
（家用电器）and
convenience
foods.
This
important
change
in
women’s
way
of
life
has
only
recently
begun
to
have
its
full
effect
on
women’
s
economic
position
Even
a
few
years
ago
most
girls
left
school
at
the
first
opportunity
and
most
of
them
took
a
full－time
job
However
,when
they
married
,they
usually
left
work
at
once
and
never
returned
to
it
,Today
the
school－leaving
age
is
sixteen
,many
girls
stay
at
school
after
that
age
,and
though
women
tend
to
marry
younger
,more
married
women
stay
at
work
at
leas
until
shortly
before
their
first
child
is
born
Very
many
more
after
wads
,return
to
full
or
part-time
work
Such
changes
have
led
to
a
new
relationship
in
marriage
,with
both
husband
and
wife
accepting
a
greater
share
of
the
duties
and
satisfaction
of
family
life,
and
with
both
husband
and
wife
sharing
more
e-qually
in
providing
the
money
and
running
the
home
,according
to
the
abilities
and
inter-est
of
each
them.
1．According
to
the
passage
,around
the
year1990
most
women
married
A．at
about
twenty-five
B．In
their
early
fifties
C．as
soon
as
possible
after
they
were
fifteen
D．at
any
age
from
fifteen
to
forty－five
2．We
are
told
that
in
an
average
family
about1990
.
A．many
children
died
before
they
were
five
B．the
youngest
child
would
be
fifteen
C．seven
of
eight
children
lived
to
be
more
than
five
D．four
of
five
children
died
when
they
were
five.
3．When
she
was
over
fifty
,the
late
19th
century
mother
.
A．would
expect
to
work
until
she
died
B．was
usually
expected
to
take
up
paid
employment
C．would
he
healthy
enough
to
take
up
paid
employment.
D．was
unlikely
to
find
a
job
even
if
she
now
likely.
4．Many
girls
,the
passage
says
,are
now
likely
to
.
A．marry
so
that
they
can
get
a
job
B．Leave
school
as
soon
as
they
can
C．give
up
their
jobs
for
good
after
they
are
married
D．continue
working
until
they
are
going
to
have
a
baby
5．According
to
the
passage
,it
is
now
quite
usual
for
women
to
.
A．stay
at
hone
after
leaving
school
B．marry
men
younger
than
themselves
C．start
working
again
later
in
life
D．Marry
while
still
at
school
KEY:
1－5
ADDDC
高考英语阅读练习（012）
Language
learning
begins
with
listening.
Children
are
greatly
different
in
the
amount
of
listening
they
do
before
they
start
speaking,
and
later
starters
are
often
long
listeners
.Most
children
will“obey”spoken
instructions
some
time
before
they
can
speak,
though
the
word“obey”is
hardly
accurate
as
a
description
of
the
eager
and
delighted
cooperation
usually
shown
by
the
child
.Before
they
can
speak,
many
children
will
also
ask
questions
by
gesture
and
by
making
questioning
noises.
Any
attempt
to
study
the
development
from
the
noises
babies
make
to
their
first
spo-ken
words
leads
to
considerable
difficulties.
It
is
agreed
that
they
enjoy
making
noises
,and
that
during
the
first
few
months
one
or
two
noises
sort
themselves
as
particularly
ex-pressive
as
delight,
pain
,friendliness,
and
so
on
But
since
these
can’t
be
said
to
show
the
baby;s
intention
to
communicate
,they
can
hardly
be
regarded
as
early
forms
of
language
,It
is
agreed,
too,
that
from
about
three
months
they
play
with
sounds
for
enjoyment
,and
that
by
six
months
theyare
able
to
add
new
words
to
their
store
This
self-imitation（摸仿）leads
on
to
deliberate
（有意的）imitation
of
sounds
made
or
words
spoken
to
them
by
other
people.
The
problem
then
arises
as
to
the
point
at
which
one
can
say
that
these
imita-tions
can
be
considered
as
speech.
It
is
a
problem
we
need
to
get
out
teeth
into.
The
meaning
of
a
word
depends
on
what
a
word
depends
on
what
a
particular
person
means
by
it
in
a
particular
situation;
and
it
is
clear
that
what
a
child
means
by
a
word
will
change
as
he
gains
more
experience
of
the
world
.Thus
the
use
.at
seven
months
.of
“mama”as
a
greeting
for
his
mother
cannot
be
dismissed
as
a
meaning-less
sound
simply
because
he
also
uses
it
at
another
times
for
his
father
,his
dog
,or
any-thing
else
he
likes.
Playful
and
meaningless
imitation
of
what
other
people
say
continues
after
the
child
has
begun
to
speak
for
himself
,I
doubt
,however
whether
anything
is
gained
when
parents
take
advantage
of
this
ability
in
an
attempt
to
teach
new
sounds
.
1．Before
children
start
speaking
.
A．they
need
equal
amount
of
listening
B．they
need
different
amounts
of
listening
C．they
are
all
eager
to
cooperate
with
the
adults
by
obey
spoken
instructions
D．they
can’t
understand
and
obey
the
adult
‘s
oral
instructions
2．Children
who
start
speaking
late
.
A．may
have
problems
with
their
listening
B．Probably
do
not
hear
enough
language
spoken
around
them
C．Usually
pay
close
attention
to
what
they
hear
D．Often
take
a
long
tine
in
learning
to
listen
properly
3．A
baby’s
first
noises
are
.
A．an
expression
of
his
moods
and
feelings
B．an
early
form
of
language
C．a
sign
that
he
means
to
tell
you
something
D．An
imitation
of
the
speech
of
adults.
4．The
problem
of
deciding
at
what
point
a
baby’
imitations
can
be
considered
as
speech
…
A．is
important
because
words
have
different
meanings
for
different
people
B．is
not
especially
important
because
the
changeover
takes
place
gradually
C．is
one
that
should
be
properly
understood
because
the
meaning
of
words
changes
with
age.
D．Is
one
that
should
be
completely
ignored（忽略）because
children’s
use
of
words
is
of-ten
meaningless
.
5．The
speaker
implies
.
A．parents
can
never
hope
to
teach
their
children
new
sounds.
B．children
no
longer
imitate
people
after
they
begin
to
speak
C．Children
who
are
good
at
imitating
learn
new
words
more
quickly
D．even
after
they
have
learnt
to
speak
,children
still
enjoy
imitating
KEY:
1-5
BDABD
高考英语阅读练习（013）
This
is
John
Roberts
reporting
from
Cardiff
The
result
of
the
match
which
finished
at
four
this
afternoon
between
France
and
Wales
was
a
draw.
Neither
side
scored
.The
Dutch
referee（裁判）did
not
allow
the
one
goal
which
France
managed
to
kick
The
reason
for
this
was
that
a
French
player
was
unfortunately
off
side
.So
both
teams
went
home
disap-pointed
with
the
game
They
particularly
admired
the
French
forwards
,who
were
always
fast
and
often
threatened
the
Welsh
defense
.Once
it
looked
as
if
the
Welsh
goalkeeper
was
in
serious
trouble.
He
dived
to
his
right
to
save
a
shot
from
the
French
centre
forward
and
crashed
his
head
against
the
goal
post
,A
doctor
examined
him
and
he
soon
began
to
play
a-gain
.Of
course
the
large
,friendly
crowd
cheered
for
him
Wales
will
certainly
welcome
an-other
visit
from
this
splendid
team.
1．This
passage
is
.
A．a
piece
of
sports
news
broadcast
over
radio
B．a
piece
of
sports
news
in
a
newspaper
C．An
advertisement
about
sports
D．An
assay
about
sports
2．The
word
“draw”in
this
passage
means
?
A．an
act
of
puling
B．Taking
money
from
a
bank
C．a
state
in
which
neither
side
wins
D．Making
pictures
with
a
pencil
or
a
pen
3．Which
of
the
following
sentence
is
NOT
TRUE
according
to
the
passage?
A．The
French
team
is
a
visiting
team
while
the
Welsh
team
is
the
home
team.
B．The
Welsh
goalkeeper
was
brave
and
he
didn’t
quit
the
match
even
after
he
had
his
head
Seriously
injured
in
the
game.
C．People
liked
the
French
forwards
for
they
were
very
active
on
the
field.
D．A
French
player
did
kick
a
goal
but
the
referee
refused
to
admit
it.
KEY:
1-3
ACB
高考英语阅读练习（014）
There
are
several
ways
you
can
find
out
about
the
countries
and
places
you
wish
to
visit
.You
can
talk
to
friends
who
have
travelled
to
the
places.
Or
you
can
to
and
see
a
colour
film
Or
you
can
read
travel
books.
It
would
seem
that
there
are
three
kinds
of
travel
books
The
first
are
those
that
give
a
personal
,subjective
（主观的）account
of
travels
which
the
author
has
actually
made
himself
.if
they
are
informative
and
have
a
good
index
（索引）then
they
can
be
useful
to
you
when
you
are
planning
your
travels
.The
second
kind
are
those
books
whose
purpose
is
to
give
a
purely
objective
（客观的）description
of
things
to
be
done
and
seen
If
a
well-read
,cultured
person
has
written
such
a
book
then
it
is
even
more
useful
.It
can
be
sorted
as
a
selected
guide
book
The
third
kind
are
those
books
which
are
called“a
guide”to
some
place
or
other
,If
they
are
good
,they
will,
in
addition
to
their
factual
information
,give
an
analysis
or
an
explanation
Like
the
first
kind
they
can
be
inspiring
and
interesting
.But
their
basic
purpose
is
to
help
the
reader
who
wishes
to
plan
in
the
most
practical
way.
Whatever
kind
of
travel
book
you
choose
you
must
make
sure
that
it
does
not
describe
everything
as
“wonderful”,“excellent”or
“magical”。You
must
also
note
its
date
of
publi-cation
because
travel
is
a
very
practical
affair
and
many
things
change
quickly
in
the
twenty
–first
century
Finally
,you
should
make
sure
that
the
contents
are
well
presented
and
easy
to
find.
1．This
passage
is
about
。
A．how
to
travel
B．how
to
buy
travel
books
C．how
to
read
a
travel
book
D．travel
books
2．The
following
travel
books
may
be
of
use
when
you
plan
your
travels
except
.
A．the
book
written
by
some
people
who
have
had
the
same
travel
experience
themselves
B．the
book
which
tells
you
what
is
worth
doing
and
seeing
based
on
the
facts
C．the
book
in
which
a
lot
of
big
adjectives
are
used
to
draw
your
attention
D．the
book
which
offers
you
a
lot
of
useful
information
like
a
tour
guide
3．The
date
of
the
publication
must
be
noticed
because
.
A．the
world
is
changing
and
so
are
the
places
you
are
going
to
visit
B．the
price
of
the
book
is
always
changing
C．the
author
of
the
book
may
be
different
D．the
contents
of
the
book
are
always
the
same
KEY:
1-3
DCA
高考英语阅读练习（015）
The
United
States
is
not
the
only
country
affected
by
the“computer
revolution”,All
the
major
countries
of
the
world
have
computers
,and
the
developing
countries
have
also
realized
that
computers
play
a
big
part
in
their
economic
development.
Usually
what
one
sees
is
a
machine
that
looks
like
a
typewriter
;it
is
called
a
computer
terminal（终端）But
computers
are
also
used
in
unseen
ways
For
example
they
determine
how
much
tine
there
should
be
between
traffic
signals
to
prevent
traffic
problems
and
to
keep
millions
of
cars
moving
in
an
orderly
flow
When
you
buy
a
car
,a
factory
process
（过程）that
is
controlled
by
a
computer
enables
you
to
obtain
a
car
with
your
own
choice
of
colours
and
special
features
（特征）in
just
a
few
weeks’
time
In
medical
laboratories
,com-puters
have
reduced
the
mistakes
in
testing
,and
they
have
saved
doctors’
countless
hours
of
work
Before
long
,medical
histories
of
all
Americans
will
be
kept
in
computer
“banks”.If
a
person
becomes
ill
far
from
his
home
,local
doctors
will
be
able
to
get
his
medical
record
immediately
,In
science
the
computer
has
performed
in
minutes
experiments
which
would
have
required
thousands
of
hours
of
work
by
human
hands
and
minds.
Most
experts
agree
that
computers
are
necessary
to
solve
the
problems
of
increasing
population
,city
living
,and
public
affairs
Without
computers,
the
jobs
of
solving
these
problems
would
require
millions
of
workers
to
do
tons
of
paperwork
Before
any
computer
can
work
on
any
problem,
it
must
be
told
what
to
do
Someone
must
program
the
computer
,step―by―step.
At
first
this
was
done
by
having
the
programmer
write
out
his
instructions
in
the
form
of
numbers
which
would
be“understood”by
the
machine
,Within
a
short
time,
attempts
were
made
to
perform
a
system
that
would
enable
humans
to
communicate
programmer
could
use
words
that
had
meanings
for
him
,and
another
program
in
the
ma-chine
would
translate
the
words
into
the
computer’s
number
system.
Without
special
training
,in
is
impossible
to
under
stand
exactly
how
a
computer
does
int
work
however
,many
people
without
scientific
training
use
computers
in
their
daily
lives
.In
some
American
schools
for
example
young
children
are
being
taught
by
comput-ers
for
part
of
the
school
day.
The
use
of
computers
in
school
has
worried
some
Americans
There
are
those
who
fear
is
will
remove
human
element（成分）from
teacher-student
relationships
.On
the
other
hand
there
are
educators
who
consider
computer
program
a
valuable
means
of
freeing
teachers
from
the
more
boring
and
tiring
tasks
,thus
enabling
them
to
spend
more
time
with
a
single
student.
In
education
,as
in
business
and
industry
science
and
medicine
,computers
play
an
important
part
in
almost
every
type
of
operation
the
future
will
bring
major
advances
in
computer
technology
,which
will
aid
man
in
his
efforts
to
improve
the
world.
1．Operators
of
computers
should
give
instructions
to
work
in
the
form
of
program
.
A．young
children
B．Experienced
operators
C．Common
readers
D．Scientists
in
the
computer
field
2．Operators
of
computers
should
give
instructions
to
work
in
the
form
of
program
.
A．which
are
introduced
in
turn
into
computers
B．Through
which
computers
could
process“language”
C．Which
could
tell
computers
what
to
do
and
how
to
do
D．All
of
the
above
3．The
arguments
for
computer
program
used
in
education
were
that
.
A．computers
like
toys
would
attract
much
attention
of
school
children
B．there
are
lots
of
buttons
which
you
can
press
for
doing
anything
at
your
will
C．computer
program
would
take
the
place
of
teachers
,turning
a
school
into
a
computer
world
D．Computers
could
give
teachers
the
opportunity
to
spare
time
to
deal
with
students
re-
spectively.
4．Which
of
the
following
best
express
the
main
idea
of
this
passage?
A．The
world
will
enjoy
the
beautiful
picture
of
the
computers.
B．Computer
technology
will
change
the
human
life
C．Computer
would
work
freely
in
the
future
D．Computer
would
work
with
a
great
memory－storage
and
at
highest
speed.
KEY:
1－4
BDAB
高考英语阅读练习（016）
Advertising
is
a
highly
developed
twentieth-century
industry.
The
development
of
radio,
television,
cinema,
magazines
and
newspapers
has
gone
hand
in
hand
with
the
development
of
advertising.
Why
is
advertising
so
popular?
Is
it
a
waste
of
money?
It
has
been
proved
again
and
again
that
?repeated
advertising
increases
product
sales.
Since
it
increases
production,
the
price
can
be
reduced.
Therefore
advertising,
instead
of
making
a
product
more
expensive,
makes
it
cheaper.
Advertising
is
now
a
scientific
business.
Once
managers
would
say
jokingly,
"
I
know
that
half
of
what
I
spend
on
advertising
is
wasted,
but
I
don"t
know
which
half."
Now,
all
parts
of
an
advertising
programme
are
properly
measured
and
researched.
What
makes
a
good
advertisement?
There
have
been
major
changes
in
advertising
in
the
past
sixty
years..
People
read
advertisements
partly
for
information
and
partly
for
pleasure.
Today"s
advertisements
often
start
with
a
question,
or
a
puzzle,
with
the
purpose
of
attracting
the
reader"s
attention.
Of
course,
most
advertisements
contain
information.
But
this
is
usually
contained
in
a
text
that
is
interesting
and
often
funny.
Humour
is
very
important.
Sometimes
advertisements
tell
a
story,
or
the
story
may
be
continued
over
a
number
of
advertisements.
However,
there
is
a
danger
in
this.
It
is
possible
that
the
reader
or
viewer
will
remember
the
advertisement
but
not
the
name
of
the
product.
1.
The
purpose
of
advertising
is
____.
A.
to
increase
product
sales
B.
to
make
a
product
much
better
C.
to
spend
more
money
D.
to
reduce
the
production
2.
Which
of
the
following
can
be
used
in
place
of
the
underlined
phrase
"hand
in
hand"
?
A.
Here
and
there.
B.
Again
and
again.
C.
As
usual.
D.
At
the
same
time.
3.
What
is
meant
by
what
managers
said
in
the
second
paragraph?
A.
A11
the
money
on
advertising
was
wasted.
B.
Not
all
the
advertisements
were
well
designed.
C.A11
the
managers
knew
about
advertising
then.
D.
Managers
spent
no
money
on
advertising.
4.
What
does
the
writer
think
of
advertising?
A.
Useless.
B.
Unnecessary.
C.
Important.
D.
Wasteful.
KEY:
1.
A
2.
D
3.
B
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（017）
Three
men
ran
after
a
robber
into
East
Putney
Station,
London,
after
he
hit
and
kicked
an
old
woman,
but
were
turned
back
at
the
gate
because
they
had
no
tickets.
This
was
what
the
Central
Court
stated
this
morning.
They
were
refused
the
use
of
a
telephone
to
call
the
police,
so
they
bought
platform
tickets.
When
they
went
into
the
station,
they
caught
the
robber,
a
youth
of
21.
One
of
the
men
had
to
go
outside
to
make
a
999
call.
Mr
Justice
Stevenson
said
the
incident
ought
to
be
brought
to
the
attention
of
the
railway
officials.
He
sent
the
robber
to
prison
for
five
years.
Terry
Tailor
earlier
had
admitted
his
attack
to
Mrs
Percy,
aged
67,
with
the
purpose
of
robbing
her.
1.
What
did
the
three
men
want
to
do
inside
the
station?
A.
To
catch
the
train.
B.
To
help
Mrs
Percy.
C.
To
catch
the
robber.
D.
To
escape
from
the
police.
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
the
right
order
according
to
the
story?
a.
They
were
stopped
at
the
gate.
b.
An
old
lady
was
attacked
near
a
railway
station.
c.
Three
men
ran
after
the
robber
in
order
to
catch
him.
d.
He
was
sent
to
prison
for
five
years,
e.
The
robber
admitted
he
had
attacked
the
old
lady.
A.
b,
a,
c,
d,
e
B.
b,
c,
a,
e,
d
C.
b,
c,
a,
d,
e
D.
a,
b,
c,
d,
e
3.
According
to
the
judge,
_____
ought
to
have
a
good
thinking
about
the
incident.
A.
railway
officials
B.
the
policemen
C.
Mrs
Percy
D.
Terry
Tailor
4.
Where
do
you
think
this
passage
might
be
taken
from
?
A.
A
magazine
.
B.
A
diary.
C.
A
story
book.
D.
A
newspaper.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
B
3.
A
4.
D
高考英语阅读练习（018）
Learning
online
should
make
use
of
a
number
of
Internet
tools:
e-mail
lets
you
exchange
letters
between
continents
very
cheaply
and
almost
immediately.
Large
groups
of
people
can
share
their
discussions
by
using
electronic
lists
to
send
every
letter
to
everyone
on
the
list.
Electronic
magazines
bring
you
up-to-date
topics,
such
as
news,
arts,
and
sports.
Search
engines
allow
you
to
look
for
anything
you
want
on
the
Internet,
including
the
holdings
of
major
libraries.
In
a
chat
room
you
can
have
a
real-time
written
talk.
Audio
and
video
bring
the
world
to
your
computer
-—
you
can
listen
to
the
world"s
radio
stations,
watch
the
evening
news
from
another
continent.
And
in
an
online
conference
you
can
even
talk
to
your
teacher
and
fellow
students
abroad.
Do
you
have
e-mail?
How
much
do
you
communicate
with
your
friends
over
the
Internet?
Internet,
the
newest
child
in
technology,
is
like
a
modern
communication
highway.
It"s
also
a
kind
of
super-shop,
almost
anything
you
can
buy
in
a
store
-—
you
can
get
it
through
Internet,
without
leaving
home
at
all.
1.
What
is
the
passage
mainly
about?
A.
Internet.
B.
Radio
stations.
C.
Magazines.
D.
Libraries.
2.
What
is
the
quickest
and
cheapest
way
of
getting
in
touch
with
your
friend
abroad?
A.
By
telegraph.
B.
By
air-mail.
C.
By
e-mail.
D.
By
telephone.
3.
Which
of
the
following
will
you
choose
if
you
want
to
hold
a
meeting
over
the
Internet?
A.
Chat
room.
B.
Search
engines.
C.
Online
conference.
D.
Electronic
lists.
4.
Where
does
the
writer
suggest
we
might
work?
A.
In
the
office.
B.
At
home.
C.
At
the
library.
D.
In
the
store.
KEY:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
C
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（019）
Flying
Saucers
In
1947
the
pilot
of
a
small
aeroplane
saw
nine
strange
objects
in
the
sky
over
Washing-ton
in
the
USA.
He
said
that
they
looked
like
saucers.
Newspapers
printed
his
story
un-der
the
headline
"Flying
Saucers".
Since
then,
all
over
the
world,
people
have
reported
seeing
similar
strange
objects.
No
one
knows
what
they
are
or
where
they
come
from.
Some
people
say
that
they
do
not
exist,
but
many
others
say
that
they
have
seen
them.
Usually
people
on
the
ground
have
seen
them
but
not
always.
Airline
pilots
also
have
reported
seeing
them
and
so
have
astro-nauts
──
the
men
who
fly
in
spaceships.
Perhaps
some
people
saw
them
only
in
their
imagination.
Perhaps
some
people
made
a
mistake.
But
airline
pilots
and
astro-nauts
do
not
usually
make
mistakes
of
this
kind.
Captain
Ed
Mitchell,
who
was
the
sixth
man
to
walk
on
the
moon,
said
in
1974
that
he
believes
that
some
"flying
saucers"
are
real.
Many
other
people
now
believe
that
these
strange
flying
objects
are
visiting
the
earth
from
other
worlds
in
space.
"They
have
come
to
look
at
us,"
they
say.
The
American
government
tried
to
find
out
more
about
these
objects.
It
listened
to
a
great
many
people
who
said
they
had
seen
them.
But
the
Government
Committee
could
not
decide
on
what
the
objects
were.
It
called
them
UFOs,
which
is
short
for
"Unidentified
Flying
Objects".
Some
say
they
have
seen
people
in
the
fly-ing
saucers!
In
1964,
a
driver
of
a
police
car
in
New
Mexico
saw
a
UFO
landing
a
mile
away.
When
he
reached
it,
there
were
two
small
figures
standing
near
it.
They
looked
like
little
men.
When
he
reported
on
his
radio,
they
got
inside
the
object
and
flew
away.
In
1973
two
men
were
out
fishing
in
Mississippi.
They
say
they
saw
a
UFO
shaped
like
an
egg.
There
were
three
creatures
like
men
but
their
skins
were
silver
in
colour.
They
had
no
eyes,
and
their
mouths
were
just
slits
(裂缝).
Their
noses
and
ears
were
pointed.
They
made
the
fishermen
get
inside
the
UFO
for
a
while.
Then
the
creatures
photographed
them
and
took
them
to
the
place
where
they
had
been
fishing.
There
are
many
other
similar
stories.
Some
are
probably
untrue
but
some
may
be
true.
No
one
knows.
1.
___
took
pictures
of
the
two
fishermen.
A.
The
creatures
in
a
UFO
B.
A
driver
of
a
police
car
C.
A
pilot
of
a
plane
D.
Captain
Ed
Mitchell
2.
The
American
government
tried
to
____.
A.
look
for
the
flying
objects
B.
know
where
the
objects
come
from
C.
learn
more
about
UFOs
D.
report
more
about
UFOs
3.
According
to
the
passage,
the
name
"flying
saucers"
was
first
used
by
____.
A.
a
pilot
of
a
small
plane
B.
an
official
in
Washington
C.
an
editor
of
a
newspaper
D.
the
man
who
flies
in
saucers
4.
The
purpose
of
this
passage
is
to
tell
us
_.
A.
the
shape
of
UFOs
B.
how
to
observe
UFOs
C.
the
danger
of
UFOs
D.
what
we
know
about
UFOs
5.
It
is
implied
in
the
passage
that
the
author
A.
does
not
believe
at
all
about
the
exis-tence
of
UFOs
B.
believes
that
UFOs
are
real
objects
flying
in
the
sky
C.
is
not
sure
whether
there
are
UFOs
or
not
D.
thinks
UFOs
come
from
other
planets
Key:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
C
4.
D
5.
C
高考英语阅读练习（020）
Britons
Learn
to
Forgive
LEEDS,
England
─
A
Leeds
University
psychology
(心理学)
professor
is
teaching
a
course
to
help
dozens
of
Britons
forgive
their
enemies.
"The
hatred
we
hold
within
us
is
a
can-cer,"
Professor
Ken
Hart
said,
adding
that
holding
in
anger
can
lead
to
problems
such
as
high
blood
pressure
and
heart
disease.
More
than
70
people
have
become
mem-bers
in
Hart"s
first
20-week
workshop
in
Lon-don
─
a
course
he
says
is
the
first
of
its
kind
in
the
world.
These
are
people
who
are
sick
and
tired
of
living
with
a
memory.
They
realize
their
bitterness
is
a
poison
they
think
they
can
pour
out,
but
they
end
up
drinking
it
themselves,
said
Canadian-born
Hart.
The
students
meet
in
groups
of
eight
to
ten
for
a
two-hour
workshop
with
an
adviser
every
fortnight.
The
course,
ending
in
July,
is
expected
to
get
rid
of
the
cancer
of
hate
in
these
peo-ple.
"People
have
lots
of
negative
attitudes
to-wards
forgiveness,"
he
said.
"People
confuse
(把……混淆)
forgiveness
with
forgetting.
Forgiveness
means
changing
from
a
negative
attitude
to
a
positive
one."
Hart
and
his
team
have
created
instruc-tions
to
provide
the
training
needed.
"The
main
idea
is
to
give
you
guidelines
on
how
to
look
at
various
kinds
of
angers
and
how
they
affect
you,
and
how
to
change
your
attitudes
towards
the
person
you
are
angry
with,"
said
Norman
Claringbull,
a
senior
expert
on
the
forgiveness
project.
Hart
said
he
believes
forgiveness
is
a
skill
that
can
be
taught,
as
these
people
"want
to
get
free
of
the
past".
1.
From
this
passage
we
know
that
______.
A.
high
blood
pressure
and
heart
disease
are
caused
by
hatred
B.
high
blood
pressure
can
only
be
cured
by
psychology
professors
C.
without
hatred,
people
will
have
less
trouble
connected
with
blood
and
heart
D.
people
who
suffer
from
blood
pressure
and
heart
disease
must
have
many
enemies
2.
If
you
are
angry
with
somebody,
you
should
A.
try
your
best
to
defeat
him
or
her
B.
never
meet
him
or
her
again
C.
persuade
him
or
her
to
have
a
talk
with
you
D.
relax
yourself
by
not
thinking
of
him
or
her
any
more
3.
In
Hart"s
first
20-week
workshop,
people
there
can
___.
A.
meet
their
enemies
B.
change
their
minds
C.
enjoy
the
professor"s
speech
D.
learn
how
to
quarrel
with
others
4.
If
you
are
a
member
in
Hart"
s
workshop,
you"ll
______.
A.
pay
much
money
to
Hart
B.
go
to
the
workshop
every
night
C.
attend
a
gathering
twice
a
month
D.
pour
out
everything
stored
in
your
mind
5.
The
author
wrote
this
passage
in
order
to
A.
persuade
us
to
go
to
Hart"s
workshop
B.
tell
us
the
news
about
Hart"s
workshop
C.
tell
us
how
to
run
a
workshop
like
Hart"s
D.
help
us
to
look
at
various
kinds
of
angers
Key:
1.
C
2.
D
3.
B
4.
C
5.
B
高考英语阅读练习（021）
Closing
the
Gap
Until
late
in
the
20th
century,
most
Americans
spent
time
with
people
of
different
generations.
Now
middle-aged
Americans
may
not
keep
in
touch
with
old
people
until
they
are
old
themselves.
That"s
because
we
group
people
by
age.
We
put
our
three-year-olds
together
in
day-care
centers,
our
13-year-olds
in
schools
and
sports
activities,
and
our
80-year-olds
in
senior-citizen
homes.
Why?
We
live
away
from
the
old
for
many
reasons.
Young
people
sometimes
avoid
the
old
to
get
rid
of
fears
of
aging
and
dying.
It
is
much
harder
to
watch
someone
we
love
dis-appear
before
our
eyes.
Sometimes
it"s
so
hard
that
we
stay
away
from
the
people
who
need
us
the
most.
Fortunately,
some
of
us
have
found
our
way
to
the
old.
And
we
have
discovered
that
they
often
save
the
young.
A
reporter
moved
her
family
onto
a
block
filled
with
old
people.
At
first
her
chil-dren
were
disappointed.
But
the
reporter
baked
banana
bread
for
the
neighbours
and
had
her
children
deliver
it
and
visit.
Soon
the
children
had
many
new
friends,
with
whom
they
shared
food,
stories
and
projects.
"My
children
have
never
been
less
lonely,"
the
re-porter
said.
The
young,
in
turn,
save
the
old.
Once
I
was
in
a
rest
home
(养老院)
when
a
visitor
showed
up
with
a
baby,
she
was
immediately
surrounded.
People
who
hadn"t
gotten
out
of
bed
in
a
week
suddenly
were
ringing
for
a
wheelchair.
Even
those
who
had
seemed
asleep
woke
"up
to
watch
the
child.
Babies
have
an
astonishing
power
to
comfort
and
cure.
Grandparents
are
a
special
case.
They
give
their
grandchildren
a
feeling
of
security
(安全)
and
continuity.
As
my
husband
put
it,
"My
grandparents
gave
me
a
deep
sense
that
things
would
turn
out
right
in
the
end."
Grandchil-dren
speak
of
attention
they
don"t
get
from
worried
parents.
"My
parents
were
always
telling
me
to
hurry
up,
and
my
grandparents
told
me
to
slow
down,"
one
friend
said.
A
teacher
told
me
she
can
tell
which
pupils
have
rela-tionships
with
grandparents:
they
are
quieter,
calmer
and
more
trusting.
(Words:
346
Minutes:
6)
1.
Now
in
ah
American
family,
people
can
find
that
___.
A.
children
never
live
with
their
parents
B.
not
all
working
people
live
with
their
parents
C.
aged
people
are
supported
by
their
grand-children
D.
grandchildren
are
supported
by
their
grand-parents
2.
The
reason
that
old
people
are
left
alone
may
be
that
?
"
A.
the
old
don"t
like
to
live
in
a
big
family
B.
the
young
can"t
get
enough
money
to
sup-port
the
old
C.
different
generations
have
different
lifestyles
D.
the
old
are
too
weak
to
live
with
the
young
3.
The
fact
the
reporter
told
us
shows
that
__.
A.
old
people
in
America
lead
a
hard
life.
B.
old
people
in
America
enjoy
banana
bread
C.
she
had
no
rime
to
take
care
of
her
children
D.
old
people
are
easy
to
get
along
with
4.
Seeing
a
baby,
the
old
people
got
excited
because
__.
A.
they
had
never
seen
a
baby
before
B.
the
baby
was
clever
and
beautiful
C.
the
baby
brought
them
the
image
of
life
D.
the
baby"s
mother
would
take
care
of
them
5.
Why
are
some
children
quieter,
calmer
and
more
trusting?
A.
Because
they
have
relationships
with
their
grandparents.
B.
Because
their
worried
parents
ask
them
to
act
like
that.
C.
Because
they
have
nothing
to
worry
about.
D.
Because
their
teachers
ask
them
to
act
like
that.
Key:
1.
B
2.
C
3-D
4.
C
5.A
高考英语阅读练习（022）
Nobody
Benefits
NEW
YORK—America
has
been
experi-encing
the
longest
economic
increase
in
its
history.
Incomes
have
risen,
unemployment
has
fallen,
and
cities
such
as
New
York
are
bursting
with
new
office
buildings.
But
just
a
short
walk
from
Manhattan"s
skyscrapers,
George
Brown
sits
on
the
side-walk,
cooking
a
lunch
of
rice
and
bits
of
fish
over
a
can
of
cooking
fuel.
Brown
is
homeless
—
one
of
the
2.3
mil-lion
people
in
the
US
who
end
up
on
the
street.
During
the
day.
Brown
collects
alumini-um
cans
and
sells
them
for
five
cents
a
piece.
At
night,
he
sleeps
on
the
street.
"I
have
been
on
the
street
about
eight
or
nine
years,
something
like
that,"
said
the
62-year-old
former
construction
worker.
Brown
admits
he"s
had
problems
with
al-cohol
and
has
smoked
cocaine.
But
he
said
he
still
wants
a
more
stable
(稳定的)
housing
ar-rangement.
He
could
afford
it
just
with
the
money
he
earns
by
collecting
cans
and
small
pieces
of
metal,
if
only
truly
low-income
housing
were
available.
However,
he
sees
no
hope
of
finding
af-fordable
housing
in
New
York.
With
the
strong
economy
and
unemploy-ment
down,
beautiful
housing
is
being
built
to
meet
demand.
A
US
report
shows
rents
in
New
York
city
rose
more
than
27
per
cent
between
1984
and
1999,
from
US
$549
to
US
$700
a
month.
One
of
the
side
effects
of
the
strong
economy
is
that
rents
have
been
going
up.
The
majority
of
people
who
experience
homelessness
really
just
need
some
affordable
housing
help.
But
few
housing
companies
have
been
built
for
the
poor.
Many
small
apartments
in
the
city
now
rent
for
US
$1,500
a
month
or
more.
Brown,
the
homeless
New
Yorker,
said
he
has
a
daughter
who
lives
in
the
city
but
he
rarely
sees
her.
She
is
angry
about
his
drinking
and
won"t
allow
it
in
her
house.
Smiling,
he
said
he
also
has
seven
grand-children
whom
he"d
like
to
see
more
often.
"All
I"ve
got
to
do
is
clean
up
my
act,"
he
said.
1.
What
kind
of
life
does
George
Brown
lead?
A.
Homeless
and
dangerous.
B.
Homeless
and
childish.
C.
Homeless
and
miserable.
D.
Homeless
and
sleepless.
2.
From
George
Brown"s
life
we
can
find
that
A.
old
Americans
lead
a
hard
life
B.
old
Americans
want
to
live
alone
C.
American
cities
are
full
of
poor
people
D.
bad
habits
play
a
role
in
poor
people"s
Life
3.
It
can
be
inferred
from
this
passage
that
A.
America
is
short
of
housing
companies
B.
the
poor
can"t
benefit
from
the
increas-ing
economy
C.
poor
people
in
America
will
become
rich
D.
housing
companies
will
build
more
houses
for
the
poor
4.
If
this
passage
comes
from
a
paper,
on
which
page
would
it
be?
A.
Society.
B.
Science.
C.
Economy.
D.
Business.
5.
What
character
does
George
Brown
have?
A.
Selfish.
B.
Lazy.
C.
Warm-hearted.
D.
Open-hearted.
Key:
1.
C
2.
D
3.
B
4.
A
5.
D
高考英语阅读练习（023）
More
Taiwanese
Students
Study
Here
TAIBEI—Increasing
numbers
of
Taiwanese
students
are
joining
the
island"s
"China
rush",
seeking
education
on
the
Chinese
mainland.
According
to
official
Chinese
figures,
the
number
of
Taiwanese
students
admitted
into
college
and
postgraduate
programmes
on
the
mainland
totalled
461
in
1996,
928
in
1997
and
839
in
1998.
Although
no
latest
official
numbers
were
available,
Netbig.com
said
this
number
had
risen
between
30
to
50
per
cent
annually
in
the
past
two
years
with
well
over
1,000
entering
mainland
campuses
last
year.
The
Internet
site,
based
in
the
Chinese
city
of
Shenzhen,
provides
education
service
and
information
on
Chinese
mainland
colleges
and
universities.
"Many
Taiwanese
believe
a
Chinese
education
giving
more
knowledge
about
the
people
and
culture
in
the
mainland
will
increase
their
chances
in
the
Chinese
job
market,"
Netbig.com
vice-president
Ingrid
Huang
said.
"I
believe
it
will
give
me
hands-on
ex-perience
in
the
business
field
in
the
Chinese
mainland
and
a
better
understanding
of
the
Chinese
mainland
people,"
said
Lydia
Chang,
a
19-year-old
majoring
in
journalism
at
Shih
Shin
University.
Chang
plans
to
go
on
to
get
a
master"s
degree
in
business
administration
in
Shanghai,
which
she
says
offers
the
best
envi-ronment
for
such
studies.
A
journalism
graduate
student,
sumamed
Lin,
at
the
National
Taiwan
University
said
he
would
like
to
study
law
on
the
Chinese
main-land
since
"there
will
be
better
career
prospects
for
me
now
that
more
Taiwanese
companies
are
going
there".
Some
business
executives
were
sending
their
children
to
study
in
the
Chinese
main-
land.
"They
hope
the
children
could
build
up
connections
which
could
later
become
useful
in
their
business
operations,"
said
Yang
Ching-yao,
professor
of
the
Chinese
mainland
studies.
A
Netbig.com
survey
showed
the
campus-es
favoured
by
Taiwanese
students
included
Beijing,
Qinghua
and
Renmin
universities
in
Bei-jing,
and
Jinan
and
Zhongshan
universities
in
Guangzhou.
The
most
popular
studies
were
law,
business
and
Chinese
medicine.
At
present,
Chinese
Taibei
doesn"t
recog-nize
diplomas
earned
in
the
Chinese
mainland
nor
help
with
any
inquiries
about
studying
there.
But
recognizing
the
trend,
education
au-thorities
are
giving
a
final
form
to
a
policy
accepting
certificates
(iiE45)
from
selected
uni-versities.
(Words:
352
Minutes:
6)
1.
More
Taiwanese
students
study
on
the
Chi-nese
mainland
because
___.
A.
Taiwan
will
reunite
with
the
mainland
sooner
or
later
B.
the
fees
asked
for
are
lower
than
those
of
Taiwan
C.
what
they
have
learned
on
the
mainland
will
bring
them
a
bright
future
D.
there
are
many
famous
universities
for
them
to
choose
2.
Some
business
executives
were
sending
their
children
to
study
in
the
Chinese
mainland
so
that
their
children
___.
A.
could
receive
better
education
B.
could
learn
more
about
the
policy
there
C.
could
do
well
in
their
business
operations
D.
could
make
more
friends
there
3.
The
underlined
word
"it"
refers
to
___.
A.
Netbig.com
B.
a
Chinese
education
on
the
mainland
C.
the
Chinese
job
market
D.
the
university
4.
The
main
idea
of
paragraph
4
is
___.
A.
law
in
the
Chinese
mainland
is
pleasant
to
learn
B.
Taiwanese
companies
are
coming
to
the
Chinese
mainland
because
the
law
there
is
perfect
C.
more
Taiwanese
companies
coming
to
the
mainland
makes
it
better
to
learn
laws
D.
the
mainland
is
short
of
lawyers
for
the
Taiwanese
companies
5.
The
author
wrote
the
article
to
tell
us
__.
A.
the
number
of
Taiwanese
students
going
to
universities
on
the
mainland
had
been
increasing
year
after
year
B.
more
Taiwanese
students
are
studying
on
the
mainland
C.
education
on
the
mainland
is
more
at-tractive
compared
with
that
of
Taiwan
D.
Taiwan
and
the
mainland
should
co-operate
with
each
other
in
every
field.
Key:
l.C
2.
C
3.
B
4.
C
5.
B
高考英语阅读练习（024）
Parents
have
to
do
much
less
for
their
children
today
than
they
used
to
do,
and
home
has
become
much
less
of
a
workshop.
Clothes
can
be
bought
ready
made,
washing
can
go
to
the
laundry,
food
can
be
bought
cooked,
canned
or
preserved,
bread
is
baked
and
delivered
by
the
baker,
milk
arrives
on
the
doorstep,
meals
can
be
had
at
the
restaurant,
the
workers"
canteen
(食堂),
and
the
school
dining-room.
It
is
unusual
now
for
father
to
pursue
(从事)
his
trade
or
other
employment
at
home,
and
his
children
rarely,
if
ever,
see
him
at
his
place
of
work.
Boys
are
therefore
seldom
trained
to
follow
their
father"s
occupation,
and
in
many
towns
they
have
a
fairly
wide
choice
of
employment
and
so
do
girls.
The
young
wage-earner
often
earns
good
money,
and
soon
acquires
a
feeling
of
economic
indepen-dence.
In
textile
(纺织的)
areas
it
has
long
been
customary
for
mothers
to
go
out
to
work,
but
this
practice
has
become
so
widespread
that
the
working
mother
is
now
a
not
unusual
factor
in
a
child"s
home
life,
the
number
of
married
women
in
employment
having
more
than
doubled
in
the
last
twenty-five
years.
With.
mother
earning
and
his
older
children
drawing
substantial
wages,
father
is
seldom
the
dominant
(支配的)
figure
that
he
still
was
at
the
beginning
of
the
century.
When
mother
works,
eco-nomic
advantages
increase,
but
children
lose
something
of
great
value
if
mother"s
employment
prevents
her
from
being
home
to
greet
them
when
they
return
from
school.
1.
The
writer
compares
home
to
a
workshop
because
_____.
A.
fathers
often
pursue
employment
at
home
B.
parents
have
to
make
food
and
necessity
themselves
for
their
daily-life
C.
many
families
produce
goods
at
home
for
sale
D.
both
fathers
and
mothers
in
most
families
are
workers
2.
The
writer
says
that
home
has
become
much
less
of
a
workshop.
He
means
_____.
A.
in
the
past,
home
was
more
like
a
workshop
B.
home
is
much
more
of
a
workshop
now
C.
home
workshops
are
becoming
fewer
and
fewer
D.
home
was
less
like
a
workshop
in
the
past
3.
The
chief
reason
that
boys
are
seldom
trained
to
follow
their
father"s
occupation
is
_____.
A.
that
children
nowadays
rarely
see
their
fathers
at
their
place
of
work
B.
that
fathers
do
not
like
to
pursue
employment
at
home
any
more
C.
that
there
is
a
wide
choice
of
employment
for
children
D.
that
children
also
like
to
have
jobs
outside
4.
What
makes
father
no
longer
be
the
only
dominant
person
in
a
family?
A.
With
their
earning,
mother
and
children
do
not
need
to
depend
on
father
for
their
life.
B.
There
are
many
choices
of
employment
for
mothers
and
children.
C.
Father
does
much
less
for
his
children
today
than
he
used
to-
D.
The
number
of
married
women
in
employment
has
increased
greatly
now.
KEY:
1-4
CACA
高考英语阅读练习（025）
1.
Summer
came
early
to
Middlesbrough
yesterday,
as
temperatures
shot
up
to
22°C
(71°F),
a
record
for
March.
But
local
NFU
agent
Jim
Wilkes
says
it
could
be
bad
news
for
farmers.
"
The
crops
will
think
it"s
summer,"
he
told
our
reporter,"
and
start
sprouting
four
weeks
before
time.
2.
The
death
toll
of
the
Burnside
train
crash
rose
to
four
yesterday
when
John
Phillips,
32,
of
Petersville
died
in
Wallsend
Hospital.
Another
six
people
are
still
on
the
danger
list.
Mr
Phillips,
an
electrical
engineer
leaves
a
wife
and
two
children.
3.
China
and
the
United
States
reached
an
agreement
on
the
protection
of
intellectual
property
rights
yesterday,
after
strenuous
marathon
talks.
The
agreement
is
good
news
for
all
parties
concerned.
The
Chinese
Foreign
Trade
Minister
described
the
agreement
as
a
"turning
point"
in
Sino-US
trade
relations
that
"promises
further
progress"
in
the
future.
The
agreement
will
not
only
favourably
impact
trade
relations
between
China
and
the
United
States,
it
may
favourably
influence
the
overall
relations
between
the
two
countries.
1.
What
do
you
get
to
know
from
article
I?
A.
It
is
as
cold
as
usual
in
Middlesbrough,
and
the
farmers
are
pleased.
B.
It
is
hotter
than
usual
in
Middlesbrough,
and
the
farmers
are
pleased.
C.
It
is
hotter
than
usual
in
Middlesbrough,
and
the
farmers
are
worried.
D.
It
is
colder
than
usual
in
Middlesbrough,
and
the
farmers
are
worried.
2.
How
many
people
have
died
in
the
train
crash
in
article
2
?
A.
Only
John
Phillips
has
died.
B.
Ten
people
have
died
in
the
crash,
including
John
Phillips.
C.
Four
people
have
died
in
the
crash,
including
John
Phillips.
D.
John
Phillips,
his
wife
and
children
all
died
in
the
crash.
3.
Who
are
on
the
danger
list?
A.
Petersville
and
Wallsend.
B.
an
electrical
engineer
and
John
Phillips.
C.
John
Phillips"
wife
and
two
children.
D.
another
six
people
who
were
on
the
train.
4.
What
agreement
did
China
and
the
United
States
reach
in
article
3?
A.
It
is
an
agreement
on
a
marathon
race.
B.
It
is
an
agreement
on
trade
relations.
C.
It
is
an
agreement
on
overall
relations.
D.
It
is
an
agreement
on
intellectual
property
rights
protection.
5.
What
are
relations
going
to
be
like
between
China
and
the
United
States?
A.
Relations
between
China
and
the
United
States
are
going
to
be
sometimes
worse
and
sometimes
better.
B.
Relations
between
China
and
the
United
States
are
going
to
be
better.
C.
Relations
between
China
and
the
United
States
are
going
to
be
worse.
D.
Relations
between
China
and
the
United
States
are
going
to
remain
the
same.
KEY:
1-5
CCDDB
高考英语阅读练习（026）
I
never
realized
that
bureaucratism
(管僚主义)
hated
criticism
so
much
until
I
myself
was
taught
a
good
lesson
by
some
bureaucrats.
One
sunny
morning,
I
went
to
a
high－level
organization
to
report
on
some
business.
Once
in
the
office,
I
found
the
man
in
charge
busy
and
about
to
leave.
“Wait
a
minute,
please.
You
are
the
comrade
I
was
told
I
must
see.”
I
walked
closer
to
the
chief.
“Sorry,
I’m
busy
now,”
the
reply
was
polite
but
firm.
“Would
you
please
spare
me
just
a
few
minutes?
I
came
from
a
great
distance
and
it’s
not
easy
for
me
to
pay
another
visit
here
in
a
short
time.”
“Then
come
when
you
can,”
now
a
chief’s
tone
(语气),
very
businesslike.
“Just
take
a
look
at
this
paper.
One
minute
is
enough.”
“But
I
don’t
even
have
one
minute,
no,
not
one
single
minute.”
“Then
I
must
come
back
again?”
“Right,
you
must.”
“You
are
practicing
bureaucratism!”
I
lost
control
of
my
temper
that
had
been
suppressed
(压抑)
since
I
entered
the
office.
“Good
criticism
(批评),”
the
chief
smiled
and
left.
That
was
“bad”
criticism,
bad
for
me,
as
later
I
was
told
that
my
report
was
turned
down.
I
was
beaten
by
bureaucratism.
I
learned
the
lesson:
bureaucratism
hates
criticism.
It
seems
that
I
need
to
learn
more
about
the
battle
against
that
ugly
social
evil
(弊病).
1.
From
the
passage
we
can
see
_____.
A.
the
man
in
charge
had
a
good
temper
B.
the
writer
was
a
bad－tempered
person
C.
the
man
in
charge
didn’t
lose
temper
D.
the
writer
avoided
losing
his
temper
2.
The
chief
smiled
and
said
“Good
criticism”.
This
really
shows
_____.
A.
he
was
open
to
the
writer’s
criticism
B.
his
patience
and
politeness
C.
his
false
politeness
D.
he
didn’t
mind
much
though
the
writer
lost
temper
3.
The
report
was
turned
down
only
because
_____.
A.
the
writer
wouldn’t
come
back
again
B.
the
chief
was
hurt
by
his
criticism
C.
the
writer
didn’t
make
it
clear
to
him
D.
the
report
itself
was
worthless
KEY:
1-3
C
C
B
高考英语阅读练习（027）
Brazil
has
become
one
of
the
developing
world’s
great
successes
at
reducing
population
growth－but
more
by
accident
than
design.
While
countries
such
as
India
have
made
joint
efforts
to
reduce
birth
rates,
Brazil
has
had
better
result
without
really
trying,
says
George
Martine
at
Harvard.
Brazil’s
population
growth
rate
has
dropped
from
2.99%
a
year
between
1951
and
1960
to
1.93%
a
year
between
1981
and
1990,
and
Brazilian
women
now
have
only
2.7
children
on
average.
Martine
says
this
figure
may
have
fallen
still
further
since
1990,
an
achievement
that
makes
it
the
envy
of
many
other
Third
World
countries.
Martine
puts
it
down
to,
among
other
things,
soap
operas
(通俗电视连续剧)
and
installment
(分期付款)
plans
introduced
in
the
1970s.
both
played
an
important,
although
indirect,
role
in
lowering,
the
birth
rate.
Brazil
is
one
of
the
world’s
biggest
producers
of
soap
operas.
Globo,
Brazil’s
most
popular
television
network,
shows
three
hours
of
soaps
six
nights
a
week,
while
three
others
show
at
least
one
hour
a
night.
Most
soaps
are
based
on
wealthy
characters
living
the
high
life
in
big
cities.
“Although
they
have
never
really
tried
to
work
in
a
message
towards
the
problems
of
reproduction,
they
describe
middle
and
upper
class
values
－
not
many
children,
different
attitudes
towards
sex,
women
working,”
says
Martine.
“They
sent
this
image
to
all
parts
of
Brazil
and
made
people
conscious
of
other
patterns
of
behavior
and
other
values,
which
were
put
into
a
very
attractive
package.”
Meanwhile,
the
installment
plans
tried
to
encourage
the
poor
to
become
consumers
(消费者).
“This
led
to
an
enormous
change
in
consumption
(消耗、消费)
patterns
and
consumption
was
incompatible
(不相容的)
with
unlimited
reproduction.”
Says
Martine.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
Brazil
has
cut
back
its
population
growth
____.
A.
by
educating
its
citizens
B.
by
careful
family
planning
C.
by
developing
TV
programmes

　　　D.
by
chance
2.
According
to
the
passage,
many
Third
World
countries
______.
A.
haven’t
attacked
much
importance
to
birth
control
B.
would
soon
join
Brazil
in
controlling
their
birth
rate
C.
haven’t
yet
found
an
effective
measure
to
control
their
population
D.
neglected
the
role
of
TV
plays
in
family
planning
3.
Soap
operas
have
helped
in
lowering
Brazil’s
birth
rate
because
____.
A.
they
keep
people
sitting
long
hours
watching
TV
B.
they
have
gradually
changed
people’s
way
of
life
C.
people
are
drawn
to
their
attractive
package
D.
they
popularize
birth
control
measures
4.
What
is
Martine’s
conclusion
about
Brazil’s
population
growth?
A.
The
increase
in
birth
rate
will
increase
consumption.
B.
The
desire
for
consumption
helps
to
reduce
birth
rate.
C.
Consumption
patterns
and
reproduction
patterns
are
contradictory
(互相矛盾的)
D.
A
country’s
production
is
limited
by
its
population
growth.
KEY:
1-4
D
C
B
B
高考英语阅读练习（028）
First－time
dog
owners
may
encounter
many
problems
getting
to
know
and
train
their
pets.
Sometimes
a
puppy,
or
even
an
older
dog,
will
chew
their
fingers
or
bite
them.
Even
in
play,
this
can
really
hurt.
Unfortunately,
many
pet
owners
tolerate
(容忍)
this
in
a
young
dog.
However,
when
the
dog
gets
larger,
it
is
not
fun
to
be
bitten
by
it.
Training
a
dog
never
to
place
his
teeth
on
human
skin
or
clothing
is
an
important
lesson.
From
now
on,
if
you
feel
your
dog’s
teeth
while
you
are
playing
with
him,
say
“Ouch”
in
a
loud
voice
and
move
away
from
him.
He
will
soon
learn
that
when
he
bites,
you
will
not
play
with
him
any
more.
Another
bad
habit
that
many
people
tolerate
in
their
pets
is
allowing
them
to
bite
and
hold
on
to
clothing.
Don’t
let
your
dog
do
this
to
you.
When
he
does
something
you
what
him
to
do,
praise
him
and
tell
him
he’s
a
good
dog.
You
can
also
give
him
a
treat
at
the
same
time
he
performs
the
good
behavior.
Eventually
he
will
learn
which
kind
of
behavior
is
acceptable
and
which
is
not.
Remember
that
reward
is
more
effective
than
punishment.
If
you
reward
your
dog
when
he
does
what
you
want
to,
he
will
become
very
well
behaved.
Also
remember
that
puppies
need
to
chew
on
something.
So
give
him
a
sock
with
a
knot
tied
in
it
or
an
old
shoe.
If
he
chews
the
wrong
thing,
take
it
away
while
saying
“No”
and
give
him
something
he
can
chew.
If
dogs
are
trained
well,
they
will
truly
be
your
friends
for
a
lifetime.
1.
This
passage
is
written
to
_____.
A.
teach
people
how
to
train
dogs
B.
show
dog
owners
how
to
behave
C.
demonstrate
good
dog
behavior.
D.
explain
why
a
dog
chews
on
something
2.
According
to
this
passage,
many
people
tend
to
_____.
A.
think
puppies
should
be
properly
trained
B.
be
too
rough
towards
their
dogs
C.
give
their
dogs
treats
infrequently
D.
allow
their
dogs
to
behave
badly
3.
Based
on
this
passage,
which
of
the
following
statements
is
NOT
TRUE?
A.
Our
behavior
influences
our
dogs’
behavior.
B.
Dogs
enjoy
being
rewarded
by
their
owners.
C.
Say
nothing
even
when
your
dog
has
bitten
you.
D.
Training
a
dog
takes
patience
and
time.
4.
The
author
thinks
that
a
better
way
to
train
a
dog
is
to
____.
A.
punish
him
for
any
mistake
he
has
made
B.
reinforce
(加强)
his
good
behavior
with
a
treat
C.
tolerate
him
no
matter
what
he
does
D.
be
kind
to
him
and
don’t
scold
him
5.
What
does
the
underlined
word
“eventually”
mean
in
the
passage?
A.
in
the
end

B.
frequently

C.
first
of
all
　　　D.
unexpectedly
KEY:
1-5
A
D
C
B
A
高考英语阅读练习（029）
Because
plants
cannot
move
or
talk,
most
people
believe
that
they
have
no
feelings
and
that
they
cannot
receive
signals
from
outside.
However,
this
may
not
be
completely
true.
People
who
studied
plants
have
found
out
that
plants
carry
a
small
electrical
charge
(电荷).
It
is
possible
to
measure
this
charge
with
a
small
piece
of
equipment
called
“galvanometer”.
The
galvanometer
is
placed
on
a
leaf
off
the
plant,
and
it
records
any
changes
in
the
electrical
field
of
the
leaf.
Humans
have
a
similar
field
which
can
change
when
we
are
shocked
or
frightened.
A
man
called
Backster
used
a
galvanometer
for
his
studies
of
plants
and
was
very
surprised
at
his
results.
He
found
that
if
he
had
two
or
more
plants
in
a
room
and
he
began
to
destroy
one
of
them
－
perhaps
by
pulling
off
its
leaves
or
by
pulling
it
out
of
its
pot
－
then
the
galvanometer
on
the
leaves
of
the
other
plants
showed
a
change
in
the
electrical
field.
It
seemed
as
if
the
plants
were
signalling
a
feeling
of
shock.
This
happened
not
only
when
Backster
started
to
destroy
plants,
but
also
when
he
destroyed
other
living
things
such
as
insects
(昆虫).
Backster
said
that
the
plants
also
knew
if
someone
had
destroyed
a
living
thing
some
distance
away,
because
they
signalled
when
a
man
who
had
just
cut
down
a
tree
entered
the
room.
Another
scientist,
named
Sauvin,
achieved
similar
results
to
Backster’s.
He
kept
galvanometers
fixed
to
his
plants
all
the
time
and
checked
regularly
to
see
what
the
plants
were
doing.
If
he
was
out
of
the
office,
he
telephoned
to
find
out
about
the
signals
the
plants
were
sending.
In
this
way,
he
found
that
the
plants
were
sending
out
signals
at
the
exact
times
when
he
felt
strong
pleasure
or
pain.
In
fact,
Sauvin
could
cause
a
change
in
the
electrical
field
of
his
plants
over
a
distance
of
a
few
miles
simply
by
thinking
about
them.
1.
Backster
was
surprised
at
the
results
of
his
studies
because
_____.
A.
he
destroyed
an
insect
B.
he
destroyed
a
plant
by
pulling
off
its
leaves
C.
he
found
that
plants
could
express
feelings
of
shock
D.
he
found
that
plants
could
move
and
speak
after
all
2.
The
plants
sent
out
signals
_____.
A.
only
when
Backster
Started
to
destroy
plants
B.
when
Backster
destroyed
plants
or
other
living
things
C.
only
when
he
destroyed
things
such
as
insects
D.
only
when
Backster
placed
the
galvanometer
on
the
leaves
of
the
plants
3.
The
scientist
called
Sauvin
_____.
A.
did
not
agree
with
Backster’s
ideas
B.
did
not
get
the
same
sort
of
results
as
Backster
did
C.
got
different
results
from
Backster’s
D.
found
out
some
of
the
same
things
that
Backster
did
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
The
electrical
charge
plants
carry
may
shock
or
frighten
us.
B.
A
tree
will
signal
when
it
has
been
cut
down.
C.
Sauvin
could
make
his
plants
send
out
signals
some
distance
away.
D.
Plants
have
feelings
because
they
can
receive
signals
without
moving.
KEY:
1-4
C
B
D
C
高考英语阅读练习（030）
With
the
support
of
our
readers,
China
Today
has
become
successful
in
helping
the
world
learn
about
China,
and
has
built
a
bridge
of
friendship
between
the
people
of
China
and
the
rest
of
the
world.
Every
day
we
receive
many
letters
from
our
readers
expressing
their
admiration
for
China,
their
appreciation
of
our
work,
and
suggestions
for
improving
the
quality
of
the
magazine.
Some
letters
are
published
in
“Postbag”
while
others
are
kept
for
reference.
Many
readers
have
suggested
contests
to
develop
closer
contact
(联系)
between
readers
and
editors.
We
held
a
History
and
Tourism
Contest
in
1995
and
a
China
Travel
Contest
in
1996.
We
received
warm
responses
to
both.
This
year,
China
Today
is
holding
a
Reading
Contest.
Questions,
chosen
from
articles
published
this
year,
will
appear
every
three
issues
(期).
Entrants
(参赛者)
must
mail
their
answers
before
January
31,
1999.
Fifty
entries
(参加)
with
correct
answers
to
all
the
questions
will
be
selected
as
prize
winners.
All
the
winners
will
be
named
in
the
April
1999
issue.
Please
address
your
entries
to:
Mr.
Kang
Jing
China
Today
24
Baiwanzhuang
Road
Beijing,
China,
100037
Fax:
0086
－
010
－
68238338
The
First
Three
Questions:
1.
What
was
Shanghai’s
GDP
in
1996?
2.
How
much
of
the
Chinese
population
still
lacks
enough
food
and
clothing?
3.
When
was
the
law
on
the
Organization
of
the
Villager
Committees
of
the
People’s
Republic
of
China
passed?
Please
do
not
post
your
answers
right
away,
but
wait
until
all
the
questions
have
been
published.
1.
If
you
are
going
to
be
an
entrant,
how
many
ways
can
you
send
your
entries
to
China
Today?
A.
It’s
not
clear.
　　B.
Only
one.
C.
No
less
than
two.
　
D.
At
least
three.
2.
According
to
the
passage,
we
can
draw
a
conclusion
that
____.
A.
fifty
people
who
answer
all
the
questions
correctly
may
see
their
names
in
the
April
1999
issue
B.
all
the
people
who
answer
the
three
questions
correctly
may
see
their
names
in
the
April
1999
issue
C.
all
the
people
who
answer
all
the
questions
correctly
must
win
prizes
D.
all
the
people
who
answer
the
three
questions
correctly
can
win
prizes
3.
Supposing
China
Today
is
a
monthly,
this
one
in
which
there
are
the
first
three
questions
can
be
____
A.
the
January
1995
issue
　　　B.
the
January
1999
issue
C.
the
May
1997
issue

　D.
the
March
1998
issue
4.
How
did
the
editors
deal
with
the
letters
from
the
readers?
A.
They
put
some
letters
in
a
big
postbag
for
reference.
B.
They
published
some
letters
in
the
column
“Postbag”
and
kept
the
rest
for
reference.
C.
They
looked
up
some
information
in
the
letters
and
then
published
a
“Postbag”.
D.
They
did
nothing
but
keep
all
the
letters
for
reference.
KEY:
1－4
C
A
D
B
高考英语阅读练习（031）
Every
weekday
morning
I
take
the
8:30
bus
to
go
to
my
job.
I
know
by
sight
several
people
who
also
fide
that
bus.
Some
of
the
girls
work
as
maids.
They
get
off
at
each
stop
in
ones,
twos
or
threes.
But
at
one
corner
something
wonderful
happens.
Before
the
bus
stops,
a
little
dog
races
out
of
the
nearest
house.
He
doesn"t
look
at
two
of
the
maids
who
get
off.
But
for
the
third
he
has
a
joyful
"Hello!".
From
head
to
tail
his
little
body
wags
his
happiness.
Everyone
on
the
bus
watches
until
the
maid
and
the
dog
go
into
the
house.
One
day
not
long
ago
the
maid
wasn"t
on
the
bus.
I
wondered
if
the
dog
would
be
waiting
for
her.
Sure
enough,
he
was!
He
stood
at
the
back
door
of
the
bus
for
a
minute.
I
could
see
his
joyful
welcome
turning
into
fearful
worry.
Where
was
she?
The
driver
closed
the
back
door.
The
dog
raced
to
the
front
door.
It,
too,
shut
in
his
face.
Everyone
on
the
bus
felt
sad.
Poor
little
pup!
He
looked
so
unhappy,
standing
there!
The
driver
couldn"t
stand
it.
He
opened
the
door
and
looked
down
at
the
dog.
"She
didn"t
come
today,"
he
said,
in
a
loud,
kind
voice.
A
man
in
a
front
seat
leaned
forward.
"Maybe
she
will
come
tomorrow,"
he
called.
The
dog
wagged
his
tail
as
if
to
say
"thank
you."
He
watched
the
bus
as
we
pulled
away.
Then
he
turned
to
trot
home
──
alone.
The
next
day
everyone
on
the
bus
was
happy
to
see
the
maid
back
again.
Yes,
the
dog
was
waiting
for
her.
The
welcome
he
gave
her
was
even
warmer
and
more
delighted
than
usual.
We
all
smiled
at
one
another.
How
bright
and
good
the
morning
suddenly
seemed
to
us!
1.
What
do
the
people
on
the
bus
usually
see
at
one
corner?
A.
A
little
dog
coming
close
to
the
bus
when
it
stops.
B.
Two
maids
get
off
the
moment
the
bus
stops.
C.
A
dog
waiting
for
someone.
D.
A
dog
greets
a
maid
merrily
and
follow
her
into
a
house.
2.
One
day
the
maid
wasn"t
on
the
bus
and
the
dog
___.
A.
didn"t
appear
B.
stood
waiting
at
the
bus
stop
till
the
bus
left
C.
raced
about
looking
for
the
maid
D.
went
back
the
moment
he
found
the
maid
wasn"t
there
3.
All
this
made
people
on
the
bus
___.
A.
awfully
sorry
B.
greatly
surprised
C.
very
bored
D.
much
exited
4.
The
next
day
people
on
the
bus
were
happy,
for
___.
A.
the
maid
was
among
them
again
B.
she
would
not
take
the
same
bus
C.
she
was
not
on
their
bus
D.
she
was
waiting
for
an
empty
bus
to
come
5.
We
can
safely
say
this
story
is
about
___.
A.
a
magic
dog
B.
a
young
maid
that
has
magic
powers
C.
a
bus
that
can
produce
magical
results
D.
the
close
relationship
between
a
maid
and
her
dog
KEY:
1.
D
2.
C
3.
A
4.
A
5.
D
高考英语阅读练习（033）
Pablo
Ruiz
Picasso
was
the
favorite
child
of
his
family.
He
was
the
only
boy
among
great
many
girl
cousins.
That
was
enough
to
make
him
important,
but
his
father
loved
him
especially,
because
he
knew
his
son
was
going
to
be
an
artist.
Pablo
knew
the
word
for
himself
making
delightful
little
drawings
of
animals
and
people.
If
his
mother
sent
him
out
to
play
in
the
square,
he
went
on
drawing
in
the
dust
under
the
trees.
One
of
his
favorite
models
was
his
younger
sister,
Lola.
Don
Jose
Ruiz,
Pablo"s
father
was
director
of
the
museum
at
Malaga
in
southern
Spain.
He
earned
only
a
small
salary,
but
there
was
not
much
work
to
do
and
he
was
able
to
practice
his
hobby,
which
was
painting
pigeons.
don
Jose
loved
pigeons
very
much.
He
painted
them
dead
or
alive,
in
ones
and
twos
and
in
dozens.
Sometimes
he
painted
them
on
paper,
and
then
stuck
them
on
to
canvas
(画布);
sometimes
he
stuck
real
feathers
on
to
his
pictures.
He
knew
a
great
deal
about
he
technique
of
painting
and
he
taught
it
all
to
Pablo.
Life
in
Malaga
was
very
pleasant.
In
the
hot,
Mediterranean
(地中海的)
sunshine
father
and
son
would
walk
down
to
the
beach
to
look
at
the
boats
on
the
shore
or
wander
round
the
open
markets.
They
made
a
strange
pair.
Don
Jose
was
tall
and
thin,
with
red
hair
and
beard,
sad
gray
eyes
and
a
fine
set
of
whiskers
(髯).
He
was
so
shy
and
correct
that
he
was
nicknamed
"the
Englishman".
Pablo
was
quite
the
opposite.
He
had
his
mother"s
small,
strong
build;
he
had
straight
black
hair,
and
bright
black
eyes
that
noticed
everything
that
was
going
on
around
him.
1.
Don
Jose
and
Pablo
were
"a
strange
pair"
because
___.
A.
they
liked
to
wander
about
the
town
B.
they
noticed
everything
that
was
going
on
around
them
C.
they
both
painted
D.
they
looked
so
different
from
each
other
2.
Malaga
is
probably
___.
A.
an
island
in
the
Mediterranean
B.
a
sea
port
in
Spain
C.
an
inland
city
in
southern
Spain
D.
a
small
country
township
KEY:
1.
D
2.
B
高考英语阅读练习（034）
Kevin
Rogers
used
to
be
my
boss.
At
that
time
he
was
a
hard-working,
up-and-coming
businessman
and
a
real
slave-driver,
always
telling
us
we
had
to
sell
more
and
more.
As
soon
as
I
could,
I
got
a
job
with
another
company.
The
last
time
I
saw
Rogers
was
more
than
ten
years
ago.
At
least
that"s
what
I
thought
until
last
Thursday.
But
now
I"m
not
so
sure.
I
was
on
my
way
back
to
my
office
in
the
center
of
town.
There
is
a
small
park
nearby
which
I
sometimes
walk
through
after
lunch.
It
was
almost
empty,
except
for
an
unshaven,
shabby-looking
man
on
one
of
the
benches.
He
looked
about
fifty
years
old
and
was
wearing
an
old,
gray
overcoat.
it
was
a
cold,
wintry
day,
and
he
was
shivering.
"It"s
been
a
long
time
since
I
had
a
meal.
Can
you
help
me?"
he
said.
There
was
something
about
his
voice
that
sounded
familiar.
I
gave
him
a
few
coins
and
he
mumbled
something
about
being
grateful.
As
he
stumbled
(蹒跚)
past
me,
I
looked
at
his
face
closely.
I
wondered
where
I
had
seen
him
before.
Then
it
hit
me.
Could
it
possibly
be
...?
No!
Impossible,
I
thought.
I
watched
him
walking
away.
He
was
the
same
height
as
Rogers
but
looked
a
lot
thinner
than
I
remembered.
Then,
as
he
left
the
park
and
turned
down
the
street,
I
caught
sight
of
his
face
again,
this
time
from
his
side.
The
nose
was
the
same
as
Rogers"
too.
I
almost
followed
him
but
something
made
me
stop.
I
just
couldn"t
be
sure.
But
the
resemblance
(相似)
was
very
close.
Yesterday
I
ran
into
someone
who
had
worked
for
Rogers
at
the
same
time
I
did,
and
had
stayed
on
longer.
I
started
telling
him
about
the
man
I
had
seen
in
the
park.
"For
a
moment
I
thought
it
was
our
old
boss.
The
voice,
the
nose,
and
even
the
face
were
just
like
Rogers.
But
it
couldn"t
have
been.
Rogers
must
be
the
director
of
a
big
company
by
now."
I
said.
My
ex-colleague
(先前的同事)
shook
his
head.
"I
thought
you
knew."
"Knew?
Knew
what?
What
are
you
talking
about?"
"Rogers
was
sent
to
prison
six
years
ago.
He"s
probably
out
by
now.
For
all
I
know
he"s
sleeping
on
park
benches
and
begging
money
from
passers-by."
1.
It
seems
that
when
Rogers
was
the
writer"s
boss,
the
writer
___.
A.
rather
liked
Rogers
B.
admired
Rogers"
ability
to
sell
C.
thought
Rogers
was
lazy
D.
was
not
very
happy
in
his
job
2.
When
his
story
begins,
the
writer
___.
A.
was
working
for
a
man
called
Rogers
B.
was
on
his
way
to
work
in
the
morning
C.
was
going
back
to
work
after
lunch
D.
had
finished
work
and
was
going
home
3.
When
the
man
in
the
park
saw
the
writer,
the
man
___.
A.
begged
some
money
from
him
B.
tried
to
hit
him
C.
offered
to
help
him
D.
walked
away
from
him
KEY:
1.
D
2.
A
3.
A
高考英语阅读练习（035）
Lucky
is
the
man
who
has
no
“skeleton
in
his
closet.”
When
a
man
has
done
something
in
his
life
that
he
is
ashamed
of,
that
he
wants
to
hide,
he
is
said
to
have
a
“skeleton
in
his
closet.”
Some
people
may
have
more
than
one
skeleton.
As
we
have
noted
many
times,
it
is
hard
to
find
out
how
these
expressions
begin.
Sometimes,
we
get
some
hard
facts.
But
more
often
we
have
to
depend
on
guesswork.
And
that
is
true
of
this
phrase,
which
came
from
England.
Before
1932,English
law
did
not
permit
a
doctor
to
cut
open
a
dead
human
body
for
scientific
examination,
unless
it
was
the
corpse(尸体)
of
an
executed(处决)
criminal.
But
when
it
became
legal,
more
and
more
doctors
demanded
skeletons
for
a
more
scientific
study
of
medicine.
It
was
helping
in
the
advance
of
modern
medicine.
The
demand
had
become
so
strong
that
men
began
to
rob
tombs
and
sell
skeletons
to
doctors
at
high
prices.
We
are
told
that
a
doctor
would
usually
buy
just
one
skeleton
for
scientific
study.
It
became
very
important
in
his
work.
But
he
had
to
keep
it
hidden
because
most
people
objected
to
keeping
such
a
thing.
As
a
rule,
the
doctor
would
keep
his
skelton
in
some
dark
corner
where
it
could
not
be
seen,
or
hide
it
in
a
closet.
After
a
time,
people
began
to
suspect(怀疑)
every
doctor
of
hiding
a
skeleton
in
the
closet.
From
this
suspicion,
the
phrase
“a
skeleton
in
the
colset”
took
on
a
broader,
more
general
meaning.
To
describe
anything
that
a
man
wanted
to
keep
others
from
discovering.
It
could
be
proof
of
a
criminal
act,
or
something
much
less
serious.
Well,
that
is
one
theory.
One
writer,
however,
believes
that
the
phrase
might
have
come
from
something
that
really
happened.
It
is
his
guess
that
a
hidden
closet
in
some
old
English
country
home
may
have
turned
up
a
real
skeleton,
clear
proof
of
some
old
family
shame
or
crime.
Well,
one
man"s
guess
is
as
good
as
another.
But
this
sounds
like
a
story
by
the
great
French
novelist,
Balzac.
Baizac
tells
us
of
a
man
who
suspected
his
wife
of
having
a
lover.
The
husband
comes
home
by
surprise.
But
she
hears
him
and
quickly
hides
her
lover
in
the
closet
of
her
bedroom.
He
enters
her
room
and
asks
her
if
she
is
hiding
her
lover.
He
says
he
will
not
open
the
door
to
the
closet
if
she
promises
him
there
is
no
one
there;
He
will
believe
her.
She
answers
firmly
that
she
is
not
hiding
anyone
in
the
closet.
The
husband
then
begins
to
build
a
solid
brick
wall
against
the
closet.
His
wife
watches,
knowing
that
her
lover
will
never
come
out
alive.
But
she
will
not
change
her
the
story
and
admit
her
guilt.
1.Which
of
the
following
situations
is
suitable
for
using
the
phrase
“Skeleton
in
the
closet”?
A.
You
have
stolen
something
presious
and
don"t
want
it
discovered.
B.
You
are
a
doctor
and
have
to
keep
a
skeleton
for
research
C.
If
you
have
cut
open
a
dead
human
body
for
scientific
examination
you
should
keep
the
skeleton
secret.
D.
You
have
done
a
crime
or
done
something
foolish,
but
you
want
to
keep
others
from
discovering
it.
2.From
the
text
we
know
that
there
are
_____
theories
about
how
the
phrase
“skeleton
in
the
closet”
came
into
being.
A.
one

　B.
two

　C.
three

D.
four
3.In
Chinese
the
world
“Skeleton”
means
________
.
A.尸体

　B.标本

　C.收藏

　D.骷髅
4.Which
of
the
following
is
right
according
to
the
text?
A.
In
the
19th
century,
doctors
realized
the
importance
of
anatomy(解剖)
in
the
development
of
medicine.
B.
The
doctors
of
the
ancient
times
liked
to
collect
as
many
skeleton
as
possible.
C.
The
thieves
stole
skeletons
from
tombs
in
order
to
help
the
doctors
D.
It
is
legal
that
corpses
of
anybody
are
cut
open
for
scientific
examination
in
history.
5.From
the
story
Balzac
told
we
know
that
the
wife"s
lover
must
have
become
_______.
A.
a
corpse

B.
a
phrase

C.
a
skeleton
　　　D.
a
secret
KEY:
1.
D
2.
B
3.
D
4.
A
5.
C
高考英语阅读练习（036）
A
great
big
fellow,
weighing
around
250
pounds,
walked
with
slow
heavy
noisy
footsteps
up
to
the
produce
counter
in
the
supermarket.
"Give
me
half
a
head
of
cabbage,
"he
told
the
clerk.
"All
we
have
are
whole
heads,
"came
the
cold
reply.
"I
don"t
want
a
whole
head,
"the
customer
demanded.
"Just
half
a
head.
Are
you
going
to
sell
me
half
a
head?
"
"Wait
a
minute,
"said
the
clerk
nervously,
"Let
me
ask
the
manager."
She
went
back
where
the
manager
was
stamping
prices
on
canned
goods.
"Hey"，she
said，"there"s
a
big，stupid-looking
buffalo（水牛）out
front
who
wants
me
to
sell
him
half
ahead
of
cabbage.
Shall
I
tell
the
fool
to..."She
said，"wants
to
buy
the
other
half。"
1．What
is
the
best
title
for
this
passage？
A．A
Strange
Customer
B.
A
Friendly
Customer
C.
A
Nervous
Customer
D.
A
Polite
Customer
2.
When
talking
to
the
manager,
the
clerk
was
referring
to______.
A.
two
different
customers
B.
the
same
customer
C.
more
than
two
customers
D.
a
stupid
-looking
customer
and
a
gentleman
3.
What
is
your
impression(印象)of
the
customer?
A.
Looking
like
an
animal.
B.
Looking
like
a
housewife
C.
Looking
like
a
gentleman
D.
A
man
of
strong
build.
KEY:
1.
A
2.
B
3.
D
高考英语阅读练习（037）
Although
man
has
known
about
asbestos
for
many
hundreds
of
years,
it
was
not
until
160
years
ago
that
it
was
mined
for
the
first
time
on
the
North
American
continent.
H.
W.
Johns,
owner
of
a
New
York
City
Supply
Shop
for
roofers,
was
responsible
for
(对……负责)the
opening
of
that
first
mine.
Mr,
Jonhs
was
given
a
piece
of
asbestos
which
had
been
found
in
Italy.
He
experimented
with
the
material
and
then
showed
its
surprising
powers
to
his
customers.
After
putting
on
a
pair
of
asbestos
gloves,
which
looked
much
like
ordinary
work
gloves,
he
took
red-hot
coals
from
the
fireplace
and
played
with
them
in
his
hands.
How
astonished
the
customers
were
to
discover
that
he
was
not
burned
at
all.
You
can
well
imaging
that
he
had
increasing
business
in
asbestos
roofing
materials.
However,
because
it
was
very
expensive
to
transport(carry)them
from
Italy
to
the
United
States,
Mr
Johns
sent
out
a
young
scientist
to
seek
a
source
nearer
home.
This
young
man
found
great
vein(岩脉),
in
the
province
of
Quebec
in
Canada.
Ever
since
1881
Quebec
has
led
the
world
in
the
production
of
this
unusual
mineral,
which
is
made
up
of
magnesium,
silicon,
iron,
and
oxygen.
When
it
is
mined,
the
asbestos
is
heavy,
just
as
you
would
expect
a
mineral
to
be.
When
it
is
separated,
a
strange
thing
happens
;the
rock
breaks
down
into
fine,
soft,
soapy
fibres(纤维).
Scientists
do
not
know
why
the
rock
can
be
separated
easily
into
threads(线),
but
they
have
found
thousands
of
uses
for
this
fireproof
material,
of
the
called
the
“cloth
of
stone”.
1．The
title
that
best
expresses
the
main
idea
of
this
passage
is
_____.
A．Asbestos
mined
in
Canada
B.
Fireproof
matter
C．A
“Wonder”
mineral
D.
A
new
roofing
material
2.
Johns
proved
his
ability
as
a
salesman
by
______.
A.
going
into
the
roofing
business
B.
carrying
asbestos
from
Italy
C.
sending
a
trained
scientist
D.
showing
the
use
of
asbestos
gloves
3.
Which
is
the
most
important
character
of
asbestos
that
the
author
wants
to
show
us?
A.
It
is
like
thread
B.
It
feels
soapy
C.
It
burns
easily
D.
It
is
unusually
heavy
4.
The
author’s
main
purpose
in
writing
this
passage
was
to______.
A.
show
the
need
for
more
scientists
B.
compare
asbestos
with
other
minerals
C.
increase
the
sales
of
asbestos
D.
present
facts
about
asbestos
KEY:
1.
C
2.
D
3.
A
4.
D
高考英语阅读练习（038）
The
news
report
that
night
was
about
a
famine(饥荒)in
Ethiopia.
The
pictures
were
of
people
who
were
so
thin
that
they
looked
like
beings
from
another
planet.
The
camera
(摄像机)focused
(聚焦)on
one
man
so
that
he
looked
directly
at
me,
sitting
in
my
comfortable
living
room.
All
around
was
the
sound
of
death.
It
was
clear
that
the
world
had
not
noticed
this
until
now.
You
could
hear
the
sadness
in
the
voice
of
the
reporter.
Michael
Buerk.
At
the
end
of
the
report
he
was
silent.
Paula
started
crying,
then
rushed
upstairs
to
check
our
baby,
Fifi,
who
was
sleeping
peacefully.
I
kept
seeing
the
news
pictures
in
my
mind.
What
could
I
do?
I
was
only
a
pop
singer
and
by
now
not
a
very
successful
pop
singer.
All
I
could
do
was
to
make
records
which
no
one
bought.
But
I
would
do
that.
I
would
give
all
the
profits
(利润)of
the
next
Rats
(the
name
of
the
music
group
he
was
in)record
to
Oxfam
(an
organization
in
Britain
which
helps
poor
people
around
the
would).
What
good
would
that
do?
It
would
only
be
a
little
money
but
it
was
more
than
I
could
give
just
from
my
bank
account.
Maybe
some
people
would
buy
it
because
the
profits
were
for
Oxfam.
And
I
would
be
protesting
about
this
disaster
(灾难).
But
that
was
not
enough.
1.
What
do
we
learn
about
the
writer
from
the
text?
A.
He
felt
really
bad
because
the
news
report
made
him
think
of
his
own
hard
life.
B.
After
he
saw
a
news
report
on
TV
about
the
faming
in
Ethiopia,
he
decided
he
had
to
do
something
about
the
problem.
C.
His
ideas
on
how
to
collect
money
for
the
people
in
Ethiopia
were
very
successful
D.
He
wanted
to
do
more
than
just
be
a
famous
singer.
2.
Which
paragraph
describes(描写)what
he
thought
about
after
the
report?
A.
Paragraph
1
B.
Paragraph
2
C.
Paragraph
3
D.
None.
3.
The
writer
wished
that.
A.
he
would
be
a
very
successful
pop
singer
if
he
could
have
sold
all
his
records.
B.
he
would
rather
give
all
his
money
from
his
bank
account
than
the
little
money
made
by
making
new
records
C.
perhaps
people
would
be
interested
in
his
records
because
they
knew
that
the
money
they
paid
for
them
would
go
to
Oxfam.
D.
He
would
make
records
which
no
one
bought.
KEY:
1.
B
2.
C
3.
C
高考英语阅读练习（039）
CARDIFF,
Wales──Poets,
singers
and
musicians
from
across
the
globe
gathered
Wales
to
celebrate
the
tradition(传统)of
storytelling.
“It
might
seem
strange
that
people
still
want
to
listen
in
age
of
watching
television,
but
this
is
an
unusual
art
form
whose
time
has
cone
again,
”said
David
Ambrose,
director
of
Beyond
the
Border,
an
international
storytelling
festival(节)in
Wales.
“Some
of
the
tales,
like
those
of
the
Inuit
from
Canada,
are
thousands
years
old.
So
our
storytellers
have
come
from
distant
lands
to
connect
us
with
the
distance
of
time,
”he
said
early
this
month.
Two
Inuit
women,
both
in
their
mid
60s,
are
among
the
few
remaining
who
can
do
Kntadjait,
or
throat
singing,
which
has
few
words
and
much
sound.
Their
art
is
governed
by
the
cold
of
their
surroundings,
forcing
them
to
say
little
but
listen
attentively.
Ambrose
started
the
festival
in
1993,
after
several
years
of
working
with
those
reviving(coming
back
into
use
or
existence)storytelling
in
Wales.
“It
came
out
of
a
group
of
people
who
wanted
to
reconnect
with
traditions.
and
as
all
the
Welsh
are
storytellers,
it
was
in
good
hands
here,
”Ambrose
said.
1.
Ambrose
believes
that
the
art
of
storytelling______.
A.
will
be
more
popular
than
TV
B.
will
be
popular
again
C.
started
in
Wales
D.
are
in
the
hands
of
some
old
people
2.
From
the
tales
told
by
the
Inuit,
people
can
learn
______.
A.
about
their
life
as
early
as
thousands
of
years
ago.
B.
Why
they
tell
the
stories
in
a
throat-singing
way.
C.
How
cold
it
has
been
where
the
Inuit
live
D.
How
difficult
it
is
to
understand
the
Inuit
3.
According
to
the
writer,
which
of
the
following
is
not
true?
A.
Storytelling
once
stopped
in
Wales.
B.
Storytelling
has
a
long
history
in
Wales.
C.
Storytelling
is
always
well
received
in
Wales
D.
Storytelling
did
not
come
back
until
1993
in
Wales.
4.
The
underlined
phrase
in
good
hands
means.
A.
controlled
by
rich
people
B.
grasped
by
good
storytellers
C.
taken
good
care
of
D.
protected
by
kind
people
KEY:
1.
B
2.
A
3.
D
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（040）
Problem
Page
Dear
Lifeline,
I
shall
be
getting
married
in
August．My
mother
wants
me
to
have
a
white
wedding
in
church,
because
I
am
the
only
daughter,
and
she
wants
me
to
have
the
kind
of
wedding
that
she
had．I
,
on
the
other
hand,
would
like
to
have
a
simple
wedding
and
a
small
party
afterwards
for
my
immediate
family
and
close
friends．I
don’t
want
my
parents
to
go
to
a
lot
of
expense
just
for
one
day;I’d
rather
they
spent
the
money
on
things
that
my
husband
and
I
will
need,
that
will
last
us
for
many
years．
Do
you
agree
with
me
that
this
is
a
reasonable
point
of
view?
Can
you
think
of
a
way
in
which
I
might
persuade
my
parents
to
think
as
I
do
?
Yours,
Money-Conscious
Dear
Money-Conscious,
We
agree
that
your
point
of
view
is
reasonable;
but
reason
isn’t
everything.
Your
parents
clearly
do
not
mind
‘going
to
a
lot
of
expense’,
as
you
put
it.
They
would
mind
more
if
you
prevented
them
from
doing
so.
There
is,
in
fact,
no
reason
why
a
white
wedding
in
church
should
cost
a
lot
of
money.
Such
a
wedding
can
be
very
simple,
yet
it
can
give
you
the
sort
of
happy
memories
that
your
mother
has
of
her
own
wedding
day．
We
suggest
you
meet
your
mother
halfway.
Have
a
simple
church
wedding
and
a
simple
party
afterwards.
If
it
means
so
much
to
your
mother,
perhaps
you
owe
it
to
her
to
do
as
she
wishes.
We
are
sure
that
you
will
not
regret
it．
Dear
lifeline,
I
have
known
my
girlfriend
for
six
years.
The
other
day,
I
asked
her
to
marry
me,
certain
that
I
knew
what
the
answer
would
be.
But
she
said
she
wanted
to
think
about
it．
I
shall
be
going
on
holiday
soon,
and
I
hoped
she
would
come
with
me;
but
now
she
says
she’d
rather
go
on
holiday
with
a
friend
of
hers.
Am
I
losing
her?
Yours,
Deeply
Worried
Dear
Deeply
Worried,
Perhaps
you
were
too
certain
of
your
girlfriend.
Six
years
is
a
long
time.
Perhaps
you
have
been
in
each
other’s
packets
for
too
long.
Give
yourselves
a
holiday
from
each
other,
and
then
ask
her
again
on
your
return.
We
think
you
will
find
that
she
will
give
you
the
answer
that
you
want．
1．It
is
the
purpose
of
the
Problem
Page
to
_____.
A．write
letters
to
lonely,
troubled
people
B．try
to
find
answers
to
readers’
problems
C．ask
readers
to
give
their
answers
to
problems
D．send
questions
to
readers
for
their
answers
2．“Money-Conscious”
would
like
her
parents
to
_____.
A．
go
to
a
lot
of
expense
to
buy
what
she
will
need
B．
give
her
and
her
husband
the
money
instead
of
a
church
wedding
C．
give
her
money
over
a
period
of
years
D．
spend
the
money
on
useful
presents
rather
than
on
the
wedding
3．“Lifeline”
suggests
a
simple
church
wedding
because
______.
A．this
is
the
least
expensive
kind
of
wedding
B．you
cannot
be
reasonable
about
something
like
a
wedding
C．it
can
be
inexpensive
yet
provide
a
lifetime’s
memories
D．it
is
the
simplest,
yet
happiest
sort
of
wedding
4．“Deeply
Worried”
was
worried
that
______.
A．
he
might
lose
his
girl-friend
while
they
were
on
holiday
together
B．
his
girlfriend
was
losing
interest
in
him
C．
he
had
known
his
girl-friend
for
too
long
D．
he
would
have
to
go
away
on
holiday
by
himself
KEY:
1-4
BDCB
高考英语阅读练习（041）
Don’t
Let
Them
Close
Your
School!
Minutes
of
the
meeting
held
in
Malupit
Community
School
on
Wednesday
14th
March
at
8.00p.m．
Mr.
I．Pomat
,
a
Malupit
shop
owner,
called
the
meeting
to
find
out
the
views
of
the
community
on
local
government
plans
to
close
the
Malupit
Community
School
at
the
end
of
the
present
school
year．
Mr.
Pomat
acted
as
chairman
of
the
meeting．
He
introduced
Mr.
L．Karazin,
the
Planning
Office
of
the
Raval
Education
Department．Mr.
Karazin
pointed
out
that
there
were
now
only
fifty-three
children
at
Malupit
Community
School．This
was
considered
to
be
too
high
a
number
for
the
forming
of
two
classes
and
the
employment
of
two
teachers．Mrs.
Luvako,
who
had
taught
at
the
school
for
the
past
twenty-two
years,
would
be
retiring
from
the
teaching
service
in
July．The
Planning
Office
wished
to
take
this
opportunity
to
close
the
school,
because
it
is
expensive
to
run
,
and
to
move
the
children
to
two
bigger
schools
in
Raval,
six
miles
away．
Mrs.
Jarvis,
the
mother
of
an
eight-year-old
boy
at
Malupit,
asked
what
would
happen
about
transport
o
Ravel．Mr.
Karazin
replied
that
the
children
would
travel
by
bus．This
would
be
provided
by
the
Raval
Transport
Department,
and
it
would
take
Malupit
children
to
and
from
school
free
of
charge．
Another
parent,
Mr.
W．Riley,
expressed
the
fear
of
many
parents
that
closing
the
local
school
would
mean
that
the
children
of
Malupit
would
not
grow
up
with
the
same
sense
of
community
as
in
the
past．They
would
feel
lost
in
the
much
larger
schools
in
Raval．
Mr.
Karazin
replied
that
the
Raval
schools
were
not
very
large,
and
that
,
in
any
case
the
children
would
have
to
go
to
Raval
later
on
for
education
at
high-school
level．
The
chairman
voiced
the
view
of
the
meeting
when
he
said
hat
there
was
good
reason
to
believe
that
there
would
soon
be
more
young
children
living
in
Malupit．It
would
be
foolish,
he
said,
to
close
the
school,
and
then
to
find
that
there
were
more
than
enough
local
children
to
form
two
classes
and
employ
two
teachers．
A
final
point
was
made
by
Mr.
Colmar,
a
retired
business
man,
that
without
Malupit
Community
School,
there
would
be
nowhere
big
enough
for
local
clubs
and
organizations
to
hold
their
meetings．
Mr.
Karazin
promised
that
the
would
bring
these
points
to
the
attention
of
the
Education
Department．
Mr.
Pomat
brought
the
meeting
to
a
close
shortly
after
9
o’clock．
1．The
Planning
Office
had
decided
to
close
the
school
because
A．there
were
too
many
children
in
each
class．
B．the
schools
in
Raval
were
bigger
and
better．
C．it
had
too
few
children
and
it
was
expensive
to
run．
D．the
teacher
was
retiring
and
they
could
not
find
another．
2．The
children
would
no
longer
go
to
Malupit
Community
School,
they
would
_____.
A．
go
to
Raval
for
education
at
high-school
level
B．
receive
their
education
at
the
Ravel
Education
Department
C．
attend
a
new
local
school
to
be
built
by
the
Planning
Office
D．
travel
every
day
to
two
schools
in
Raval,
six
miles
away
3．Mr.
Karazin
said
that
the
children
would
_____.
A．travel
by
bus
to
Raval,
without
cost
to
their
parents
B．travel
to
Raval
in
their
parents’
cars
C．be
taken
each
day
by
bus
to
the
Raval
Transport
Department
D．go
by
bus
to
and
from
school
at
a
low
cost
to
parents
4．“The
Chairman
voiced
the
view
of
the
meeting”
means
_____.
A．
he
was
the
one
who
called
the
meeting
to
find
out
parents’
views
B．
he
spoke
most
at
the
meeting
because
he
was
chairman
C．
he
said
what
everyone
at
the
meeting
had
asked
him
to
say
D．
he
expressed
the
opinion
held
by
everyone
at
the
meeting
KEY:
1-4
CDAD
高考英语阅读练习（042）
Cosmo
Books
Unlimited
18,
Woodman
road,
Tow
Bridges,
West
Sussex．
Cosmo
Books
Ltd.,
Hertford
Estate,
Rickmanswarth,
Middx．
25th
February
Ref．GBS/SW/4CJ
Dear
Sir,
Just
over
six
months
ago,
I
saw
an
advertisement
in
the
Morning
Mail
for
a
set
of
the
complete
works
of
William
Shakespeare．Your
company,
Cosmo
Books
Ltd.,
offered
this
set
(eight
books
of
plays
and
two
books
of
poetry)at
what
was
claimed
to
be
a
‘remarkable’price:fifteen
pounds
and
fifty
pence,
including
postage
and
packing．I
had
wanted
a
set
of
Shakespeare’s
plays
and
poems
for
some
time,
and
these
books
in
red
imitation
leather,
looked
particularly
attractive;so
I
sent
for
them．
Two
weeks
later,
the
books
arrived,
together
with
a
set
of
the
complete
works
of
Charles
Dickens
which
I
had
not
ordered．So
I
returned
the
Dickens
books
to
you
,
with
a
cheque
for
fifteen
pounds
and
fifty
pence
for
the
works
of
Shakespeare．Two
more
weeks
passed．Then
there
arrived
on
my
door
step
a
second
set
of
the
works
of
Shakespeare,
the
same
set
of
novels
by
Dickens
and
a
six-book
set
of
the
plays
of
Moliere,
in
French．Since
I
do
not
read
French,
these
were
of
no
use
to
me
at
all．However,
I
could
not
afford
to
post
all
these
books
back
to
you
,
so
I
wrote
to
you
at
the
end
of
August
of
last
year,
instructing
you
to
come
and
collect
all
the
books
that
I
did
not
want,
and
asking
you
not
to
send
any
other
books
until
further
notice．
You
did
not
reply
to
that
letter．Instead
you
sent
me
a
bill
for
forty-two
pounds,
and
a
set
of
the
plays
of
Schiller,
in
German．Since
then,
a
new
set
of
books
has
arrived
every
two
weeks:the
works
of
Goethe,
the
poems
of
Milton,
the
plays
of
Strindberg;I
hardly
know
what
I
have．The
books
are
still
all
in
their
boxes,
in
the
garage,
and
my
car
has
to
stand
in
the
rain
outside．
I
have
no
room
for
any
more
books,
and
even
if
I
read
from
now
on
until
the
Last
Judgement,
I
should
not
finish
reading
all
the
books
that
you
hove
sent
me．
Please
send
no
more
books,
send
no
more
bills,
send
no
more
angry
letters
demanding
payment．Just
send
one
large
lorry
and
take
all
the
books
away,
leaving
me
only
with
the
one
set
of
the
complete
works
of
Shakespeare
for
which
I
have
paid．
Yours
faithfully,
Simon
Walker
1．The
advertisement
that
Mr.
Walker
saw
in
the
Morning
Mail
was
for
______.
A．an
unlimited
number
of
Cosmo
Books
B．a
set
of
10
books
of
the
works
of
Shakespeare
C．a
book
containing
all
the
plays
and
poems
of
Shakespeare
D．fifteen
pounds
and
fifty
pence
2．Mr.
Walker
answered
the
advertisement
because
______.
A．
he
wanted
a
set
of
Shakespeare’s
works,
and
this
set
was
cheap,
and
looked
attractive
B．
he
claimed
that
the
books
were
being
offered
at
a
remarkable
price
C．
he
had
ordered
the
set
and
had
been
waiting
for
them
to
come
for
some
time
D．
the
set
he
already
had
was
not
particularly
attractive
3．Another
two
weeks
passed,
then
there
arrived
______.
A．three
sets
of
books
and
a
cheque
for
fifteen
pounds
and
fifty
pence
B．a
third
set
of
Shakespeare,
a
second
of
Dickens
and
a
set
of
Moliere
C．three
sets
of
books
including
one
in
French
D．the
same
set
of
Shakespeare,
the
novels
of
Moliere
and
a
set
of
Dickens
4．Mr.
Walker
did
mot
want
the
novels
of
Dickens
because
______.
A．
he
had
not
ordered
them
and
had
already
sent
one
set
back
B．
he
only
wanted
one
set
of
Dickens,
not
two
sets
C．
he
could
not
afford
to
buy
his
novels
as
well
as
his
plays
D．
he
had
not
ordered
them
and
could
not
read
French
KEY:
1-4
BACA
高考英语阅读练习（043）
The
Garden
Hotel
When
you
are
next
in
Nanoko,
be
sure
to
stay
at
the
Garden
Hotel．Whether
you
come
on
business
or
on
holiday,
you
will
find
everything
as
comfortable
and
as
convenient
as
you
would
expect
in
a
first-class
international
hotel．
Every
bedroom
has
its
own
private
bathroom,
telephone,
wall-to-wall
carpeting
and
colourful,
modern
materials
and
furniture
in
the
local
style．
In
the
Mitsu
Restaurant,
you
can
choose
your
meals
from
as
wide
a
variety
of
dishes,
both
Eastern
and
European,
as
you
will
find
anywhere
in
the
country．In
the
Beach
Bar,
you
can
drink
with
your
family
and
friends
in
air-conditioned
comfort,
to
the
music
of
internationally
known
artists．Or
you
can
take
your
drink
outside
into
the
beautiful
garden
that
gives
the
hotel
its
name,
or
to
the
tables
that
surround
the
swimming
pool．Throughout
the
hotel,
you
will
find
the
service
is
both
friendly
and
efficient．
By
day,
the
pool
is
alive
with
the
holiday
spirit
and
the
happy
shouting
of
children;and
by
right,
soft
lights
and
music
make
it
the
perfect
place
for
a
party,
or
simply
for
an
after-dinner
drink
and
conversation．
The
Garden
Hotel
has
its
own
private
mini-bus
service．Give
us
a
ring
and
we
will
arrange
to
collect
you
at
the
airport
or
in
the
city
center．Every
day
a
bus
leaves
the
hotel
for
day
trips
up
into
the
hills
to
see
the
ruined
city
of
Morote,
or
the
villages
and
temples
of
the
hill
people;oralong
the
coast
to
the
seaside
towns
and
wonderful
beaches
of
Cape
St
Germain．
If
you
prefer,
we
can
arrange
for
you
to
visit
the
Wainiri
Islands
that
lie
just
off
the
coast．Here
you
can
swim
and
sun-bathe
in
private
and
in
peace;or
you
can
fish
for
one
of
the
many
varieties
of
sea-life
for
which
the
Wainiris
are
justly
famous．
The
Garden
Hotel
is
right
on
the
beach,
only
five
minutes
for
Nanoko’s
modern
shopping
centre．Here
you
will
find
all
that
money
can
buy,
at
prices
you
can
afford．
GARDEN
HOTEL,
BEACH
AVENUE,
NANOKO,
P.R.T.TEL:46-0488
1．The
Mitsu
Restaurant
serves
food
A．of
both
Eastern
and
Western
varieties．
B．from
all
over
the
country,
in
air-conditioned
comfort．
C．That
is
air-conditioned,
friendly
and
efficient．
D．from
which
you
can
choose
meals
in
the
local
style．
2．Service
is
both
friendly
the
efficient’
means
______.
A．
you
can
meet
your
friends
there
in
air-conditioned
comfort
B．
you
can
serve
yourself,
your
family
and
friends
C．
internationally-known
artists
will
serve
you
D．
you
get
what
you
want
quickly
and
pleasantly
3．The
hotel
can
arrange
for
the
visitor
to
______.
A．
go
fishing
off
Cape
St
Germain,
near
Wainiri
B．
go
across
to
the
Wainiri
Islands
to
swim
or
fish
C．
see
the
famous
sea-life
off
the
coast
of
the
Wainiri
D．
go
by
bus
to
the
Wainiri
Island,
for
peace
and
quiet
4．You
will
find
the
Garden
Hotel
______.
A．close
to
shops
where
everything
is
cheap
and
justly
famous
B．on
the
beach
where
you
will
find
all
that
money
can
buy
C．on
the
beach
not
far
from
Nanoko’s
excellent
shops
D．just
off
the
coast,
five
minutes
from
the
shops
KEY:
1-4
ADBC
高考英语阅读练习（044）
Exchange
of
Letters
Dear
Mr.
Harringtom,
I
saw
your
name
on
a
list
of
teachers
of
French
who
wish
to
spend
their
holidays
in
France
this
summer．I
am
a
teacher
of
English
in
Saint-Simon,
a
charming
little
village
in
the
Loire
valley,
just
south
of
Saumur．I
should
very
much
like
to
spend
some
time
in
England,
because
it
is
many
years
since
I
had
an
opportunity
to
practise
my
English．Perhaps
we
could
exchange
houses
for
three
weeks
in
late
July
or
early
August．
I
have
heard
a
lot
about
Cumbria
and
the
Lake
District．I
have
been
keen
to
spend
a
holiday
in
Cumbria
ever
since
I
first
saw
pictures
of
the
foxhunting,
and
read
about
the
fine
hunting
dogs
that
you
have
in
your
part
of
the
country．I
am
very
interested
in
fox-hunting
and
I
take
my
dogs
out
hunting
in
the
local
forest
whenever
I
can．
I
shall
tell
you
more
about
Saint-Simon
and
the
surrounding
countryside
when
and
if
you
express
interest
in
my
plan．I
look
forward
to
hearing
from
you．
Yours
sincerely,
Jean-Baptiste
Foucault
Dear
Mr.
Foucault,
I
was
very
interested
to
receive
your
letter
of
3rd
March．You
are
right
in
thinking
that
I
should
like
to
spend
some
time
in
France．I
am
sure
my
French
is
as
rusty
as
your
English!
You
are
also
right
in
thinking
that
Cumbria
is
famous
for
its
foxes
and
its
hunting
dogs;but
there
are
many
other
things
for
which
Cumbria
is
famous．Barrow,
for
example,
it
famous
for
its
ship-building
industry;
I
live
just
across
the
road
from
the
docks
where
ships
from
Ireland
and
elsewhere
load
and
unload．In
fact,
on
days
when
the
Irish
Sea
is
not
under
a
blanket
of
fog,
I
can
see
the
hills
of
Northern
Ireland
in
one
direction,
as
clearly
as
I
can
see
the
Cumbrian
hills
in
the
other．
In
short,
I
am
afraid
Barrow
might
not
have
been
what
you
had
in
mind
when
you
thought
about
a
holiday
in
Cumbria．Instead
of
being
able
to
offer
you
the
dog
and
the
fox,
I
can
only
offer
you
the
fog
and
the
docks!
Yours
sincerely,
Robert
Harrington
1．Mr.
Foucault
wishes
to
spend
a
holiday
in
Cumbria
because
______.
A．
he
is
a
keen
fox-hunting
man
B．
there
are
many
forests
where
he
can
take
his
dog
hunting
C．
he
has
heard
a
lot
about
the
good
English
spoken
in
Cumbria
D．
the
first
pictures
he
saw
of
England
were
of
Cumbria
and
the
Lake
District
2．Mr.
Foucault
does
not
say
much
about
Saint-Simon
because
______.
A．Mr.
Harrington
has
been
there
and
seen
it
for
himself
B．it
is
such
a
small
village
there
is
very
little
to
say
about
it
C．he
wants
to
know
first
whether
Mr.
Harrington
is
interested
in
his
plan
D．he
knows
Mr.
Harrington
will
not
be
very
interested
in
Saint-Simon
3．Mr.
Harrington
agrees
with
Mr.
Foucault
that
______.
A．Cumbrian
dogs
are
very
much
like
foxes
B．Cumbria
has
a
reputation
as
a
fox-hunting
district
C．Cumbria
is
only
famous
for
its
fox-hunting
D．Cumbria
is
more
famous
for
ship-building
than
fox-hunting
4．Mr.
Harrington
thinks
______.
A．Mr.
Foucault
will
want
to
change
his
mind
about
exchanging
B．Barrow
will
be
just
what
Mr.
Foucault
had
in
mind
for
his
holiday
C．fog
and
docks
have
as
much
to
offer
the
holiday-makers
as
dogs
and
foxes
D．Mr.
Foucault
will
enjoy
his
holiday
in
Barrow
because
of
the
fog
and
docks
KEY:
1-4
ACBA
高考英语阅读练习（045）
Robert
Spring,
a
19th
century
forger
(伪造签字者),
was
as
good
at
his
profession
that
he
was
able
to
make
his
living
for
15
years
by
selling
false
signatures
of
famous
Americans.
Spring
was
born
in
England
in
1813
and
arrived
in
Philadelphia
in
1858
to
open
a
bookstore.
At
first
he
make
some
money
by
selling
his
small
but
genuine
of
early
U.S.
autographs
(亲笔签字).
Discovering
his
ability
at
copying
handwriting,
he
began
imitating
signatures
of
George
Washington
and
Ban
Franklin
and
writing
them
on
the
title
pages
of
old
books.
To
make
less
the
chance
of
detection
(发觉),
he
sent
his
forgeries
(伪造物)
to
England
and
Canada
for
sale
and
circulation
(销售).
Forgers
have
a
hard
time
selling
their
products.
A
forger
can"t
approach
a
respectable
buyer
but
must
deal
with
people
who
don"t
have
much
knowledge
in
the
field.
Forgers
have
many
ways
to
make
their
work
look
real.
For
example,
they
buy
old
books
to
use
the
aged
paper
of
the
title
page,
and
they
can
treat
paper
and
ink
with
chemicals.
In
Spring"s
time,
right
after
the
Civil
War,
Britain
was
still
fond
of
the
Southern
states,
so
Spring
invented
a
respectable
maiden
lady
known
as
Miss
Fanny
Jackson,
the
only
daughter
of
General
"Stonewall"
Jackson.
For
several
years
Miss
Fanny"s
economic
problems
forced
her
to
sell
a
great
number
of
letters
and
manuscripts
belonging
to
her
famous
father.
Spring
had
to
work
very
hard
to
satisfy
the
demand.
All
this
activity
did
not
prevent
Spring
from
dying
in
poverty,
leaving
sharp-eye
experts
the
difficult
task
of
separating
this
forgeries
from
the
originals.
1.
Why
did
Spring
sell
his
autographs
in
England
and
Canada?
A.
There
was
a
greater
demand
there
than
in
America.
B.
There
was
less
chance
of
being
detected
there.
C.
Britain
was
Spring"s
birthplace.
D.
The
price
were
higher
in
England
and
Canada.
2.
After
the
Civil
War,
there
was
a
great
demand
in
Britain
for
___.
A.
Southern
money
B.
signatures
of
George
Washington
and
Ben
Franklin
C.
Southern
manuscripts
and
letters
D.
Civil
War
battle
plans
3.
Robert
Spring
spent
15
years
___.
A.
running
a
bookstore
in
Philadelphia
B.
corresponding
with
Miss
Fanny
Jackson
C.
as
a
forger
D.
as
a
respectable
dealer
4.
According
to
the
passage,
forgeries
are
usually
sold
to
___.
A.
sharp-eyed
experts
B.
persons
who
aren"t
experts
C.
book
dealers
D.
owner
of
the
old
books
5.
Who
was
Miss
Fanny
Jackson?
A.
The
only
daughter
of
General
"Stonewall"
Jackson.
B.
A
little-known
girl
who
sold
her
father"s
papers
to
Robert
Spring.
C.
Robert
Spring"s
daughter.
D.
An
imaginary
person
created
by
Spring.
KEY:
1.
B
2.
C
3.
C
4.
B
5.
D
高考英语阅读练习（046）
In
1909
an
English
newspaper
offered
￡1,000
to
the
first
man
to
fly
across
the
English
Channel
in
an
aeroplane.
Today,
modern
jets
cross
it
in
minutes.
But
at
that
time
it
still
seemed
a
good
distance.
The
race
to
win
the
money
soon
became
a
race
between
two
men.
Both
were
very
colorful.
One
is
Louis
Bleriot.
He
owed
a
factory
in
France
that
made
motor
car
lamps.
He
was
already
well
known
as
a
pilot
because
he
had
crashed
several
times.
Some
people
laughed
at
him.
One
man
said,
"He
may
not
be
the
first
to
fly
across
the
Channel
but
he
will
certainly
be
the
first
to
die
in
a
crash!"
But
Bleriot
was
really
a
good
and
brave
pilot.
He
also
had
many
good
ideas
about
aeroplane
design.
The
other
man
was
Hubert
Latham.
He
was
half
French
and
half
English.
He
took
up
flying
when
his
doctors
told
him
he
had
only
a
year
to
live.
"Oh,
well,"
he
said,
"If
I"m
going
to
die
soon,
I
think
I
shall
have
a
dangerous
and
interesting
life
now."
Latham
was
the
first
to
try
the
flight
across
the
Channel.
Ten
kilometers
from
the
French
coast,
his
plane
had
engine
trouble.
It
crashed
into
the
water
and
began
to
sink
under
the
water.
A
boat
reached
Latham
just
in
time.
He
was
sitting
calmly
on
the
wing
and
was
coolly
lighting
a
cigarette.
Bleriot
took
off
six
days
later.
He
flew
into
some
very
bad
weather
and
very
low
cloud.
He
somehow
got
to
the
English
side
and
landed
in
a
farmer"s
field.
When
he
did
so,
a
customs
officer
rushed
up
to
his
plane.
Planes
have
changed
since
then
but
customs
officers
have
not.
"Have
you
anything
to
declare?"
the
officer
demanded.
1.
The
story
took
place
___.
A.
in
the
early
20th
century
B.
in
the
19th
century
C.
right
after
World
War
I
D.
at
a
time
not
mentioned
in
the
passage
2.
"A
good
distance"
here
means
___.
A.
a
fairly
long
distance
B.
a
distance
shorter
than
people
thought
C.
an
easy
flying
distance
D.
no
distance
at
all
3.
Bleriot
was
well
known
as
a
pilot
because
___.
A.
he
was
exceptionally
brave
B.
he
was
quite
rich
C.
he
had
many
good
ideas
about
the
aeroplane
design
D.
he
had
a
few
accidents
4.
Why
did
Hubert
Latham
want
to
fly
across
the
Channel?
A.
He
thought
he
could
manage
it
easily.
B.
He
wanted
to
compete
with
Louis
Bleriot.
C.
He
knew
he
only
had
a
year
to
live.
D.
He
had
always
been
interested
in
flying.
5.
Why
did
the
customs
officer
rush
to
the
plane?
A.
To
see
if
everything
was
all
right
with
the
plane.
B.
To
make
sure
that
the
pilot
was
not
hurt.
C.
To
ask
why
the
plane
had
landed
in
a
farmer"s
field.
D.
None
of
the
above.
KEY:
1.
A
2.
A
3.
D
4.
C
5.
C
高考英语阅读练习（047）
Frederic
Chopin
was
one
of
the
greatest
composers
of
music
for
the
piano.
He
wrote
over
two
hundred
musical
compositions.
They
are
still
popular
today.
Frederic
Chopin
was
born
in
1810
in
Zelazowa-Wola,
a
village
near
Warsaw,
Poland.
His
father
had
moved
there
from
France.
Chopin
was
to
feel
strong
ties
to
Poland
throughout
his
life.
Many
of
his
musical
works
have
the
spirit
and
rhythm
(节奏)
of
Polish
folk
dances.
Chopin
showed
musical
ability
at
an
early
age.
He
was
giving
public
concerts
and
writing
music
by
the
time
he
was
eight
years
old.
The
young
Chopin
often
performed
for
members
of
the
wealthy
Polish
nobility.
He
was
a
guest
in
their
homes
and
was
treated
well
by
them.
Poland
was
a
kingdom
under
Russian
control.
In
1831,
Chopin
left
Poland
to
make
a
tour
of
other
European
countries.
While
he
was
away,
the
Poles
tried
to
win
freedom
from
Russia.
Their
rebellion
failed,
and
the
Kingdom
of
Poland
was
crushed.
Chopin
never
returned
to
his
homeland.
The
piano
fascinated
Chopin.
Believing
that
it
could
produce
new
and
varied
music,
he
challenged
(对……有异议)
many
of
the
strict
rules
that
were
followed
by
earlier
composers.
Chopin
created
lively,
moving
music
by
using
new
musical
patterns.
Chopin
suffered
from
poor
health.
He
became
ill
with
tuberculosis
(肺结核),
a
disease
that
affected
his
lungs.
It
caused
his
death
in
1849,
when
he
was
only
thirty-nine
years
old.
1.
We
can
infer
from
the
passage
that
___.
A.
Chopin
died
in
a
foreign
country
B.
the
Poles
fought
against
the
Russians
and
succeeded
in
defeating
them
in
1831
C.
Chopin
followed
many
of
the
strict
rules
as
some
earlier
composers
D.
although
Chopin
loved
his
motherland,
he
had
never
learned
anything
from
Polish
folk
dances
2.
The
passage
is
mainly
about
___.
A.
Chopin"s
musical
works
and
the
piano
B.
Poland
and
Russia
C.
Chopin"s
life
D.
new
musical
patterns
KEY:
1.
A
2.
C
高考英语阅读练习（048）
It
was
not
yet
eleven
o"clock
when
a
boat
crossed
the
river
with
a
single
passenger
who
had
obtained
his
transportations
at
that
unusual
hour
by
promising
an
extra
fare.
While
the
youth
stood
on
the
landing-place
searching
in
his
pockets
for
money,
the
ferryman
lifted
a
lantern,
by
the
aid
of
which,
together
with
the
newly
risen
moon,
he
took
a
very
accurate
survey
(打量)
of
the
stranger"s
figure.
He
was
a
young
man
of
barely
eighteen
years,
evidently
country
bred,
and
now,
as
it
seemed,
on
his
first
visit
to
town.
He
was
wearing
a
rough
gray
coat,
which
was
in
good
shape,
but
which
had
seen
many
winters
before
this
one.
The
garments
under
his
coat
were
well
constructed
of
leather,
and
fitted
tightly
to
a
pair
of
muscular
(肌肉发达的)
legs;
his
stockings
of
blue
yarn
(线)
must
have
been
the
work
of
a
mother
or
sister,
and
on
his
head
was
a
three-cornered
hat,
which
in
its
better
days
had
perhaps
sheltered
the
grayer
head
of
the
lad"s
father.
In
his
left
hand
was
a
walking
stick,
and
his
equipment
was
completed
by
a
leather
bag
not
so
abundantly
stocked
as
to
inconvenience
the
strong
shoulders
on
which
it
hung.
Brown,
curly
hair,
well-shaped
features,
bright,
cheerful
eyes
were
nature"s
gifts,
and
worth
all
that
art
could
have
done
for
his
adornment
(装饰).
The
youth,
whose
name
was
Robin,
paid
the
boatman,
and
then
walked
forward
into
the
town
with
a
light
step,
as
if
he
had
not
already
traveled
more
than
thirty
miles
that
day.
As
he
walked,
he
surveyed
his
surroundings
as
eagerly
as
if
he
were
entering
London
or
Madrid,
instead
of
the
little
metropolis
(首府)
of
a
New
England
colony
(殖民地).
1.
What
time
of
year
was
it
in
this
story?
A.
spring
B.
summer
C.
fall
D.
winter
2.
At
what
time
of
day
did
Robin
cross
the
river?
A.
morning
B.
midday
C.
late
afternoon
D.
night
3.
The
boatman
was
willing
to
take
Robin
across
the
river
because
___.
A.
he
wanted
to
make
extra
money
B.
he
saw
that
Robin
was
young
and
rich
C.
he
was
going
to
row
across
the
river
anyway
D.
he
felt
sorry
for
him
because
Robin
looked
poor
KEY:
1.
D
2.
D
3.
A
高考英语阅读练习（049）
Invited
by
Mr.
Ye
Huixian,
host
of
the
well-received
TV
programme
"Stars
Tonight",
Miss
Luo
Lin,
Miss
Asia
of
1991,
appeared
as
the
guest
hostess
on
the
Shanghai
TV
screen
last
Sunday.
Born
in
Shanghai
and
taken
to
Hongkong
when
she
was
only
six
years
old,
Luo
Lin
has
never
dreamed
of
being
Miss
Asia.
Her
childhood
dream
was
to
be
an
air-hostess.
Before
she
took
part
in
the
competition,
she
had
been
an
air-hostess
in
Cathay
Airline
for
seven
years.
However,
it
still
took
her
three
months
to
learn
the
art
of
walking
on
the
stage,
dancing,
singing,
making-up
and
other
proper
manners,
designed
by
the
Asia
TV
Station.
"It"s
really
a
hard
job
for
me.
I
won"t
enter
for
such
competition
any
more.
Anyhow,
I
am
quite
lucky.
I
am
also
glad
to
have
had
more
chance
to
work
for
the
social
welfare
since
I
won
the
title.
This
time,
in
Shanghai,
I"d
love
to
make
a
deep
impression
on
my
TV
audience,"
said
Luo
Lin
with
a
sweet
smile.
1.
Luo
Lin
became
Miss
Asia
because
she
_____.
A.
was
the
most
beautiful
among
the
girls
who
took
part
in
the
competition
B.
beat
all
the
other
girls
in
the
competition
C.
had
always
been
lucky
D.
had
been
an
air
hostess
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
Luo
Lin
is
a
native
of
Shanghai.
B.
Luo
Lin
moved
to
Hongkong
with
her
parents.
C.
Luo
Lin
won
the
title
of
Miss
Asia
in
1991.
D.
Asia
TV
Station
helped
Luo
Lin
to
become
Miss
Asia.
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
Luo
Lin
has
hoped
to
make
a
name
for
herself
since
childhood.
B.
Luo
Lin
was
deeply
moved
by
her
TV
audience
last
Sunday.
C.
Luo
Lin"s
childhood
dream
has
never
been
realized.
D.
Luo
Lin
is
a
warm-hearted
girl.
KEY:
1.
B
2.
B
3.
D
高考英语阅读练习（050）
Which
is
safer
──
staying
at
home,
traveling
to
work
on
public
transport,
or
working
at
the
office?
Surprisingly,
each
of
these
carries
the
same
risk,
which
is
very
low.
However,
what
about
flying
compared
to
working
in
the
chemical
industry?
Unfortunately,
the
former
is
65
times
riskier
than
the
latter!
In
fact
the
accident
rate
of
workers
in
the
chemical
industry
is
less
than
that
of
almost
any
of
human
activity,
and
almost
as
safe
as
staying
at
home.
The
trouble
with
the
chemical
industry
is
that
when
things
go
wrong
they
often
cause
death
to
those
living
nearby.
It
is
this
that
chemical
accidents
so
newsworthy.
Fortunately,
they
are
extremely
rare.
The
most
famous
ones
happened
at
Texas
City
(1947),
Flixborough
(1974),
Seveso
(1976),
Pemex
(1984)
and
Bhopal
(1984).
Some
of
these
are
always
in
the
minds
of
the
people
even
though
the
loss
of
life
was
small.
No
one
died
at
Seveso,
and
only
28
workers
at
Flixborough.
The
worst
accident
of
all
was
Bhopal,
where
up
to
3,000
were
killed.
The
Texas
City
explosion
of
fertilizer
killed
552.
The
Pemex
fire
at
a
storage
plant
for
natural
gas
in
the
suburbs
of
Mexico
City
took
542
lives,
just
a
month
before
the
unfortunate
event
at
Bhopal.
Some
experts
have
discussed
these
accidents
and
used
each
accident
to
illustrate
a
particular
danger.
Thus
the
Texas
City
was
caused
by
tons
of
ammonium
nitrate,
which
is
safe
unless
stored
in
a
great
quantity.
The
Flixborough
fireball
was
the
fault
of
management,
which
took
risks
to
keep
production
going
during
essential
repairs.
The
Seveso
accident
shows
what
happens
if
the
local
authorities
lack
knowledge
of
the
danger
on
their
doorstep.
When
the
poisonous
gas
drifted
over
the
town,
local
leaders
were
incapable
of
taking
effective
action.
The
Pemex
fire
was
made
worse
by
an
overloaded
site
in
an
overcrowded
suburb.
The
fire
set
off
a
chain
reaction
of
exploding
storage
tanks.
Yet,
by
a
miracle,
the
two
largest
tanks
did
not
explode.
Had
these
caught
fire,
then
3,000
strong
rescue
team
and
fire
fighters
would
all
have
died.
1.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
TRUE?
A.
Working
at
the
office
is
safer
than
staying
at
home.
B.
Travelling
to
work
on
public
transport
is
safer
than
working
at
the
office.
C.
Staying
at
home
is
safer
than
working
in
the
chemical
industry.
D.
Working
in
the
chemical
industry
is
safer
than
traveling
by
air.
2.
From
the
passage
we
know
that
ammonium
nitrate
is
a
kind
of
_____.
A.
natural
gas,
which
can
easily
catch
fire
B.
fertilizer,
which
can"t
be
stored
in
a
great
quantity
C.
poisonous
substance,
which
can"t
be
used
in
overcrowded
areas
D.
fuel,
which
is
stored
in
large
tanks
3.
From
the
discussion
among
some
experts
we
may
conclude
that
_____.
A.
to
avoid
any
accident
we
should
not
repair
the
facilities
in
chemical
industry
B.
the
local
authorities
should
not
be
concerned
with
the
production
of
the
chemical
industry
C.
all
these
accidents
could
have
been
avoided
or
controlled
if
effective
measures
had
been
taken
D.
natural
gas
stored
in
very
large
tanks
is
always
safe
KEY:
1.
D
2.
B
3.
C
高考英语阅读练习（051）
Scientists
have
recently
discovered
that
mothers
tend
to
hold
their
baby
on
the
left.
Of
255
right-handed
mothers,
83%
held
the
baby
on
the
left.
And
out
of
32
left-handed
women,
78%
held
the
baby
o
the
left.
As
a
control,
women
were
watched
coming
from
supermarkets
carrying
baby-sized
bags;
the
bags
were
held
with
no
side
preference.
Then,
dental
patients
were
given
a
large
rubber
ball
to
hold
during
treatment.
The
majority
held
the
ball
to
their
left
side,
even
when
it
interfered
with
the
dentist"s
activities.
This
suggested
that
in
times
of
stress
objects
are
held
against
the
left
side.
At
that
point
something
clearly
contrary
was
observed.
A
large
number
of
mothers
who
brought
their
premature
babies
to
a
clinic
were
seen
to
hold
their
babies
against
their
right
side.
At
that
point
something
clearly
contrary
was
observed.
A
large
number
of
mothers
who
brought
their
premature
babies
to
a
clinic
were
seen
to
hold
their
babies
against
their
right
side.
So,
115
mothers
who
had
been
separated
from
their
babies
for
24
hours
after
birth
were
observed
for
holding
response.
The
experimenters
presented
the
baby
directly
to
midline
of
the
mother"s
body,
and
noted
how
she
held
the
baby.
53%
placed
the
baby
on
the
left
and
47%
on
the
right.
And
it
was
also
noted
that
the
mothers
of
the
group
who
had
held
their
baby
on
the
left
had
already
had
a
baby
from
which
they
had
not
been
separated
after
birth.
Left-handed
holding
enables
the
baby
to
hear
the
heartbeat.
In
order
to
discover
whether
hearing
the
heart
has
a
beneficial
effect
on
the
baby,
the
sound
of
a
human
hear-beat
was
played
to
102
babies
in
a
New
York
nursery
for
4
days.
A
control
group
of
babies
was
not
exposed
to
hear-beats.
The
babies
in
the
heart-beat
group
gained
more
weight
and
cried
far
less
than
the
babies
in
the
control
group.
1.
Scientists
found
that
_____.
A.
left-handed
women
tend
to
hold
their
babies
on
the
right
B.
more
right-handed
women
than
left-handed
women
tend
to
hold
their
babies
on
the
left
C.
only
right-handed
women
tend
to
hold
their
babies
on
the
correct
side
D.
women
who
hold
their
babies
on
the
left
are
nearly
all
right-handed
2.
What
was
"some
clearly
contrary"?
A.
Mothers
of
premature
babies
held
their
babies
son
the
correct
side.
B.
Mothers
of
premature
babies
took
their
babies
to
a
clinic.
C.
Mothers
of
premature
babies
were
seen
to
hold
their
babies
differently
from
other
mothers.
D.
Mothers
of
premature
babies
showed
no
side
preference.
3.
In
one
experiment,
102
babies
spent
four
days
_____.
A.
not
exposed
to
heart-beats
B.
in
a
control
group
C.
exposed
to
the
sound
of
heart-beats
D.
in
a
New
York
heart-beat
group
4.
The
experiments
proved
that
_____.
A.
mothers
have
an
instinct
to
hold
their
babies
on
the
left
immediately
after
birth
B.
mothers
hold
their
babies
on
the
left
at
times
of
stress
C.
mothers
of
premature
babies
do
not
have
the
instinct
to
hold
their
babies
on
the
left
D.
mothers
find
it
more
comfortable
to
carry
their
babies
on
the
left
because
the
heart
is
on
that
side
KEY:
1.
B
2.
C
3.
C
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（052）
You
would
like
to
take
good
photographs
of
real-life
situations
but
you
have
few
ideas
for
pictures.
I
suggest
you
look
around
you.
The
everyday
world
is
full
of
scenes
being
played
by
an
ever-changing
group
of
actors.
You
probably
passed
a
dozen
picture
situations
without
noticing
on
your
way
to
work
this
morning.
The
realistic
approach
to
photograph
has
been
perfected
in
the
past
by
such
maters
as
Henri
Cartier-Bresson
and
Bill
Brandt.
But
while
you
can
learn
a
great
deal
from
looking
at
the
work
of
others,
any
success
you
can
hope
to
achieve
in
this
field
has
to
come
from
developing
an
individual
approach.
The
main
requirement
for
any
photographer
has
little
to
do
with
technical
matters.
You
must
develop
an
awareness
of
the
world
around
you
and
the
people
who
live
in
it,
and
you
should
learn
to
notice
when
a
situation
may
develop
to
a
point
where
you
will
be
able
to
take
a
good
picture.
Those
who
have
reached
this
happy
state
will
be
prepared
when
that
moment
comes,
and
will
simply
raise
their
camera
quickly
and
shoot.
Others
who
are
not
so
aware
will
be
struggling
with
camera
cases
and
lens
caps.
Film
manufactures
must
be
delighted
at
the
thought
of
the
inexperienced
photographer
setting
out
in
search
of
the
right
situation
and
the
right
moment.
Many
miles
of
costly
material
have
passed
through
thousands
of
cameras
as
this
endless
search
continues.
But
although
a
lot
of
this
waste
must
be
put
down
to
inexperience,
you"ll
find
that
even
the
professionals
have
to
use
a
lot
of
film
when
they
are
out
shooting.
Not
every
shot
is
going
to
be
a
winner.
If
you
look
at
the
work
of
even
the
best
photographers,
you"ll
notice
dozens
of
pictures
have
had
to
be
taken
only
because
they
lead
up
to
the
successful
shot
of
a
situation
that
the
photographer
has
obviously
been
observing
through
the
lens.
You
may
find
that
you
have
taken
one
or
two
pictures
after
the
right
moment
has
passed
as
well.
There
is
seldom
more
than
one
shot
which
stands
out.
There
is
just
one
point
where
it
all
comes
together,
and
you
often
have
to
waste
film
to
catch
that
precious
moment.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
one
can
become
a
better
real-life
photographer
by
_____.
A.
watching
other
photographers
at
work
B.
learning
about
famous
photographers
C.
just
taking
a
great
many
photographs
D.
developing
skills
and
ideas
for
yourself
2.
The
writer
thinks
that
a
photographer
is
required
to
_____.
A.
go
out
and
search
for
unusual
situations
B.
be
highly
skilled
in
camera
techniques
C.
be
able
to
tell
when
a
good
situation
might
come
D.
have
a
camera
which
is
easy
and
quick
to
use
3.
Most
likely,
to
catch
the
right
moment,
one
must
_____.
A.
take
pictures
without
too
much
preparation
B.
take
a
whole
series
of
similar
pictures
C.
take
great
care
to
set
up
the
situation
D.
take
one
picture
just
at
the
right
moment
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
The
waste
of
film
in
photography
is
essential
to
the
production
of
good
pictures.
B.
Film
manufacturers
usually
enjoy
pictures
by
inexperienced
photographers.
C.
Only
amateur
photographers
waste
film
in
taking
pictures.
D.
The
waste
of
film,
which
is
the
result
of
poor
choice
of
subject,
is
expensive
and
unnecessary.
5.
The
passage
is
_____.
A.
part
of
a
book
of
camera
instruction
B.
an
advertisement
for
film
C.
a
history
of
photography
D.
an
introduction
to
photography
KEY:
1.
D
2.
C
3.
B
4.
A
5.
D
高考英语阅读练习（053）
The
Komodo
lizard
is
the
world"s
largest
lizard(蜥蜴).
It
was
not
discovered
until
this
century
and
was
named
only
in
1921.
It
was
formerly
found
on
three
Indonesian
islands:
Komodo,
Rintja
and
Flores.
By
the
1930"s,
in
spite
of
government
protection,
the
population
of
this
great
lizard
had
been
reduced
to
a
few
hundred.
It
was,
however,
still
found
on
the
three
main
islands
and
there
were
still
lizards
of
over
4
metres
in
length.
By
1963,
after
a
period
of
only
fifty
years
since
its
discovery,
the
entire
population
was
based
on
Komodo.
It
is
now
unusual
to
see
one
as
long
as
3
metres.
The
lizard"s
normal
food
consists
mainly
of
wild
goats
and
pigs,
animals
which
the
islanders
also
hunt.
This,
of
course,
means
that
the
lizard
often
gets
too
little
to
eat.
It
will
certainly
die
out
soon
its
hunting
and
breeding(繁殖)
grounds
are
protected
more
effectively.
1.
The
Indonesian
government
_____
Komodo
lizards.
A.
thought
it
necessary
to
protect
B.
didn"t
think
it
necessary
to
protect
C.
reduced
the
number
of
D.
killed
a
few
hundred
of
2.
By
1963,
the
Komodo
lizard
could
be
found
_____.
A.
on
three
islands
B.
only
on
Komodo
Island
C.
only
on
Rintja
Island
D.
only
on
Flores
Island
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
FALSE?
A.
There
were
only
a
few
hundred
Komodo
lizards
living
by
the
1930s.
B.
Nobody
knew
the
present
name
of
the
animal
before
1921.
C.
The
islanders
hunt
too
many
Komodo
lizards.
D.
The
writer
worries
about
the
Komodo
lizards.　
KEY:
1.
A
2.
B
3.
C
高考英语阅读练习（054）
In
the
United
States,
it
is
not
customary
to
telephone
someone
very
early
in
the
morning.
If
you
telephone
him
early
in
the
day,
while
he
is
shaving
or
having
breakfast,
the
time
of
the
call
shows
that
the
matter
is
very
important
and
requires
immediate
attention.
The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
made
after
11:00
p.m.
If
someone
receives
a
call
during
sleeping
hours,
he
assumes(想当然地认为)it"s
a
matter
of
life
and
death.
The
time
chosen
for
the
call
communicates
its
importance.
In
social
life,
time
plays
a
very
important
part.
In
the
U.S.A.
guests
tend
to
feel
they
are
not
highly
regarded
if
the
attention
to
a
dinner
party
is
extended
only
three
or
four
days
before
the
party
date.
But
it
is
not
true
in
all
countries.
In
other
areas
of
the
world,
it
may
be
considered
foolish
to
make
an
appointment
too
far
in
advance
because
plans
which
are
made
for
a
date
more
than
a
week
away
tend
to
be
forgotten.
The
meaning
of
time
differs
in
different
parts
of
the
world.
Thus,
misunderstandings
arise(产生)
between
people
from
cultures
that
treat
time
differently.
Promptness
is
valued
highly
in
American
life,
for
example.
If
people
are
not
prompt,
they
may
be
regarded
as
impolite
or
not
fully
responsible.
In
the
U.S.
no
one
would
think
if
keeping
a
business
associate
waiting
for
an
hour.
It
would
be
too
impolite.
A
person
who
is
5
minutes
late
is
expected
to
make
a
short
apology.
If
he
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
will
say
a
few
words
of
explanation,
though
perhaps
he
will
not
complete
the
sentence.
1.
"The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
after
11:00p.m."
Here
"attached"
means
_____.
A.
taken
B.
drawn
C.
given
D.
shown
2.
According
to
this
passage,
time
plays
an
important
role
in
_____.
A.
everyday
life
B.
school
life
C.
communication
D.
private
life
3.
The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
The
Voice
of
Time
B.
The
Importance
of
Time
C.
The
Importance
of
an
Announcement
D.
Time
and
Tide
Wait
for
No
Man
4.
According
to
the
passage,
the
author
of
the
article
may
agree
to
which
of
the
following
statements?
A.
It
is
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
U.S.A..
B.
It
may
be
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
to
your
guests
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
some
countries.
C.
It
is
best
for
one
to
make
telephone
calls
at
eight
because
it
costs
much
less.
D.
If
one
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
has
to
make
a
short
apology.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
C
3.
A
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（055）
Trees
should
only
be
pruned(修剪)
when
there
is
a
good
and
clear
reason
fordoing
so
and,
fortunately,
the
number
of
such
reasons
is
small.
Pruning
involves
the
cutting
away
of
overgrown
and
unwanted
branches,
and
the
inexperienced
gardener
can
be
encouraged
by
the
thought
that
more
damage
results
from
doing
it
unnecessarily
than
from
leaving
the
tree
to
grow
in
its
own
way.
First,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
sure
that
trees
have
a
desired
shape
or
size.
The
object
may
be
to
get
a
tree
of
the
right
height,
and
at
the
same
time
to
help
the
growth
of
small
side
branches
which
will
thicken
its
appearance
or
give
it
a
special
shape.
Secondly,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
the
tree
healthier.
You
may
cur
out
diseased
or
dead
wood,
or
branches
that
are
rubbing
against
each
other
and
thus
causing
wounds.
The
health
of
a
tree
may
be
encouraged
by
removing
the
branches
that
are
locking
up
the
centre
and
so
preventing
the
free
movement
of
air.
One
result
of
pruning
is
that
an
open
would
is
left
on
the
tree
and
this
provides
an
easy
entry(进入)for
diseases,
but
it
is
a
wound
that
will
heal.
Often
there
is
a
race
between
the
healing
and
the
disease
as
to
whether
the
tree
will
live
or
die,
or
that
there
is
a
period
when
the
tree
is
at
risk.
It
should
be
the
aim
of
every
gardener
to
reduce
the
risk
as
far
as
possible.
It
is
essential
to
make
the
area
which
has
been
pruned
smooth
and
clean,
for
healing
will
be
slowed
down
by
roughness.
You
should
allow
the
cut
surface
to
dry
for
a
few
hours
and
then
paint
it
with
one
of
the
substances
available
from
garden
shops
produced
especially
for
this
purpose.
Pruning
is
usually
done
in
winter,
for
then
you
can
see
the
shape
of
the
tree
clearly
without
the
interference(干扰)
from
the
leaves
and
it
is,
too,
very
unlikely
that
the
cuts
you
make
will
bleed.
If
this
does
happen,
it
is,
of
course,
impossible
to
paint
them
properly.
1.
According
to
the
article,_____.
A.
damage
is
done
to
a
tree
if
it
is
left
to
grow
in
its
own
way
B.
pruning
is
necessary
when
a
tree
has
grown
into
a
definite
shape
or
size
C.
diseased
or
dead
branches
should
be
cut
away
if
they
are
found
to
rub
against
each
other
D.
growing
side
branches
often
prevent
air
from
moving
freely
2.
Which
of
the
following
usually
causes
a
tree
to
grow
unhealthy?
A.
Giving
a
tree
a
special
shape
and
a
definite
height
B.
Removing
small
side
branches
and
making
a
tree
look
less
thick
C.
Allowing
too
many
branches
to
grow
in
the
middle
D.
Having
a
tree
surrounded
by
many
other
trees
3.
The
writer
suggests
that
pruning
should
be
done
in
winter
because
_____.
A.
the
cut
surface
gets
dry
more
quickly
B.
open
wounds
on
the
tree
run
the
less
risk
of
getting
diseased
C.
a
gardener
can
do
pruning
more
easily
D.
wounds
painted
with
a
special
substance
heal
quickly
4.
The
writer"s
purpose
when
writing
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
to
describe
how
pruning
a
tree
is
done
B.
to
discuss
different
ways
of
pruning
trees
C.
to
give
practical
instructions
for
pruning
a
tree
D.
to
explain
how
a
tree
wound
gets
diseased
and
heals
KEY:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
C
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（056）
They
think
they"re
lucky
that
they"re
living
and
it"s
Christmas
again.
They
can"t
see
that
we
live
on
a
dirty
street
in
a
shabby
house
among
people
who
aren"t
much
good.
Johnny
and
the
children
can"t
see
how
pitiful
it
is
that
our
neighbors
have
to
make
happiness
out
of
this
filth
and
dirt.
My
children
must
get
out
of
this.
But
how?
The
money
that
we"ve
saved
isn"t
nearly
enough.
The
McGaritys
have
money,
but
they
are
show-offs
with
it.
The
McGarity
girl
just
yesterday
stood
out
there
in
the
street
eating
from
a
bag
of
cookies
while
a
ring
of
hungry
children
watched
her.
I
saw
those
children
looking
at
her
and
crying
in
their
hearts,
and
when
she
couldn"t
eat
any
more,
she
shrew
the
rest
down
the
sewer(阴沟).
Miss
Jackson
who
teaches
at
the
Settlement
House
isn"t
rich,
but
she
knows
things.
She
understands
people.
Her
eyes
look
straight
into
yours
when
she
talks
with
you.
Everybody
else
here
looks
away
because
they"re
ashamed(羞愧)of
their
lives.
I"d
like
to
see
the
children
be
like
Miss
Jackson
when
they
grew
up.
1.
The
writer
suggests
that
her
family
_____.
A.
is
extremely
rich
B.
is
an
unhappy
one
C.
are
accustomed
to
their
life
D.
long
for
a
change
in
their
life
2.
The
McGarity
girl
is
characterized
as
_____.
A.
selfish
and
cruel
B.
friendly
and
kind
C.
beautiful
and
proud
D.
rich
and
nice
3.
The
writer
thinks
Miss
Jackson
is
_____.
A.
poor
but
brave
B.
friendly
and
talkative
C.
a
teacher
liked
by
all
her
pupils
D.
an
example
her
children
should
follow
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
The
writer"s
family
is
the
poorest
one
on
that
street.
B.
Watching
the
rich
girl
eating
cookies,
those
hungry
children
cried.
C.
The
writer
wants
to
move
out
of
that
district.
D.
The
writer
hopes
that
her
children
will
become
teachers.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
A
3.
D
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（057）
The
Komodo
lizard
is
the
world"s
largest
lizard(蜥蜴).
It
was
not
discovered
until
this
century
and
was
named
only
in
1921.
It
was
formerly
found
on
three
Indonesian
islands:
Komodo,
Rintja
and
Flores.
By
the
1930"s,
in
spite
of
government
protection,
the
population
of
this
great
lizard
had
been
reduced
to
a
few
hundred.
It
was,
however,
still
found
on
the
three
main
islands
and
there
were
still
lizards
of
over
4
metres
in
length.
By
1963,
after
a
period
of
only
fifty
years
since
its
discovery,
the
entire
population
was
based
on
Komodo.
It
is
now
unusual
to
see
one
as
long
as
3
metres.
The
lizard"s
normal
food
consists
mainly
of
wild
goats
and
pigs,
animals
which
the
islanders
also
hunt.
This,
of
course,
means
that
the
lizard
often
gets
too
little
to
eat.
It
will
certainly
die
out
soon
its
hunting
and
breeding(繁殖)
grounds
are
protected
more
effectively.
1.
The
Indonesian
government
_____
Komodo
lizards.
A.
thought
it
necessary
to
protect
B.
didn"t
think
it
necessary
to
protect
C.
reduced
the
number
of
D.
killed
a
few
hundred
of
2.
By
1963,
the
Komodo
lizard
could
be
found
_____.
A.
on
three
islands
B.
only
on
Komodo
Island
C.
only
on
Rintja
Island
D.
only
on
Flores
Island
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
FALSE?
A.
There
were
only
a
few
hundred
Komodo
lizards
living
by
the
1930s.
B.
Nobody
knew
the
present
name
of
the
animal
before
1921.
C.
The
islanders
hunt
too
many
Komodo
lizards.
D.
The
writer
worries
about
the
Komodo
lizards.　
KEY:
1.
A
2.
B
3.
C
高考英语阅读练习（058）
In
the
United
States,
it
is
not
customary
to
telephone
someone
very
early
in
the
morning.
If
you
telephone
him
early
in
the
day,
while
he
is
shaving
or
having
breakfast,
the
time
of
the
call
shows
that
the
matter
is
very
important
and
requires
immediate
attention.
The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
made
after
11:00
p.m.
If
someone
receives
a
call
during
sleeping
hours,
he
assumes(想当然地认为)it"s
a
matter
of
life
and
death.
The
time
chosen
for
the
call
communicates
its
importance.
In
social
life,
time
plays
a
very
important
part.
In
the
U.S.A.
guests
tend
to
feel
they
are
not
highly
regarded
if
the
attention
to
a
dinner
party
is
extended
only
three
or
four
days
before
the
party
date.
But
it
is
not
true
in
all
countries.
In
other
areas
of
the
world,
it
may
be
considered
foolish
to
make
an
appointment
too
far
in
advance
because
plans
which
are
made
for
a
date
more
than
a
week
away
tend
to
be
forgotten.
The
meaning
of
time
differs
in
different
parts
of
the
world.
Thus,
misunderstandings
arise(产生)
between
people
from
cultures
that
treat
time
differently.
Promptness
is
valued
highly
in
American
life,
for
example.
If
people
are
not
prompt,
they
may
be
regarded
as
impolite
or
not
fully
responsible.
In
the
U.S.
no
one
would
think
if
keeping
a
business
associate
waiting
for
an
hour.
It
would
be
too
impolite.
A
person
who
is
5
minutes
late
is
expected
to
make
a
short
apology.
If
he
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
will
say
a
few
words
of
explanation,
though
perhaps
he
will
not
complete
the
sentence.
1.
"The
same
meaning
is
attached
to
telephone
calls
after
11:00p.m."
Here
"attached"
means
_____.
A.
taken
B.
drawn
C.
given
D.
shown
2.
According
to
this
passage,
time
plays
an
important
role
in
_____.
A.
everyday
life
B.
school
life
C.
communication
D.
private
life
3.
The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
The
Voice
of
Time
B.
The
Importance
of
Time
C.
The
Importance
of
an
Announcement
D.
Time
and
Tide
Wait
for
No
Man
4.
According
to
the
passage,
the
author
of
the
article
may
agree
to
which
of
the
following
statements?
A.
It
is
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
U.S.A..
B.
It
may
be
appropriate
to
send
your
invitation
cards
to
your
guests
three
or
four
days
before
a
dinner
party
date
in
some
countries.
C.
It
is
best
for
one
to
make
telephone
calls
at
eight
because
it
costs
much
less.
D.
If
one
is
less
than
5
minutes
late,
he
has
to
make
a
short
apology.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
C
3.
A
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（059）
Trees
should
only
be
pruned(修剪)
when
there
is
a
good
and
clear
reason
fordoing
so
and,
fortunately,
the
number
of
such
reasons
is
small.
Pruning
involves
the
cutting
away
of
overgrown
and
unwanted
branches,
and
the
inexperienced
gardener
can
be
encouraged
by
the
thought
that
more
damage
results
from
doing
it
unnecessarily
than
from
leaving
the
tree
to
grow
in
its
own
way.
First,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
sure
that
trees
have
a
desired
shape
or
size.
The
object
may
be
to
get
a
tree
of
the
right
height,
and
at
the
same
time
to
help
the
growth
of
small
side
branches
which
will
thicken
its
appearance
or
give
it
a
special
shape.
Secondly,
pruning
may
be
done
to
make
the
tree
healthier.
You
may
cur
out
diseased
or
dead
wood,
or
branches
that
are
rubbing
against
each
other
and
thus
causing
wounds.
The
health
of
a
tree
may
be
encouraged
by
removing
the
branches
that
are
locking
up
the
centre
and
so
preventing
the
free
movement
of
air.
One
result
of
pruning
is
that
an
open
would
is
left
on
the
tree
and
this
provides
an
easy
entry(进入)for
diseases,
but
it
is
a
wound
that
will
heal.
Often
there
is
a
race
between
the
healing
and
the
disease
as
to
whether
the
tree
will
live
or
die,
or
that
there
is
a
period
when
the
tree
is
at
risk.
It
should
be
the
aim
of
every
gardener
to
reduce
the
risk
as
far
as
possible.
It
is
essential
to
make
the
area
which
has
been
pruned
smooth
and
clean,
for
healing
will
be
slowed
down
by
roughness.
You
should
allow
the
cut
surface
to
dry
for
a
few
hours
and
then
paint
it
with
one
of
the
substances
available
from
garden
shops
produced
especially
for
this
purpose.
Pruning
is
usually
done
in
winter,
for
then
you
can
see
the
shape
of
the
tree
clearly
without
the
interference(干扰)
from
the
leaves
and
it
is,
too,
very
unlikely
that
the
cuts
you
make
will
bleed.
If
this
does
happen,
it
is,
of
course,
impossible
to
paint
them
properly.
1.
According
to
the
article,_____.
A.
damage
is
done
to
a
tree
if
it
is
left
to
grow
in
its
own
way
B.
pruning
is
necessary
when
a
tree
has
grown
into
a
definite
shape
or
size
C.
diseased
or
dead
branches
should
be
cut
away
if
they
are
found
to
rub
against
each
other
D.
growing
side
branches
often
prevent
air
from
moving
freely
2.
Which
of
the
following
usually
causes
a
tree
to
grow
unhealthy?
A.
Giving
a
tree
a
special
shape
and
a
definite
height
B.
Removing
small
side
branches
and
making
a
tree
look
less
thick
C.
Allowing
too
many
branches
to
grow
in
the
middle
D.
Having
a
tree
surrounded
by
many
other
trees
3.
The
writer
suggests
that
pruning
should
be
done
in
winter
because
_____.
A.
the
cut
surface
gets
dry
more
quickly
B.
open
wounds
on
the
tree
run
the
less
risk
of
getting
diseased
C.
a
gardener
can
do
pruning
more
easily
D.
wounds
painted
with
a
special
substance
heal
quickly
4.
The
writer"s
purpose
when
writing
this
passage
is
_____.
A.
to
describe
how
pruning
a
tree
is
done
B.
to
discuss
different
ways
of
pruning
trees
C.
to
give
practical
instructions
for
pruning
a
tree
D.
to
explain
how
a
tree
wound
gets
diseased
and
heals
KEY:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
C
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（060）
They
think
they"re
lucky
that
they"re
living
and
it"s
Christmas
again.
They
can"t
see
that
we
live
on
a
dirty
street
in
a
shabby
house
among
people
who
aren"t
much
good.
Johnny
and
the
children
can"t
see
how
pitiful
it
is
that
our
neighbors
have
to
make
happiness
out
of
this
filth
and
dirt.
My
children
must
get
out
of
this.
But
how?
The
money
that
we"ve
saved
isn"t
nearly
enough.
The
McGaritys
have
money,
but
they
are
show-offs
with
it.
The
McGarity
girl
just
yesterday
stood
out
there
in
the
street
eating
from
a
bag
of
cookies
while
a
ring
of
hungry
children
watched
her.
I
saw
those
children
looking
at
her
and
crying
in
their
hearts,
and
when
she
couldn"t
eat
any
more,
she
shrew
the
rest
down
the
sewer(阴沟).
Miss
Jackson
who
teaches
at
the
Settlement
House
isn"t
rich,
but
she
knows
things.
She
understands
people.
Her
eyes
look
straight
into
yours
when
she
talks
with
you.
Everybody
else
here
looks
away
because
they"re
ashamed(羞愧)of
their
lives.
I"d
like
to
see
the
children
be
like
Miss
Jackson
when
they
grew
up.
1.
The
writer
suggests
that
her
family
_____.
A.
is
extremely
rich
B.
is
an
unhappy
one
C.
are
accustomed
to
their
life
D.
long
for
a
change
in
their
life
2.
The
McGarity
girl
is
characterized
as
_____.
A.
selfish
and
cruel
B.
friendly
and
kind
C.
beautiful
and
proud
D.
rich
and
nice
3.
The
writer
thinks
Miss
Jackson
is
_____.
A.
poor
but
brave
B.
friendly
and
talkative
C.
a
teacher
liked
by
all
her
pupils
D.
an
example
her
children
should
follow
4.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE?
A.
The
writer"s
family
is
the
poorest
one
on
that
street.
B.
Watching
the
rich
girl
eating
cookies,
those
hungry
children
cried.
C.
The
writer
wants
to
move
out
of
that
district.
D.
The
writer
hopes
that
her
children
will
become
teachers.
KEY:
1.
C
2.
A
3.
D
4.
C
高考英语阅读练习（061）
For
those
of
you
who
where
born
in
the
year
of
the
pig,
good
luck
and
much
success!
This
is
your
year.
When
talking
to
a
Westerner,
however,
you’ve
got
to
be
a
little
careful
when
you
talk
about
pigs.
Chinese
people
view
the
pig
as
a
smart
（聪明）
and
prosperous
(rich,
lucky)
animal.
Western
ideas
tend
to
be
a
little
more
negative（否定的）.
A
pig
in
the
West
is
seen
as
a
dirty,
lazy,
and
fat
animal.
If
anyone
ever
called
you
a
pig,
you
wouldn’t
be
smiling.
When
a
person
doesn’t
like
someone,
sometimes
he
will
call
that
person
a
pig.
If
you
ever
meet
a
Westerner
who
was
born
in
the
year
of
the
pig,
don’t
say,
“Oh,
you’re
a
pig!”
Most
Westerners
will
be
understanding.
They
will
be
sure
that
you
made
some
kind
of
a
mistake.
However,
don’t
take
any
chances.
You
might
just
offend（触怒）someone
who
does
not
share
your
positive（积极）ideas
about
pigs.
1.
You
gave
to
be
careful
when
you
talk
to
a
Westerner
about
pigs
because______.
A.
they
worship
pigs
best
of
all
B.
they
consider
pigs
as
bad
animals
C.
they
aren’t
used
to
talking
about
pigs.
D.
they
don’t
like
the
topic
about
pigs
at
all
2.
According
to
the
passage
we
can
see
that
Chinese
people
think
of
the
pig
as
a
_______
animal.
A.
clever
B.
rich
C.
good
D.
all
the
above
3.
A
Westerner
will
call
someone
a
pig
if
he
_______
that
man.
A.
dislikes
B.
is
afraid
of
C.
looks
up
to
D.
makes
fun
of
4.
When
you
call
a
Westerner
a
pig,
who
was
born
in
the
year
of
the
pig,
most
of
them
___________.
A.
will
be
angry
B.
will
be
very
surprised
C.
can
forgive（原谅）
D.
may
quarrel
with
you
5.From
the
passage
we
can
conclude
that
_________.
A.
different
people
have
different
ideas
about
the
same
thing
B.
Westerners
do
not
like
pigs
as
much
as
the
Chinese
C.
in
general,
Westerners
and
the
Chinese
don’t
like
pigs
D.
all
of
the
Chinese
like
pigs
better
than
Westerners
Keys:
1-5
BDACA
高考英语阅读练习（062）
My
elder
brother
Steve,
in
the
absence
of
my
father
who
died
when
I
was
six,
gave
me
important
lessons
in
values
that
helped
me
grow
into
an
adult.
For
instance,
Steve
taught
me
to
face
the
results
of
my
behavior.
Once
when
I
returned
in
tears
from
a
Saturday
baseball
game,
it
was
Steve
who
took
the
time
to
ask
me
what
happened.
When
I
explained
that
my
baseball
had
soared
through
Mrs.
Holt’s
basement
window,
breaking
the
glass
with
a
crash,
Steve
encouraged
me
to
confess
to
her.
After
all,
I
should
have
been
playing
in
the
park
down
Fifth
Street
and
not
in
the
path
between
buildings.
Although
my
knees
knocked
as
I
explained
to
Mrs.
Holt,
I
offered
to
pay
for
the
window
from
my
pocket
money
if
she
would
return
my
ball.
I
also
learned
from
Steve
that
personal
property
is
a
sacred
thing.
After
I
found
a
shiny
silver
pen
in
my
fifth-grade
classroom,
I
wanted
to
keep
it,
but
Steve
explained
that
it
might
be
important
to
someone
else
in
spite
of
the
fact
that
it
had
little
value.
He
reminded
me
of
how
much
I’d
hate
to
lose
to
someone
else
the
small
dog
my
father
carved
from
a
piece
of
cheap
wood.
I
returned
the
pen
to
my
teacher,
Mrs.
Davids,
and
still
remembered
the
smell
of
her
perfume
as
she
patted
me
on
my
shoulder.
Yet
of
all
the
instructions
Steve
gave
me,
his
respect
for
life
is
the
most
vivid
in
my
mind.
When
I
was
twelve
I
killed
and
old
brown
sparrow
in
the
yard
with
a
BB
gun.
Excited
with
my
accuracy,
I
screamed
to
Steve
to
come
from
the
house
to
take
a
look.
I
shall
never
forget
the
way
he
stood
for
a
long
moment
and
stared
at
the
bird
on
the
ground.
Then
in
a
dead,
quiet
voice,
he
asked,
“Did
it
hurt
you
first,
Mark?”
I
didn’t
know
what
to
answer.
He
continued
with
his
eyes
firm,
“The
only
time
you
should
even
think
of
hurting
a
living
thing
is
if
it
hurts
you
first.
And
then
you
think
a
long,
long
time.
“
I
really
felt
terrible
then,
but
that
moment
stands
out
as
the
most
important
lesson
my
brother
taught
me.
1.
What
is
the
main
subject
of
the
passage?
A.
The
relationship
between
mark
and
Steve.
B.
The
important
lesson
Mark
learned
in
school
C.
Steve’s
important
role
in
mark’s
growing
process.
D.
Mark
and
Steve’s
respect
for
living
things.
2.
It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that
when
mark
confessed
to
Mrs.
Holt,
__________.
A.
he
felt
surprised
B.
he
was
light-hearted
C.
he
felt
frightened
D.
he
knelt
before
her
3.
In
the
story
about
the
pen,
which
of
the
following
lessons
did
Steve
teach
his
brother?
A.
Respect
for
personal
property.
B.
Respect
for
life.
C.
Sympathy
for
people
with
problems.
D.
The
value
of
honesty.
4.
According
to
the
writer,
which
was
the
most
important
lesson
Steve
taught
his
young
brother?
A.
Respect
for
living
things.
B.
Responsibility
for
one’s
actions.
C.
The
value
of
the
honesty.
D.
Care
for
the
property
of
others.
5.
Which
of
the
follow
is
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
Mark
was
still
a
boy
when
he
wrote
this
passage.
B.
Mark
lost
the
small
dog
his
father
carved.
C.
When
a
living
thing
hurts
you,
you
should
kill
it.
D.
Even
if
a
living
thing
hurts
you,
you
should
not
kill
it
without
hesitation.
Keys:
1-5
CCAAD
高考英语阅读练习（063）
The
Man
of
Many
Secretsharry
Houdini
was
one
of
the
greatest
American
entertainers
in
the
theater
this
century.
He
was
a
man
famous
for
his
escapes
form
prison
cells,
from
wooden
boxes
floating
in
rivers,
from
locked
tanks
full
of
water.
He
appeared
in
theaters
all
over
Europe
and
America.
Crowds
came
to
see
the
great
Houdini
and
his
“magic”
tricks.
Of
course,
his
secret
was
not
magic,
or
supernatural
powers.
It
was
simply
strength.
He
had
the
ability
to
move
his
toes
as
well
as
he
moved
his
fingers.
He
could
move
his
body
into
almost
any
position
he
wanted.
Houdini
started
working
in
the
entertainment
world
when
he
was
17,
in
1891.
He
and
his
brother
Theo
performed
card
tricks
in
a
club
in
New
York.
they
called
themselves
the
Houdini
Brothers.
When
Harry
married
in
1894,
he
and
his
wife
Bess
worked
together
as
magician
and
assistant.
But
for
a
long
time
they
were
not
very
successful.
Then
Harry
performed
his
first
prison
escape,
in
Chicago
in
1898.
harry
persuaded
a
detective
to
let
him
try
to
escape
from
the
prison,
and
he
invited
the
local
newspapermen
to
watch.
It
was
the
publicity
that
came
from
this
the
started
Hayyr
Houdini’s
success.
Harry
had
fingers
trained
to
escape
from
handcuffs
and
toes
trained
to
escape
from
ankle
chains.
But
his
biggest
secret
was
how
he
unlocked
the
prison
doors.
Every
time
he
went
into
the
prison
cell,
Bess
gave
him
a
kiss
for
good
luckand
a
small
skeleton
key,
which
is
a
key
that
fits
many
locks,
passed
quickly
from
her
mouth
to
his.
Harry
used
these
prison
escapes
to
build
his
fame.
he
arranged
to
escape
from
the
local
jail
of
every
town
he
visited.
In
the
afternoon,
the
people
of
the
town
would
read
about
it
in
their
local
newspapers,
and
in
the
evening
every
seat
in
the
local
theater
would
be
full.
What
was
the
result?
World-wide
fame,
and
a
name
remembered
today.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
houdini’s
success
in
prison
escapes
depends
on
________.
A.
his
magic
tricks
and
unhuman
powers
B.
his
special
tricks
and
a
skeleton
key
C.
his
unusual
ability
and
a
skeleton
key
D.
his
unhuman
talents
and
magic
tricks
2.
In
the
fourth
paragraph,
the
world
“this”
refers
to
________.
A.
the
previous
sentence
B.
“the
publicity”
C.
the
place,
Chicago
D.
the
time,
1898
3.
According
to
the
passage,
how
did
Houdini
get
the
key
which
helped
him
unlock
prison
doors?
A.
He
took
the
key
from
his
wife’s
mouth.
B.
His
wife
passed
it
to
his
hand
while
kissing
him.
C.
His
wife
gave
it
to
him
by
a
magic
trick.
D.
He
got
it
in
his
mouth
through
a
kiss
by
the
wife.
4.
It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that
Houdini
became
famous
_________.
A.
when
he
was
about
24
B.
when
he
was
about
17
C.
after
the
year
1894
D.
before
the
year
1898
5.
According
to
the
passage,
which
of
the
following
statements
is
true?
A.
Houdini
used
to
be
a
famous
magician
in
the
USA.
B.
Houdini
was
first
recognized
widely
in
Chicago.
C.
Houdini
entered
the
entertainment
world
together
with
his
wife.
D.
Houdini
owed
his
great
success
to
his
small
skeleton
key.
Keys:
1-5
CADAB
高考英语阅读练习（064）
How
often
one
hears
children
wishing
they
were
grown
up,
and
old
people
wishing
they
were
young
again.
Each
age
has
its
pleasures
and
its
pains,
and
the
happiest
person
is
the
one
who
enjoys
what
each
age
gives
him
without
wasting
his
time
in
useless
regrets.
Childhood
is
a
time
when
there
are
few
responsibilities
to
make
life
difficult.
If
a
child
has
good
parents,
he
is
fed,
looked
after
and
loved,
whatever
he
may
do.
It
is
impossible
that
he
will
ever
again
in
his
life
be
given
so
much
without
having
to
do
anything
in
return.
in
addition,
life
is
always
presenting
new
things
to
the
child-things
that
have
lost
their
interest
for
older
people
because
they
are
too
well-known.
But
a
child
has
his
parents,
he
is
not
so
free
to
do
what
he
wishes
to
do；
he
is
continually
being
told
not
to
do
things
or
being
punished
for
what
he
has
done
wrong.
When
the
young
man
starts
to
earn
his
own
living,
he
can
no
longer
expect
others
to
pay
for
his
food,
his
clothes,
and
his
room,
but
has
to
work
if
he
wants
to
live
comfortably.
If
he
spends
most
of
his
time
playing
about
in
the
way
that
he
used
to
as
a
child,
he
will
go
hungry.
And
if
he
breaks
the
laws
of
society
as
he
used
to
break
the
laws
of
his
parents,
he
may
go
to
prison.
If,
however,
he
works
hard,
keeps
out
of
trouble
and
has
good
health,
he
can
have
the
great
happiness
of
building
up
for
himself
his
own
position
in
society.
1.
According
to
the
second
paragraph,
the
writer
thinks
that
_______.
A.
life
for
a
child
is
comparatively
easy
B.
a
child
is
always
loved
whatever
he
does
C.
if
much
is
given
to
a
child,
he
must
do
something
in
return
D.
only
children
are
interested
in
life
2.
After
a
child
grows
up,
he
________.
A.
will
have
little
time
playing
B.
has
to
be
successful
in
finding
a
job
C.
can
still
ask
for
help
in
time
of
trouble
D.
should
be
able
to
take
care
of
himself
3.
Which
of
the
following
statements
is
NOT
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
People
are
often
satisfied
with
their
life.
B.
Life
is
less
interesting
for
old
people.
C.
Adults
are
freer
to
do
what
they
want
to
do.
D.
Adults
should
no
longer
rely
on
others.
4.
The
main
idea
of
the
passage
is
_________.
A.
life
is
not
enjoyable
since
each
age
has
some
pains
B.
young
men
can
have
the
greatest
happiness
if
they
work
hard
C.
childhood
is
the
move
enjoyable
time
in
one’s
life
D.
one
is
the
happiest
if
he
can
make
good
use
of
each
age
in
his
life
5.
The
paragraph
following
this
passage
will
most
probably
discuss
_________.
A.
examples
of
successful
young
men
B.
how
to
build
up
one’s
position
in
society
C.
joys
and
pains
of
old
people
D.
what
to
do
when
one
has
problems
in
life
Keys:
1-5
ADADC
高考英语阅读练习（065）
There
is
a
definite
possibility
that
the
climate
of
the
world
may
be
changing.
Some
scientists
imagine
that
this
could
even
mean
the
beginning
of
another
ice
age.
The
effects
of
such
a
change
in
climate
on
the
human
population
of
the
world
would
be
startling（惊人的）.
Recent
research
suggests
that
the
general
warming
tend
of
the
past
hundred
years
or
so
may
be
coming
to
an
end.
During
the
past
ten
years,
meteorologists
tell
us
the
average
temperature
of
the
earth
has
dropped
about
one
degree
Fahrenheit.
This
does
not
seem
like
much,
but
it
could
have
effects
on
wind
and
rain
patterns
which
influence
the
overall
weather
picture.
If
these
patterns
change
a
lot,
it
could
mean
that
certain
regions
of
the
world
may
continue
to
have
long
droughts
while
others
will
possibly
suffer
from
widespread
flooding.
What
regulates（调节）the
climate
is
not
exactly
known.
Meteorologists
believe
that
clouds
may
be
an
important
factor
in
regulating
the
amount
of
solar（太阳的）heat
held
by
the
earth,
which
in
turn
determines
he
temperature
of
the
planet.
Another
possibility
is
that
man’s
industrial
and
agricultural
methods
may
be
affecting
the
natural
weather
patterns.
However,
the
weather
is
not
understood
well
enough
for
scientists
to
say
for
certain
what
is
happening
to
the
climate
and
what
side
effects
this
will
actually
have
on
the
word’s
population.
1.
According
to
the
text,
the
climate
of
the
world
seems
to
______.
A.
be
getting
colder
B.
be
getting
warmer
C.
remain
the
same
in
the
past
ten
years
D.
have
good
effects
on
the
world’s
population
2.
According
to
what
you
have
read,
Which
of
the
following
is
turn?
A.
Man’s
activities
have
no
effect
on
the
climate.
B.
Another
ice
age
will
come
soon.
C.
People
don’t
care
about
the
changing
climate.
D.
Scientists
are
not
yet
sure
about
the
reason
for
the
changing
climate.
3.
A
meteorologist
is
a
person
who
______.
A.
reads
weather
forecasts
on
radio
or
television
B.
thinks
there
will
be
another
ice
age
C.
studies
and
knows
about
the
weather
D.
believes
there
will
be
widespread
flooding
4.
Which
of
the
following
may
be
factors
that
affect
the
natural
weather
patterns?
A.
Clouds
B.
The
amount
of
heat
the
earth
receives
C.
Man’s
industrial
and
agricultural
methods
D.
All
of
the
above
5.
A
best
title
for
the
text
would
be
______.
A.
Droughts
and
Floods
B.
Meteorologists
C.
Changing
Climate
D.
Solar
Heat
Keys:
1-5
ADCDC
高考英语阅读练习（066）
Ternang,
Mon,
More
than
10,000
people
were
made
homeless
in
Ternang
after
six
days
of
continuous
heavy
rain.
The
wooden
bridge
across
the
river
has
been
swept
away.
The
town
is
cut
by
flood
eaters.
At
the
fifth
mile
Jalan
Tengku,
the
water
is
now
two
metres
deep.
It
is
closed
to
all
traffic.
Motorists
going
south
are
advised
to
use
Jalan
Hisamuddin.
Flooding
first
appeared
at
mid-afternoon
yesterday
along
the
river
banks.
People
moving
to
higher
ground
were
just
in
time
to
escape
from
the
flood.
Most
of
the
people
had
to
leave
their
possessions
behind.
Helped
by
the
army,
police,
Red
Cross
Society,
the
whole
town
was
moved
out
of
danger.
They
are
now
housed
near
the
town
of
Tulang.
“Everything
possible
is
being
done
to
help
the
unfortunate
people,”
a
government
official
said,
“In
fact,
money,
food
and
clothing
have
begun
to
come
in
from
organizations
and
people.
“
According
to
the
latest
reports
it
is
still
raining
heavily
at
Ternang.
The
whole
town
is
expected
to
be
totally
covered.
So
far
nobody
has
been
reported
dead.
1.
Jalan
Tengku
was
closed
because
______.
A.
it
had
broken
up
B.
the
bridge
over
it
had
been
washed
away
C.
it
was
deeply
flooded
D.
it
was
damaged
2.
Motorists
to
the
south
were
advised
to
______.
A.
return
home
B.
avoid
all
roads
C.
move
the
higher
ground
D.
travel
by
Jalan
Hisamuddin
3.
The
flood
victims
first
escaped
to
______.
A.
the
nearby
town
B.
Jalan
Hisamuddin
C.
higher
ground
D.
Tulang
4.
The
people
are
staying
______.
A.
at
a
newspaper
office
B.
at
a
police
station
C.
in
Tulang
D.
on
their
roof
tops
5.
The
flood
is
expected
to
______.
A.
go
down
B.
cause
more
rain
C.
become
worse
D.
kill
more
people
Keys:
1-5
CDCCC
高考英语阅读练习（067）
A
bar
owner
locked
up
the
door
of
his
bar
at
2
a.
m.
and
went
home
to
sleep.
He
had
been
in
bed
only
a
few
minutes
when
the
phone
rang.
“What
time
do
you
open
up
in
the
morning?”
he
heard
an
obviously
drunken
man
ask.
The
owner
was
so
angry
that
he
slammed
down（砰地放下）the
receiver
and
went
back
to
bed.
A
few
minutes
later
there
was
another
call
and
he
heard
the
same
voice
ask
the
same
question.
“Listen,”
the
owner
shouted,
“there
is
no
sense
in
asking
me
what
time
I
open
because
I
wouldn’t
let
a
person
in
your
condition
in.
“I
don’t
want
to
get
in,”
the
caller
interrupted,
“I
want
to
get
out.
“
1.
The
business
ended
______.
A.
at
two
o’clock
before
midnight
B.
at
two
o’clock
after
noon
C.
at
two
o’clock
after
midnight
D.
at
two
o’clock
in
the
afternoon
2.
It’s
clear
that
the
caller
______.
A.
enjoyed
himself
very
much
B.
had
eaten
a
lot
of
rice
C.
drank
a
lot
of
wine
D.
wanted
to
drink
more
3.
At
first
the
owner
thought
______.
A.
the
caller
wanted
to
drink
in
his
bar
B.
it
too
late
to
enter
his
bar
C.
it
impolite
to
phone
him
at
that
time
D.
it
of
no
sense
to
ask
him
such
a
question
4.
“What
time
do
you
open
up?”
shows
that
______.
A.
the
caller
didn’t
know
the
exact
time
when
that
bar
opened
B.
the
caller
was
anxious
to
go
to
his
bar
to
drink
C.
the
caller
left
something
in
the
bar
and
he
wanted
to
find
it
D.
the
caller
wanted
to
get
out
5.
The
drunken
man
made
two
phone
calls
to
the
bar
owner
______.
A.
at
a
phone
booth（公用电话间）
B.
inside
the
bar
C.
at
home
D.
in
a
hotel
Keys:
1-5
CCADB
高考英语阅读练习（068）
The
human
nose
has
given
to
the
language
of
the
world
many
interesting
expressions.
Of
course,
this
is
not
surprising.
Without
the
nose,
we
could
not
breathe
or
smell.
It
is
the
part
of
the
face
that
gives
a
person
special
character.
Cyrano
de
Bergerac
said
that
a
large
nose
showed
a
great
man
courageous,
manly
and
wise.
A
famous
woman
poet
wished
that
she
had
two
noses
to
smell
a
rose!
Blaise
Pascal
made
an
interesting
remark
about
Cleopatra’s（古埃及王后）nose.
If
it
had
been
shorter,
he
said,
it
would
have
changed
the
whole
face
of
the
world!
Man’s
nose
has
had
an
important
role
in
his
imagination.
Man
has
referred
to
the
nose
in
many
ways
to
express
his
emotions.
Expressions
dealing
with
the
nose
refer
to
human
weakness:
anger,
pride,
jealousy（嫉妒）and
revenge（报复）.
In
English
there
are
a
number
of
phrases
about
the
nose.
For
example,
to
hold
up
one’s
nose
expressed
a
basic
human
feelingpride.
People
can
hold
up
their
hoses
at
people,
things
and
places.
The
phrase,
to
be
led
around
by
the
nose,
shows
man’s
weakness.
A
person
who
is
led
around
by
the
nose
lets
other
people
control
him.
On
the
other
hand,
a
person
who
follows
his
nose
lets
his
instinct（本能）guide
him.
There
are
a
number
of
others.
However,
it
should
be
as
plain
as
the
nose
on
your
face
that
the
nose
in
more
than
an
organ
for
breathing
and
smelling.
1.
The
passage
is
about
______.
A.
an
organ,
with
which
people
can
breathe
and
smell
B.
the
nose,
which
gives
different
and
useful
expressions
C.
the
nose
giving
a
person
special
character
D.
interesting
remarks
about
the
nose
made
by
some
people
2.
From
the
passage
we
know
______.
A.
“Cleopatra’s
nose”
changed
the
whole
face
of
the
world
indeed.
B.
Cleopatra
had
a
strong
will
to
change
the
whole
look
of
the
world
C.
Cleopatra’s
nose
was
not
short
D.
Cleopatra
hoped
that
people
would
change
the
whole
face
of
the
world
3.
The
nose
expressed
______.
A.
some
human
weakness
or
other
B.
people’s
shortcomings
C.
people’s
different
emotions
D.
human
feeling
in
bad
sense
4.
A
person
who
follows
his
nose
______.
A.
won’t
take
others’
advice
B.
is
easily
controlled
by
others
C.
is
weak-minded
D.
has
will
of
his
own
5.
How
many
expressions
about
the
nose
are
mentioned
in
the
passage?
A.
Two
B.
Three
C.
Four
D.
Five
Keys:
1-5
BCCDC
高考英语阅读练习（069）
A
thief
entered
the
bedroom
of
the
30th
President
of
the
United
States,
who
met
him
and
helped
him
escape
punishment．
The
event
happened
in
the
early
morning
hours
in
one
of
the
first
days
when
Calvin
Coolidge
came
into
power,
late
in
August,
1923．He
and
his
family
were
living
in
the
same
third-floor
suite
(套房)
at
the
Willard
Hotel
in
Washington
that
they
had
occupied
several
years
before．The
former
President’s
wife
was
still
living
in
the
White
House．
Coolidge
awoke
to
see
a
stranger
go
through
his
clothes,
remove
a
wallet
and
a
watch
chain．
Coolidge
spoke,
“I
wish
you
wouldn’t
take
that．”
The
thief,
gaining
his
voice,
said,
“Why?”
“I
don’t
mean
the
watch
and
chain,
only
the
charm
(表坠)．Take
it
near
the
window
and
read
what
is
impressed
on
its
back,
“
the
President
said．
The
thief
read,
“Presented
to
Calvin
Coolidge．”
“Are
you
President
Coolidge
?
“
he
asked．
The
President
answered,
“Yes,
and
the
House
of
Representatives
(众议院)
gave
me
that
watch
charm．I’m
fond
of
it．It
would
do
you
no
good．You
want
money．Let’s
talk
this
over．”
Holding
up
the
wallet,
the
young
man
said
in
a
low
vioce,
“I’ll
take
this
and
leave
everything
else．”
Coolidge,
knowing
there
was
＄80
in
it,
persuaded
the
young
man
to
sit
down
and
talk．He
told
the
President
he
and
his
college
roommate
had
overspent
during
their
holiday
and
did
not
have
enough
money
to
pay
their
hotel
bill．
Coolidge
added
up
the
roommate
and
two
rail
tickets
back
to
the
college．Then
he
counted
out
＄32
said
it
was
a
loan
(借款)．
He
then
told
the
young
man,
“There
is
a
guard
in
the
corridor．”
The
young
man
nodded
and
left
through
the
same
window
as
he
had
entered．
1．What
caused
the
thief
to
meet
the
President?
A．He
knew
the
President
had
lots
of
money．
B．He
knew
the
President
lived
in
the
suite．
C．He
wanted
to
be
a
rich
businessman．
D．He
wanted
to
steal
some
money．
2．Why
did
Calvin
Coolidge
live
at
the
Willard
Hotel
in
those
days?
A．Because
the
former
President
was
still
living
in
the
White
House．
B．Because
the
former
First
Lady
hadn’t
left
the
White
House．
C．Because
the
First
Lady
liked
to
live
there．
D．Because
he
liked
there．
3．Coolidge
counted
out
＄32
______．
A．in
order
not
to
be
killed
by
the
thief
B．in
order
to
be
out
of
danger
C．so
as
to
help
the
young
student
overcome
his
difficulty
D．because
he
had
no
more
money
4．The
young
man’s
roommate
went
back
to
the
college
______．
A．by
air
B．by
water
C．by
bus
D．by
train
5．Which
of
the
following
might
happen
afterwards?
A．The
young
student
repaid
the＄32．
B．The
thief
was
put
into
prison．
C．The
President
told
many
reporters
the
thief’s
name．
D．The
President
ordered
the
young
man
to
repay
the
money．
Keys:
1-5
DBCDA
高考英语阅读练习（070）
Homing
pigeons
are
placed
in
a
training
program
from
about
the
time
they
are
twenty-eight
days
of
age．They
are
taught
to
enter
the
loft
through
a
trap
and
to
exercise
above
and
around
the
loft
and
gradually
they
are
taken
away
for
short
distance
in
wicker
baskets
and
released．They
are
then
expected
to
find
their
way
home
in
the
shortest
possible
time．
In
their
training
flights
or
in
actual
races,
the
birds
are
taken
to
prearranged
distant
points
and
released
to
find
their
way
back
to
their
own
lofts．Once
the
birds
are
liberated,
their
owners,
who
are
standing
by
at
the
home
lofts,
anxiously
watch
the
sky
for
the
return
of
their
entries．Since
time
is
of
the
essence
(本质)
the
speed
with
which
the
birds
can
be
induced
to
enter
the
loft
trap
may
make
the
difference
between
gaining
a
win
or
a
second
place．
The
head
of
a
homing
pigeon
is
comparatively
small,
but
its
brain
is
one
quarter
larger
than
that
of
the
ordinary
pigeon．The
homing
pigeon
is
very
intelligent
and
will
persevere
to
the
point
of
stubbornness
(顽强)
；some
have
been
known
to
fly
a
hundred
miles
off
course
to
avoid
a
storm．
Some
homing
pigeon
experts
claim
that
this
bird
is
gifted
with
a
form
of
built-in
radar
that
helps
it
find
its
own
loft
after
hours
of
flight,
for
hidden
under
the
headfeathers
are
two
very
sensitive
ears,
while
the
sharp
prominent
(突出的)
eyes
can
see
great
distances
in
daytime．
Why
do
homing
pigeons
fly
home?
They
are
not
unique
in
this
inherent
skill；
it
is
found
in
most
migratory
birds,
in
bees,
ants,
toads
and
even
turtles,
which
have
been
known
to
travel
hundreds
of
miles
to
return
to
their
homes．But
in
the
animal
world,
the
homing
pigeon
alone
can
be
trusted
with
its
freedom
and
trained
to
carry
out
the
missions
that
people
demand．
1．What
is
the
purpose
of
the
passage?
A．To
convince
the
reader
to
buy
a
homing
pigeon．
B．To
inform
the
reader
about
homing
pigeons
and
their
training．
C．To
protect
homing
pigeons
against
the
threat
of
extinction．
D．To
encourage
the
owners
of
homing
pigeons
to
set
the
birds
free．
2．According
to
the
passage,
what
happens
to
homing
pigeons
when
they
are
about
a
month
old?
A．They
are
kept
in
a
trap．
B．They
enter
their
first
race．
C．They
begin
a
training
program．
D．They
get
their
wings
clipped
and
marked．
3．According
to
the
passage,
what
is
the
difference
between
a
homing
pigeon
and
an
ordinary
one?
A．The
span
of
the
wings．
B．The
shape
of
the
eyes．
C．The
texture
of
the
feathers．
D．The
size
of
the
brain．
4．The
underlined
word
“it”
refers
to
which
of
the
following?
A．radar
B．bird
C．loft
D．form
5．Why
does
the
author
mention
bees,
ants,
toads
and
turtles
in
the
last
paragraph?
A．To
describe
some
unusual
kinds
of
pets．
B．To
measure
distances
traveled
by
various
animals．
C．To
compare
their
home-finding
abilities
with
those
of
homing
pigeons．
D．To
interest
the
reader
in
learning
about
other
animals．
Keys:
1-5BCDBC
高考英语阅读练习（071）
The
temperature
of
the
sun
is
over
5000
degrees
Fahrenheit
at
the
surface,
but
it
rises
to
perhaps
more
than
16
million
degrees
at
the
center．The
sun
is
so
much
hotter
than
the
earth
that
matter
can
exist
only
as
a
gas,
except
at
the
core．In
the
core
of
the
sun,
the
pressures
are
so
great
against
the
gases
that,
despite
the
high
temperature,
there
may
be
a
small
solid
core．However,
no
one
really
knows,
since
the
center
of
the
sun
can
never
be
directly
observed．
Solar
astronomers
do
know
that
the
sun
is
divided
into
five
layers
or
zones．Starting
at
the
outside
and
going
down
into
the
sun,
the
zones
are
the
corona,
chromosphere,
photosphere,
convection
zone
and
finally
the
core．The
first
three
zones
are
regarded
as
the
sun’s
atmosphere．But
since
the
sun
has
no
solid
surface,
it
is
hard
to
tell
where
the
atmosphere
ends
and
the
main
body
of
the
sun
begins．
The
sun’s
outermost
layer
begins
about
10000
miles
above
the
visible(可见的)
surface
and
goes
outward
for
millions
of
miles．This
is
the
only
part
of
the
sun
that
can
be
seen
during
an
eclipse
(食)
such
as
the
one
in
February
1979．At
any
other
time,
the
corona
can
be
seen
only
when
special
instruments
are
used
on
cameras
and
telescopes
to
shut
out
the
glare
of
the
sun’s
rays．
The
corona
is
a
brilliant,
pearly
white,
filmy
light,
about
as
bright
as
the
full
moon．Its
beautiful
rays
are
a
sensational
sight
during
an
eclipse．The
corona’s
rays
flash
out
in
a
brilliant
fan
that
has
wispy
spikelike
(一束束穗状)
rays
near
the
sun’s
north
and
south
poles．The
corona
is
thickest
at
the
sun’s
equator．
The
corona
rays
are
made
up
of
gases
streaming
outward
at
tremendous
speeds
and
reaching
a
temperature
of
more
than
2
million
degrees
Fahrenheit．The
rays
of
gas
thin
out
as
they
reach
the
space
around
the
planets．By
the
time
the
sun’s
corona
rays
reach
the
Earth,
they
are
weak
and
invisible．
1．Matter
on
the
sun
can
exist
only
in
the
form
of
gas
because
of
the
sun’s
______．
A．size
B．age
C．location
D．temperature
2．With
what
topic
is
the
second
paragraph
mainly
concerned?
A．How
the
Sun
evolved．
B．The
structure
of
the
Sun．
C．Why
scientists
study
the
Sun．
D．The
distance
of
the
Sun
from
the
planets
3．All
of
the
following
are
parts
of
the
sun’s
atmosphere
EXCEPT
the
______．
A．corona
B．chromosphere
C．photosphere
D．core
4．According
to
the
passage,
as
the
corona
rays
reach
the
planets,
they
become
______．
A．hotter
B．clearer
C．thinner
D．stronger
5．The
paragraphs
following
the
passage
most
likely
discuss
which
of
the
following?
A．The
remaining
layers
of
the
sun．
B．The
evolution
of
the
sun
to
its
present
form．
C．The
eclipse
of
February
1979．
Keys:
1-5
DBDCA
高考英语阅读练习（072）
Having
no
language,
infants
cannot
be
told
what
they
need
to
learn．Yet
by
the
age
of
three
they
will
have
mastered
the
basic
structure
of
their
native
language
and
will
be
well
on
their
way
to
communicative
competence
(能力)．Acquiring
(取得)
their
language
is
a
most
impressive
intellectual
feat．Students
of
how
children
learn
language
generally
agree
that
the
most
remarkable
aspect
(方面)
of
this
feat
is
the
rapid
acquisition
of
grammar．Nevertheless,
the
ability
of
children
to
conform
to
grammatical
rules
is
only
slightly
more
wonderful
than
their
ability
to
learn
words．It
has
been
reckoned
that
the
average
high
school
graduate
in
the
United
States
has
a
reading
vocabulary
of
80000
words,
which
includes
idiomatic
expressions
and
proper
names
of
people
and
places．This
vocabulary
must
have
been
learned
over
a
period
of
16
years．From
the
figures,
it
can
be
calculated
that
the
average
child
learns
at
a
rate
of
about
13
new
words
per
day．Clearly
a
learning
process
of
great
complexity
goes
on
at
a
rapid
rate
in
children．
1．What
is
the
main
subject
of
the
passage?
A．Language
acquisition
in
children．
B．Teaching
languages
to
children．
C．How
to
memorize
words．
D．Communicating
with
infants．
2．The
underlined
word
“feat”
is
closest
in
meaning
to
which
of
the
following?
A．experiment
B．idea
C．activity
D．accomplishment
3．The
underlined
word
“reckoned”
is
closest
in
meaning
to
which
of
the
following?
A．suspected
B．estimated
C．proved
D．said
4．The
underlined
word
“which”
refers
to
______
．
A．their
ability
B．reading
vocabulary
C．idiomatic
expression
D．learning
process
5．According
to
the
passage,
what
is
impressive
about
the
way
children
learn
vocabulary?
A．They
learn
words
before
they
learn
grammar．
B．They
learn
even
very
long
words．
C．They
learn
words
very
quickly．
D．They
learn
the
most
words
in
high
school．
Keys:
1-5
ADBBC
高考英语阅读练习（073）
Two
American
scientists
told
the
people
in
industrial
nations
that
they
would
be
much
healthier
if
they
ate
more
of
the
same
kind
of
foods
eaten
by
humans
living
more
than
10,000
years
ago．
The
scientists
say
that
the
human
body
has
changed
very
little
since
human
first
appeared
on
earth,
but
the
way
we
live
has
changed
greatly．Our
body
has
not
been
able
to
deal
with
these
changes
in
life
style
and
this
has
led
to
new
kinds
of
sicknesses．These
new
sicknesses
were
not
known
in
ancient
times．So
they
are
called
“diseases
of
civilization（文明）”．Many
cancers（癌）
and
diseases
of
the
blood
system,
including
heart
attacks
and
strokes（中风）
are
examples
of
such
diseases．
Scientists
noted
that
early
stone-age
people
used
very
little
alcohol（酒精）or
tabacco,
probably
none．Ancient
people
also
got
a
great
deal
of
physical
exercise,
but
a
change
in
food
is
one
of
the
main
differences
between
life
in
ancient
times
and
life
today．
Stone-age
people
hunted
wild
animals
for
their
meat,
which
had
much
less
fat
than
farm
animals．They
also
ate
a
lot
of
fresh
wild
vegetables,
and
fruits．They
did
not
use
milk
and
other
dairy
products（乳制品）,
and
they
made
very
little
use
of
grains．But
today,
we
eat
a
large
amount
of
dairy
products
and
grain
foods．We
eat
six
times
more
salt
than
stone-age
people．We
eat
more
sugar．We
eat
twice
as
much
fat
but
only
one
third
as
much
protein（蛋白质）and
much
less
vitamin（维生素）C．
People
today
probably
do
not
want
to
live
as
people
thousands
of
years
ago
did,
but
scientists
say
that
we
would
be
much
healthier
if
we
ate
as
those
ancient
people
did,
cutting
the
amount
of
fatty,
salty
and
sweet
foods．
1．The
people
in
industrial
nations
would
be
much
healthier
if
they
ate
______．
A．more
foods
as
humans
living
10,000
years
ago
did
B．as
humans
living
10,000
years
ago
ate
C．more
kinds
of
food
eaten
by
people
living
over
10,000
years
ago
D．more
of
the
same
kinds
of
foods
eaten
by
people
over
10,000
years
ago
2．New
kinds
of
sicknesses
have
been
found
because
______
A．the
human
body
has
changed
compared
with
human
first
appeared
on
earth
B．the
way
we
live
has
changed
a
little
C．our
body
can’t
deal
with
the
changes
in
life
style
D．the
way
we
live
today
are
proper
for
the
human
body
3．What
is
the
main
cause
mentioned
in
the
article
why
people
suffer
from
a
lot
of
new
sicknesses?
A．Ancient
people
did
a
great
deal
of
physical
exercise．
B．People
today
have
a
lot
of
alcohol．
C．People
today
have
more
tobacco．
D．Food
is
quite
different
between
life
today
and
life
in
ancient
times．
4．Stone-age
people
were
much
healthier
than
people
today
because
they
ate
a
lot
of
______．
A．milk
and
other
dairy
products
B．grain
foods
and
farm
animals
C．salt
and
sugar
D．wild
animals,
fresh
wild
vegetables
and
fruits
5．From
this
article,
we
know
that
______
are
not
good
to
our
health．
A．protein
and
vitamin
C
B．milk
and
grain
foods
C．wild
animals,
vegetables
and
fruits
D．a
huge
amount
of
fatty,
salty
and
sweet
foods
Keys:
1-5
DCDDD
高考英语阅读练习（074）
Shanghai
is
the
largest
city
in
China．About
eleven
million
people
make
their
homes
in
Shanghai
and
its
suburbs（郊区）．This
enormous（巨大的)city
spreads
out
along
the
banks
of
the
Huang
Pu
River,
which
flows
into
the
mouth
of
the
Yangtze
River
about
fourteen
miles
north
of
here．Large
oceangoing
ships
travel
to
Shanghai
by
way
of
the
Yanggze
and
the
Huang
Pu．
Shanghai
was
a
small,
unimportant
city
until
1842
when
China
lost
a
war
with
Great
Britain．The
British
realized
that
Shanghai
was
in
an
excellent
location（位置）
to
serve
as
a
seaport
for
the
densely（密集）
populated
Yangtze
River
Plain．They
forced
the
Chinese
to
allow
English
traders
to
settle
on
the
wastelands
outside
the
city
walls．Later,
French,
American,
and
Japanese
traders
also
came
to
Shanghai．The
foreigners
built
whole
new
sections
of
Shanghai,
including
homes,
stores,
factories,
and
office
buildings．Thousands
of
Chinese
poured
into
Shanghai
in
search
of
jobs．Most
of
them
settled
in
the
old
part
of
the
city．As
time
passed,
shanghai
became
one
of
the
busiest
seaports
in
the
world．
1．According
to
the
article,
the
population
inside
the
city
of
Shanghai
is
______
A．eleven
million
B．less
than
eleven
million
C．more
than
eleven
million
D．about
eleven
million
2．The
Huang
Pu
River
is
connected
with
______
at
a
spot
about
fourteen
miles
______
of
the
city．
A．the
Yangtze……north
B．the
city…north
C．the
mouth
of
Huang
Pu
River…north
D．Yangtze
River…south
3．Before
1842,
the
Yangtze
River
Plain
was
______．
A．very
developed
B．densely
populated
C．at
a
war
with
Great
Britain
D．a
small,
unimportant
city
4．The
British
first
settled
on
the
land
because
______．
A．they
wanted
to
build
stores
here
B．they
thought
the
place
was
beautiful
C．they
realized
that
it
was
a
very
good
location
for
a
seaport
D．they
wanted
to
have
a
war
here
5．A
lot
of
Chinese
came
into
Shanghai
to
______．
A．visit
the
city
B．trade
with
foreigners
C．build
one
of
the
busiest
seaports
D．look
for
jobs
Keys:
1-5
BABCD
高考英语阅读练习（075）
In
1986,
Willie
Mays
was
paid
$
125,000
to
play
baseball,
but
the
$
80,000
a
year
earned
by
Babe
Ruth,
the
homerun
king
of
the
early
1930’s,
went
a
great
deal
farther．The
two
men
paid
greatly
different
amounts
for
federal
taxes
and
consumer
goods．read
what
Dr
Lawrence
Ritter
had
to
say
on
this
matter．Dr
Ritter
is
chairman
of
the
department
of
finance（财政）at
New
York
University’s
graduate
school
of
business．
“On
his
$
80,000
Ruth
paid
$
11,500
in
federal
income
taxes,
giving
him
a
takehome
pay
of
$
68,500．On
his
$
125,000
Mays
paid
a
federal
income
tax
of
$
73,000,
leaving
$
52,000
in
take-home
pay．In
addition,
consumer
prices
today
are
about
2．2
times
as
high
as
they
were
in
1931．At
today’s
prices,
Mays’
$
52,000
takehome
bay
would
buy
what
$
23,000
would
have
bought
in
1931．In
terms
of
purchasing（购买）
power,
Mays’
Salary（薪水）
was
worth
only
about
one-third
of
Ruth’s．”
1．The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
______．
A．Poor
Willie
B．Rich
Babe
C．Rising
Price
D．Too
Much
Tax
2．The
passage
seems
truthful
because
______．
A．it
is
about
real
people
B．Dr
Ritter
is
a
famous
professor
C．it
gives
exact
figures（数字）
D．it
is
well
written
3．Which
of
the
following
is
true?
A．Ruth
had
bigger
salary．
B．Mays
got
more
take-home
pay．
C．Ruth
had
bigger
purchasing
power．
D．Mays
could
spend
less
money
on
consumer
goods．
4．Mays’
federal
income
tax
is
______
higher
than
Ruth’s．
A．14．4%
B．58．4%
C．44%
D．16．8%
5．From
the
passage
we
can
conclude
that
______．
A．the
United
States
is
getting
richer
and
richer
B．the
dollar
today
is
worth
less
than
it
was
in
the
thirties
C．American
people
are
paid
today
less
than
in
1931
D．Amercian
sportsmen
become
poorer
and
poorer
Keys:
1-5
ACCCB
高考英语阅读练习（076）
The
Antarctic（南极地区）is
actually
a
desert．It
is
the
only
continent
on
the
earth
without
a
river
or
a
lake．
The
Antarctic
is
all
ice
all
year
round．The
warmest
temperature
ever
recorded
there
is
zero,
at
the
south
Pole．Explorers
used
to
think
that
a
place
so
cold
would
have
a
heavy
snowfall．But
less
than
ten
inches
of
snow
falls
each
year．That
is
less
than
half
an
inch
of
water．Ten
times
that
much
moisture（水分）
falls
in
parts
of
the
Sahara．
The
little
snow
that
falls
in
Antarctica（南极）never
melts．It
continues
to
pile
up
deeper
and
deeper
year
after
year
and
century
after
century．When
the
snow
gets
to
be
about
eighty
feet
deep,
it
is
turned
to
ice
by
the
weight
of
the
snow
above
it．
1．Antarctica
is
called
a
desert
because
it
______．
A．is
sandy
B．has
the
same
temperature
as
desert
C．has
little
moisture
and
no
lakes
or
rivers
D．all
of
the
above
2．The
Antarctic
has
______．
A．ten
times
as
much
moisture
as
the
Sahara
B．the
same
amount
of
moisture
as
the
Sahara
C．about
one-tenth
the
moisture
of
the
Sahara
D．none
of
these
3．The
snow
in
Antarctica
is
very
deep
because
it
______．
A．never
stops
falling
B．piles
up
year
after
year
C．never
melts
D．both
B
and
C
4．The
snow
turns
to
ice
when
______．
A．it
gets
wet
B．the
temperature
gets
colder
C．the
next
snowfall
comes
D．the
snow
above
it
is
heavy
enough
5．The
best
title
for
this
passage
is
______．
A．A
Strange
Continent
B．the
AntarcticAn
Ice
C．Snowfall
at
the
South
Pole
D．the
World’s
Greatest
Desert
Keys:
1-5
CCDDB
高考英语阅读练习（077）
By
following
the
footsteps
on
the
muddy
road，
the
dog
guided
us
to
a
small
house．I
waved
to
my
comrades
and
we
came
near
to
a
window．Looking
in
we
found
a
man
turning
his
radio
set
or
operating
some
other
instruments，
possibly
trying
to
get
in
touch
with
someone．He
suddenly
turned
round．He
must
have
sensed
that
there
was
something
wrong．The
danger
he
was
in
hit
him．He
picked
up
his
gun，
opened
the
door
as
quickly
as
possible，
and
rushed
out，
trying
to
flee．He
was
out
of
breath
when
he
saw
us
closing
in
and
let
out
a
cry
in
despair(绝望)．
1．What
does
the
phrase
“closing
in”
in
this
passage
mean?
A．“Shooting
at”
B．“Coming
nearer
in
order
to
attack”
C．“Making
a
quick
attack”
D．“Asking
someone
to
give
in”
2．From
the
story
we
can
infer
that
______
A．the
police
searched
for
a
spy
and
caught
him
in
the
end
B．a
group
of
children
were
playing
the
game
of
hide
and
seek
C．the
police
found
the
man
by
chance
D．the
man
was
brave
enough
to
face
those
people
3．From
the
passage，
we
can
imagine
that
in
the
end
______．
A.
the
man
was
caught
easily
B．the
man
was
caught
after
a
good
fighting
C．the
man
was
shot
dead
D．the
man
would
rather
die
than
give
in
Key:
1─3
BAA
高考英语阅读练习（078）
When
my
first
wartime
Christmas
came，
I
was
in
basic
training
in
New
Jersey
and
not
sure
if
I
could
make
it
home
for
the
holidays．Only
on
the
afternoon
of
December
23
was
the
list
of
men
who
would
have
three-day
passes
posted．I
was
one
of
the
lucky
soldiers．It
was
Christmas
Eve
when
I
arrived
home，
and
a
light
snow
had
fallen．Mother
opened
the
front
door．I
could
see
beyond
her，
into
the
corner
of
the
living
room
where
the
tree
had
always
stood．There
were
lights，
all
colors，
and
ornaments(装饰物)shining
against
the
green
of
a
pine．
“Where
did
it
come
from?”
I
asked．
“I
asked
the
Gates
boy
to
cut
it，”
my
mother
said．“I
wouldn’t
have
had
one
just
for
myself，
but
when
called-oh，
such
a
rush！
He
just
brought
it
in
this
afternoon…”
The
pine
reached
to
the
proper
height，
almost
to
the
ceiling，
and
the
Tree
Top
Krystal
Star
was
its
place．A
few
green
branches
reached
about
a
little
awkwardly(不够美观地)at
the
side，
I
thought，
and
there
was
a
bit
of
bare
trunk
showing
in
the
middle．But
the
tree
filled
the
room
with
warm
light
and
the
whole
house
with
the
pleasant
smell
of
Christmas．
“It’s
not
like
the
one
you
used
to
find，”
my
mother
went
on．“Yours
were
always
in
good
shape．I
suppose
the
Gates
boy
didn’t
know
where
to
look．But
I
couldn’t
be
fussy(挑剔的)．”
“Don’t
worry，”
I
told
her．“It’s
perfect.”
It
wasn’t，
of
course，
but
at
the
moment
I
realized
something
for
the
first
time：
all
Christmas
trees
are
perfect．
1．From
the
passage，
we
can
infer
that
______．
A．the
writer
spent
his
first
Christmas
during
the
war
B．soldiers
did
not
all
go
home
for
Christmas
during
the
war
C．all
the
soldiers
had
three-day
passes
D．the
writer
could
not
go
home
for
Christmas
2．When
the
writer
got
home，
______．
A．it
was
December
23
B．it
was
snowing
heavily
C．he
found
a
Christmas
tree
in
the
living
room
D．the
Gates
boy
was
cutting
a
Christmas
tree
for
his
mother
3．From
this
passage，
we
can
conclude
that
______．
A．the
writer
used
to
cut
very
beautiful
Christmas
trees
B．his
mother
didn’t
like
perfect
trees
C．his
mother
didn’t
want
to
have
a
tree
D．the
writer
wouldn’t
have
a
tree
cut
by
someone
else
4．“All
Christmas
trees
are
perfect”，
because
they
can
remind
you
of
______．
A．the
wartime
B．the
green
of
a
pine
C．the
pleasant
smell
D．the
sweet
home
5．The
best
title
for
this
passage
would
be
“______”．
A．How
to
Choose
a
Christmas
Tree
B．How
Soldiers
Spent
Christmas
C．The
Perfect
Christmas
Tree
D．The
Christmas
Without
a
Tree
Key:
1-5
BCADC
高考英语阅读练习（079）
Nowadays，most
employees
of
local
high-tech
industries
are
below
the
age
of
35，and
for
newly
rising
industries
such
as
computer
software
and
the
Internet，
the
figure
is
below
30．People
in
this
age
bracket(阶层)
are
known
as
Generation-X，which
is
made
up
of
those
born
between
1963
and
1981(i.
e.
those
aged
between
17
and
35)．Compared
with
those
born
from
1946
to
1960，Generation-X
are
typically
independent，
they
also
have
their
shortcomings．Employers
often
complain
that
Generation-X
are
a
group
hard
to
manage．Although
willingness
and
enthusiasm(热情)are
highly
valued
by
Generation-X，they
will
not
accept
orders
blindly．In
short，Generation-X
will
not
accept
authoritarian(权力主义)
leadership．They
expect
their
leaders
to
have
a
detailed
understanding
of
the
job，
and
most
importantly，to
treat
them
as
an
important
member
of
them-as
partners．
As
a
result，
managing
Generation-X
employees
is
not
only
a
science
but
also
an
art．There
are
basic
guidelines
to
follow
in
managing
them
and
helping
them
perform
at
their
best：
1．Support
them
in
their
quest(追求)for
knowledge
skills；
2．Room
for
creativity
and
failure：
3．Provide
frequent
and
timely
feedback(反馈)；
4．Provide
communication
channels
If
managers
follow
these
basic
guidelines，
they
may
find
that
the
employees
they
once
considered
as
young，
selfish
and
uncontrollable
turn
out
to
be
responsible，
energetic
team
players．
1．Generation-X
in
this
article
refers
to
the
group
of
people
who
are______．
A．educated
employees
below
the
age
of
35
B．young
hard-working
workers
in
factories
C．disliked
by
the
managers
D．born
after
the
year
of
1963
2．From
the
article
we
know
that
the
writer
______．
A．thinks
highly
of
Generation-X
B．feels
disappointed
with
Generation-X
C．has
a
perfect
understanding
of
Generation-X
D．suggests
that
the
managers
be
strict
with
Generation-X
3．Employers
often
complain
about
Generation-X
because
______．
A．these
young
people
will
not
accept
their
leadership
B．they
don’t
understand
their
employees’
job
C．managing
this
group
of
people
is
no
easy
job
D．they
don’t
know
how
to
manage
and
help
this
group
of
people
4．If
you
were
a
manager
working
with
Generation-X，
you
should
______．
A．treat
them
as
equals
and
encourage
them
to
try
new
ideas
B．give
them
orders
frequently
and
make
them
work
hard
C．let
them
know
they
are
selfish
and
uncontrollable
D．warn
them
that
they
may
lose
jobs
at
any
time
Key:
1─4
ACDAD
高考英语阅读练习（080）
A
spell
checker
is
a
program
that
checks
the
spelling
of
every
word
in
a
document
by
looking
up
each
word
in
its
dictionary．If
the
word
does
not
appear
in
the
dictionary，
the
user
is
alerted
to
a
possible
misspelling，
and
possible
corrections
are
often
suggested．Many
word
processing(处理)
programs
include
spell
checkers．An
effective
spell
checker
needs
to
store
a
large
number
of
words
using
efficient
data(数据)
compression(压缩)
techniques，
and
it
must
be
able
to
search
the
list
quickly
with
a
binary(二进位的)
search．A
spell
checker
will
not
recognize
unusual
proper
names
or
specialized
terms，
but
it
will
often
allow
you
to
create
your
own
personal
dictionary
of
specialized
words
you
often
use．Spell
checkers
are
valuable
aids
to
proofreading，
but
they
cannot
catch
the
substitution
of
one
correctly
spelled
word
for
another(such
as
form
for
from，
or
to
for
too)．Thus
they
do
not
make
sure
that
a
document
is
free
of
spelling
errors．
1．Which
of
the
following
words
will
a
spell
checker
not
be
able
to
recognize?
A．maximum
B．minibus
C．Mickey
D．Mathilde
2．Which
of
the
following
mistakes
cannot
a
spell
checker
find?
A．Tom
is
watiting
for
Mary
outsyde
the
school
gate．
B．Tom
is
waiting
or
Mary
outside
the
school
gate．
C．Tom
is
waitting
or
Mary
outside
the
school
gate．
D．Tum
is
waiting
for
Mary
outside
the
school
gate．
3．What
does
the
word
“alerted”
in
the
passage
probably
mean?
A．suggested
B．warned
C．reminded
D．led
Key:
1-3
DBB
高考英语阅读练习（081）
In
China
some
radio
broadcasting
stations
use
hotlines
to
encourage
the
listeners
to
take
part
in
the
talk
shows.
That"s
a
good
idea.
Yes,
the
fact
is
some
people
do
nothing
but
break
the
whole
programme.
Some
people
know
little
about
the
topic
under
the
discussion.
Sometimes
they
do
not
even
know
what
the
host(主持人)is
talking
about.
So
the
host
has
to
tell
the
caller
what
the
show
is
about.
Usually
the
caller
will
ask
a
few
questions
which
express
his
hope
and
show
his
ignorance(无知).
The
host
has
to
answer
and
explain──how
silly
this
is!
It
wastes
a
lot
of
time.
It
seems
that
some
people
phone
the
hotlines
in
fun.
They
just
want
to
let
the
listeners
hear
them.
They
don"t
care
what
the
topic
is,
whether
they
themselves
are
interested
in
the
topic
or
how
silly
they
appear
to
be.
It"s
necessary
for
radio
broadcasting
stations
to
improve
the
hotline
programmes.
In
my
opinion,
if
a
caller
doesn"t
know
what
is
going
on,
the
operator
should
not
let
the
caller
take
part
in
it.
1.
The
sentence
"...some
people
do
nothing
but
break
the
whole
programmes
may
tell
us
that_______.
A.
radio
broadcasting
stations
use
hotlines
in
a
wrong
way
B.
some
people
have
unclear
thoughts
C.
there
are
problems
to
solve
in
the
use
of
hotlines
by
some
radio
broadcasting
stations
D.
the
use
of
hotlines
by
some
radio
broadcasting
stations
is
a
good
idea
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
not
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
Some
people
do
not
know
what
the
host
is
talking
about.
B.
Some
people
do
not
know
what
the
show
is
about.
C.
Some
people
know
little
about
the
topic
under
the
discussion.
D.
The
writer
tells
us
that
the
host
is
silly.
3.
The
host
has
to
answer
and
explain________.
A.
because
Of
lots
of
questions
raised
by
the
caller
B.
because
of
the
caller"s
ignorance
C.
for
the
host
likes
talking
to
the
caller
D.
for
the
host
works
hard
4.
The
passage
doesn"t
tell
us
the
idea________.
A.
that
some
listeners
phone
the
hotlines
in
fun
B.
that
some
people
just
wont
to
be
heard
by
others
C.
that
some
people
who
don"
t
care
what
the
topic
is
must
have
realized
that
they
appear
to
be
silly
D.
what
the
hotline
programmes
are
Keys:
1-4
CDBC
高考英语阅读练习（082）
People
today
expect
to
be
examined
when
they
enter
a
doctor"s
office.
At
least
they
expect
their
blood
pressure
and
temperature
to
be
measured.
However,
as
recently
as
two
hundred
years
ago,
a
doctor"s
treatment
depended
on
talking
with
patients.
In
general,
the
communication
between
doctors
and
their
patients
was
the
most
important
part
of
medical
methods.
The
modem
age
of
medicine
began
with
the
stethoscope
,an
instrmnent
for
listening
to
patients
heartbeat
and
breathing.
Before
that,
a
doctor
did
not
touch
a
patient.
In
fact,there
was
no
such
things
as
a
medical
examination.
The
stethoscope──and
all
other
medical
instruments──-had
a
serious
effect,
on
the
practice
of
medicine.
Doctors
became
better
at
finding
the
medical
problems.
More
lives
were
saved.
At
the
same
time,
doctors
gave
less
importance
to
the
communication
between
patients
and
doctors.
Some
doctors
actually
stopped
talking
to
their
patients.
It
is
easy
to
understand
why
some
sick
people
thought
themselves
as
broken
machines.
1.
A
stethoscope
can
be
used
to________.
A.
check
health
conditions
B.
cure
some
illness
C.
measure
temperature
D.
treat
heart
disease
2.
Doctors
gave
less
importance
to
the
communication
between
patients
and
doctors
mainly
because________.
A.
modern
medical
instruments
were
used
B.
they
could
cure
more
diseases
and
save
more
lives
C.
they
had
much
more
medical
experience
than
before
D.
they
were
too
busy
to
have
time
to
talk
with
patients
3.
Some
sick
people
thought
of
themselves
as
broken
machines,
which
suggested
that_______.
A.
modern
doctors
should
treat
their
patients
as
machines
B.
the
level
of
the
treatment
was
greatly
improved
C.
they
thought
they
were
useless
just
like
broken
machines
D.
they
were
not
satisfied
with
the
manner
in
which
doctors
treated
them
4.
The
best
title
for
this
passage
should
be________.
A.
Medical
Methods
of
Two
Hundred
Years
Ago
B.
The
Development
of
Medical
Methods
C.
The
Modem
Age
of
Medicine
D.
The
Use
of
the
Stethoscope
Keys:
1-4
AADB
高考英语阅读练习（083）
We
may
be
very
pleased
with
the
rapid
progress
we
have
made
in
every
field
of
study.
But
the
way
to
test
a
student"s
knowledge
and
ability
still
remains
as
poor
as
it
was,
We
have
almost
done
nothing
to
improve
our
examination
system.
It
is
well
known
that
the
examination
system
we
are
now
using
may
be
a
good
way
of
testing
a
student"s
memory,
but
it
can
tell
you
nothing
about
a
student"s
ability.
It
does
no
good
to
students
and
teachers.
As
soon
as
a
child
begins
school,he
enters
a
world
of
examination
that
will
decide
his
future
of
job.
In
fact
a
good
examination
system
should
train
a
student
to
think
for
himself.
But
it
now
does
nothing
about
that.
So
students
are
encouraged
to
member
what
is
taught.
It
does
not
enable
them
to
gain
more
and
note
knowledge.
The
students
who
come
out
first
in
the
examination
often
may
not
be
the
best
in
their
studies.
Besides,
the
examinations
often
force
teachers
to
train
students
what
to
do
with
the
coming
examination
from
time
to
time.
There
must
be
some
simpler
and
better
way
to
test
a
student"
s
ability
besides
knowledge.
And
that
is
what
we
should
do
at
once.
1.
Now
little
has
been
done
to________.
A.
decide
a
student"s
job
B.
test
a
student"s
ability
C.
test
a
student"s
knowledge
D.
test
a
student"s
memory
2.
The
examination
system
we
are
now
using
can
only
make
the
students________.
A.
gain
more
and
more
knowledge
B.
make
rapid
progress
C.
remember
what
is
taught
D.
think
for
themselves
3.
In
order
to
make
students
gain
high
marks
in
the
coming
examination,
teachers
have
to________.
A.
develop
their
students"
ability
B.
fill
their
students"
heads
with
much
information
C.
teach
freely
D.
teach
their
students
how
to
study
4.
The
passage
tells
us
about
the
importance
of________.
A.
getting
examination
system
improved
B.
taking
examinations
C.
testing
a
student"
s
knowledge
D.
working
hard
at
all
lessons
Keys:
1-4
BCBA
高考英语阅读练习（084）
Some
English
words
are
made
up
of
the
same
part
and
have
different
beginnings
and
different
endings,
such
as
import,
report
and
transport.
All
these
words,
you
can
see,
have
the
same
root
"port",
which
comes
from
the
Latin
word,
meaning"to
carry"or"to
move"from
one
place
to
another.
And
according
to
the
bit
at
the
beginning-
which
we
call
the
prefix(~S~)
-the
meaning
changes:
"import"
means
"to......
carry
in”
or
"to
bring
into
a
country”;
export
,
"ex"
means
"out
of"
,
so
this
word
means
"to
carry
out
of
a
country";
"re"
means
"back”,
so
the
word
"report”
means
"to
tell
somebody
to
bring
back
information
to
somebody";
"transport",
"trans"
means
"across"
and
it
means
"
to
carry
across
one
place
to
another".
Let"s
look
at
the
following
words:
supporter,
reporter,
importer
and
exporter.
You
can
see
that
in
this
case
these
words
are
nouns
which
are
made
up
of
the
verbs
plus
a
suffix(后辍)
,thus
meaning
a
person
who
completes
the
verb.
So
supporter
means
somebody
who
supports.
A
reporter
is
somebody
who
reports.
Importer
is
somebody
who
imports
and
exporter
is
somebody
who
exports,
and
so
on.
1.
In
the
sentence
"Some
English
words
are
made
up
of
the
same
part…"",
"part"
means
_______.
A.
different
beginnings
and
different
endings
B.
the
root
of
a
word
C.
the
same
root
which
has
different
meanings
D.
the
same
part
which
has
several
meanings
2.
Which
of
the
following
is
not
true
according
to
the
passage?
A.
Apart
from"port”,
most
English
words
have
the
same
root
which
comes
from
the
Latin
word.
B.
"Port"
has
the
root
meaning
"to
move”
from
one
place
to
another.
C.
"Port”
is
the
root
forming
some
English
words.
D.
The
root
"port"
means
"to
carry".
3.
By
adding
a
prefix
or
a
suffix
to
a
root,
we
can
get
a
word
which
has_______.
A.
a
different
meaning
B.
a
lot
of
meanings
C.
the
meaning
of
a
Latin
word
D.
the
meaning
of
"in"
or"
out
of"
4.
We
can
get
a
noun_________.
A.
by
adding
a
suffix
to
a
verb
B.
by
changing
a
prefix
C.
just
by
adding
"er"
to
verbs
D.
only
by
adding"
er"
to
a
root
Keys:
1-4
BAAA
高考英语阅读练习（085）
To
lift
something
from
the
floor
correctly,
first
bend
your
knees
and
squat
down.
Keep
your
back
and
hips(臀部)
and
waist
(腰部)
in
a
line.
If
you
bend
over,
the
muscles
(
~
I$1
)
in
your
lower
back
can
become
hurt
easily.
If
you
keep
your
back
and
hips
straight,
the
muscles
are
stronger,
because
they
have
much
more
support.
The
other
muscles
can
then
help
the
lower
back
muscles.
As
you
squat
down,
try
to
get
close
to
the
object
as
possible.
For
example,
if
you
are
going
to
pick
up
a
heavy
box,
squat
down
directly
in
front
of
it.
Maybe
you
will
have
to
spread
your
knees
and
legs.
Put
one
knee
on
each
side
of
the
box.
Remember
at
all
times
to
keep
your
back
straight.
Put
your
hands
under
the
object
that
is
in
front
of
you,
between
your
knees.
To
lift
the
object,
you
should
stand
up
slowly.
Use
your
muscles
in
order
to
stand
up.
In
other
words,
lift
with
your
legs,
not
with
your
back.
1.
The
underlined
word
"squat"
means________.
A.
to
bend
over
your
waist
B.
to
bend
yourself
by
bending
your
legs
C.
to
lower
yourself
by
bending
your
legs
D.
to
stand
straight
2.
You
should
keep
your
back
straight
so
that________.
A.
the
muscles
can"
t
be
hurt
B.
the
muscles
will
have
more
support
C.
you
seem
to
be
stranger
D.
you
will
get
more
muscles
3.
The
correct
way
to
lift
something
heavy
from
the
floor
is________.
A.
to
bend
over
from
your
waist
first
B.
to
bend
your
knees
and
squat
down
first
C.
to
keep
your
back
in
a
line
D.
to
put
your
hands
under
the
object
4.
What
lifts
the
object
in
fact?
A.
The
muaelea
of
your
arms.
B.
The
muscles
of
your
back.
C.
Your
hands.
D.
Your
leg
muscles.
Keys:
1-4
CBBD
高考英语阅读练习（086）
In
1977,
a
dead
author
of
detective
stories
saved
the
life
of
a
19-month-old
baby
in
a
most
unusual
way.
The
author
was
Agatha
Christie,
one
of
the
most
successful
writers
of
detective
stories
in
the
world.
In
June
1977,
a
baby
girl
became
seriously
ill
in
Qatar,
near
Saudi
Arabia.
Doctors
were
unable
to
find
out
the
cause
of
her
illness
with
confidence,
so
she
was
sent
to
Hammersmith
Hospital
in
London.
She
was
then
only
semi-conscious
and
on
the
"Dangerously
Ill"
list.
A
team
of
doctors
hurried
to
examine
the
baby
only
to
discover
that
they,
too,
were
confused
by
the
very
unusual
symptoms
(症状).
While
they
were
discussing
the
baby"s
case,
a
nurse
asked
to
speak
to
them.
"Excuse
me,"
said
Nurse
Marsha
Maitlan,
"but
I
think
the
baby
is
suffering
from
thallium
(铊)
poisoning."
"What
makes
you
think
that?"
Dr.
Brown
asked.
"Thallium
poisoning
is
extremely
rare."
"A
few
days
ago,
I
was
reading
a
novel
called
A
Pale
Horse
by
Agatha
Christie,"
Nurse
Maitlan
explained.
"In
the
book,
somebody
uses
thallium
poison,
and
all
the
symptoms
are
described.
They"re
exactly
the
same
as
the
baby"s."
"You"re
very
thoughtful
and
you
may
be
right,"
another
doctor
said.
"We"ll
carry
out
some
tests
and
find
out
whether
it"s
thallium
or
not."
Tests
showed
that
the
baby
had
indeed
been
poisoned
by
thallium,
a
rare
metallic
substance
used
in
making
special
glass.
Once
they
knew
the
cause
of
the
illness,
the
doctors
were
able
to
give
the
baby
the
correct
treatment.
She
soon
recovered
and
was
sent
back
to
Qatar.
Later
it
was
reported
that
the
poison
might
have
come
from
an
insecticide
(杀虫剂)
used
in
Qatar.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
one
who
first
suggested
the
correct
cause
of
the
baby"s
illness
was
_____.
A.
a
doctor
in
Qatar
B.
Nurse
Maitlan
C.
Dr.
Brown
D.
Agatha
Christie
2.
The
baby
was
sent
to
London
because
_____.
A.
she
was
born
there
B.
the
hospitals
in
Qatar
were
full
at
that
time
C.
she
was
the
daughter
of
a
doctor
in
London
D.
the
Qatar
doctors
were
not
sure
whether
they
could
cure
her
3.
As
far
as
we
can
tell
from
the
passage,
Agatha
Christie
_____.
A.
had
never
met
this
baby
B.
had
spent
a
long
time
studying
the
baby"s
case
C.
visited
the
baby
in
the
hospital
at
Hammersmith
D.
gave
Nurse
Maitlan
some
advice
on
the
phone
4.
It
seems
likely
from
the
passage
that
the
baby"s
illness
had
something
to
do
with
_____.
A.
a
dangerous
pair
of
glasses
B.
the
water
in
Qatar
C.
a
harmful
substance
used
to
kill
insects
D.
a
dead
writer
5.
When
the
baby
was
sent
to
the
hospital
in
London,
her
case
was
considered
to
be
_____.
A.
an
urgent
one
B.
quite
a
simple
one
C.
a
usual
one
D.
the
result
of
thallium
poisoning
Keys:
BDACA
高考英语阅读练习（087）
The
expensive
shops
in
a
famous
arcade
(有拱廊的街道)
near
Piccadilly
were
just
opening.
At
this
time
of
the
morning,
the
arcade
was
almost
empty.
Mr.
Taylor,
the
owner
of
a
jewellery
shop
was
admiring
a
new
window
display.
Two
of
his
assistants
had
been
working
busily
since
8
o"clock
and
had
only
just
finished.
Diamond
necklaces
and
rings
had
been
beautifully
arranged
on
a
background
of
black
velvet
(丝绒).
After
gazing
at
the
display
for
several
minutes,
Mr.
Taylor
went
back
into
his
shop.
The
silence
was
suddenly
broken
when
a
large
car,
with
its
headlights
on
and
its
horn
blaring
(喇叭响声),
roared
down
the
arcade.
it
came
to
stop
outside
the
jeweller"s.
One
man
stayed
at
the
wheel
two
others
with
black
stockings
over
their
faces
jumped
out
and
smashed
the
window
of
the
shop
with
iron
bars.
While
this
was
going
on,
Mr.
Taylor
was
upstairs.
He
and
his
staff
began
throwing
furniture
out
of
the
window.
Chairs
and
tables
went
flying
into
the
arcade.
One
of
the
thieves
was
struck
by
a
heavy
stature,
but
he
was
too
busy
helping
himself
to
diamonds
to
notice
any
pain.
The
raid
(袭击)
was
all
over
in
three
minutes,
for
the
men
scram-bled
back
into
the
car
and
it
moved
off
at
an
unbelievable
speed.
Just
as
it
was
leaving,
Mr.
Taylor
rushed
out
and
ran
after
it
throwing
ashtrays
(烟灰缸)
and
vases,
but
it
was
impossible
to
stop
the
thieves.
They
had
got
away
with
thousands
of
pounds
worth
of
diamonds.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
expensive
shops
in
____
were
just
opening.
A.
Piccadilly"s
famous
arcade
B.
a
Piccadilly
famous
arcade
C.
a
famous
Piccadilly
arcade
D.
the
famous
arcade
of
Piccadilly
2.
Had
one
of
the
thieves
not
been
so
busy
taking
the
diamonds,
he
____
the
blow.
A.
would
feel
B.
had
been
feeling
C.
had
felt
D.
would
have
felt
3.
While
Mr.
Taylor
was
admiring
the
new
window
display
____.
A.
his
two
assistants
were
arranging
jewellery
in
the
window
B.
some
thieves
were
arranging
C.
he
was
standing
inside
his
shop
D.
his
staff
were
finishing
their
work
for
the
day
4.
The
car
headlights
were
on
and
its
horn
blaring
____.
A.
as
the
thieves
wanted
to
warn
people
out
of
their
way
B.
as
a
special
signal
to
the
assistants
C.
as
the
thieves
could
see
where
they
were
going
D.
to
break
the
early
morning
silence.
5.
The
thieves
chose
Mr.
Taylor"s
shop
because
____.
A.
it
was
early
in
the
morning
and
not
many
shop
were
open
B.
they
didn"t
expect
Mr.
Taylor
and
his
staff
to
try
and
stop
them
C.
it
usually
had
a
great
deal
of
valuable
jewellery
on
display
D.
they
had
a
very
fast
car
to
get
away
in
Keys:
CDBAC
高考英语阅读练习（088）
Mary
and
Peter
were
having
a
picnic
with
some
friends
near
a
river
when
Mary
notice
an
object
overhead.
"Look!"
she
shouted
to
her
friends.
"That"s
a
spaceship
up
there
and
it"s
going
to
land
here."
Frightened
by
the
strange
silver-colored
spaceship,
most
of
the
young
people
got
in
their
cars
and
drove
away
quickly.
Peter
was
fond
of
Mary
and
always
stayed
close
to
her.
They,
more
curious
than
frightened,
watched
the
spaceship
land
and
saw
a
door
open.
When
nobody
came
out,
they
went
to
the
spaceship
and
entered
inside.
Peter
followed
Mary
into
the
spaceship
and
did
not
hear
the
door
closed
behind
him.
The
temperature
fell
rapidly
and
the
two
young
people
lost
consciousness.
When
they
woke
up,
they
were
surprised
to
see
that
they
were
back
by
the
river
again.
The
spaceship
had
gone.
Their
car
was
nearby.
"What
happened?"
asked
Mary.
Peter
scratched
(抓)
his
head,
saying
slowly,
"Don"t
ask
me.
Perhaps
we
had
a
dream.
Did
you...Did
you
see
a
spaceship?"
"Yes,"
said
Mary.
"And
we
both
went
into
it.
Then..."
she
looked
at
her
wrist.
"That"s
funny.
My
watch
has
stopped.
Oh,
well,
come
on.
It"s
time
to
go
home."
Driving
about
fifty
meters,
they
found
their
way
blocked
by
a
thick
wall
made
of
something
like
glass.
They
got
out
of
the
car
and
tried
to
find
their
way
round
the
wall
but
discovered
that
they
were
inside
a
circular
wall.
It
was
like
a
mirror
and
prevented
them
from
seeing
through
it.
On
the
other
side
of
the
wall,
strange
creatures
walked
past
slowly.
A
few
stopped
to
stare
through
the
wall
and
read
a
new
notice
which,
translated
into
English,
said:
"New
arrivals
at
the
zoo:
a
pair
of
Earthlings
in
their
natural
surroundings
with
their
mobile
house."
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
When
the
spaceship
arrived,
why
didn"t
Peter
drive
away?
A.
He
did
not
like
leaving
Mary.
B.
He
knew
that
the
spaceship
was
harmless.
C.
He
was
too
frightened
to
drive.
D.
There
was
a
wall
blocking
the
road.
2.
Why
did
Peter
enter
the
spaceship?
A.
He
saw
the
food
and
was
hungry.
B.
Mary
told
him
to
enter
it.
C.
He
just
followed
Mary.
D.
He
wanted
to
study
it.
3.
Peter
scratched
his
head
so
we
know
that
_____.
A.
he
had
lost
consciousness
B.
he
was
puzzled
and
did
not
know
what
to
say
to
Mary
C.
he
had
lost
his
memory
D.
he
was
still
half
asleep
4.
What
do
the
words
"strange
creatures"
mean
to
tell
us?
A.
They
were
wild
animals
in
a
zoo.
B.
They
were
robbers.
C.
They
had
landed
on
Earth
in
a
spaceship
and
lived
there.
D.
The
young
couple
were
on
another
planet.
5.
Which
word
in
the
notice
tells
us
that
Mary
and
Peter
were
not
on
earth?
A.
natural
B.
surroundings
C.
Earthlings
D.
house
Keys:
ACBDC
高考英语阅读练习（089）
It
began
as
a
game:
high
school
and
college
students
studying
computer
technology
figured
out
(领会到，想象出来)
they
could
use
personal
computers
to
break
into
(闯入)
telephone
company
computers
and
make
free,
long-distance
telephone
calls.
These
young
computer
wizards
(奇才)
soon
gained
the
nickname
"hackers
(黑客)".
Police
put
the
collar
on
(拘留，逮捕)
a
few
hackers,
but
many
went
on
to
even
more
complex
hacking.
One
hacker
was
arrested
for
making
illegal
telephone
calls
and
later
used
a
jailhouse
(监狱)
phone
to
alter
(变更)
a
police
officer"s
credit
records
(信用记录)
to
get
back
at
(报复)
the
officer
for
arresting
him.
The
hacker
also
used
a
computer
to
alter
his
college
records
to
give
himself
better
grades.
As
hackers
gained
experience,
they
began
invading
(侵入)
computers
at
banks,
airlines
and
other
businesses.
In
one
scheme
(计划，方案),
a
hacker
instructed
an
airline"s
computer
to
give
him
free
airplane
tickets.
The
U.S.
government
is
worried
hackers
may
break
into
its
sophisticated
(复杂的，尖端的)
networks
of
defense
computers.
The
government"s
classified
(分类的)
secrets
are
vulnerable
(脆弱的)
because
thousands
of
government
computers
are
connected
by
telephone
lines
that
hackers
can
tap
into
(敲入，进入).
In
November
1988,
a
college
student
tapped
into
a
non-classified
U.S.
Defense
Department
computer
network
called
Arpanet.
The
hacker
injected
(输入，注入)
a
computer
program
that
left
copies
of
itself
throughout
Arpanet.
Some
hackers
use
each
"viruses
(病毒)"
to
destroy
all
the
data
in
a
computer.
But
in
this
case,
government
officials
shut
down
the
network
before
the
program
reached
every
computer
in
the
system.
Shutting
down
the
system
angered
many
researchers
who
were
using
the
computers.
The
hacker
turned
himself
in
(自首)
to
police
and
told
them
how
to
get
his
program
out
of
the
computer
system.
He
was
charged
with
a
crime.
The
incident
put
the
spotlight
on
(引起留意)
computer
hacking
in
the
United
States.
Many
companies
have
hired
experts
to
protect
their
computers
from
hackers,
and
many
computer
experts
now
advise
companies
on
how
to
protect
their
computers.
The
U.S.
government
believes
foreign
governments
have
hired
hackers
to
try
to
break
into
top-secret
(绝密的)
defense
computers.
It
fears
a
hacker
could
inject
a
virus
into
military
computers
that
would
erase
all
the
data
during
a
war.
Experts
disagree
over
whether
a
computer
network
can
ever
be
safe
from
hacking.
But
in
the
future,
some
of
the
most
brilliant
(杰出的，卓越的)
minds
in
the
U.S.
will
be
working
to
frustrate
(挫败)
the
efforts
of
computer
hackers
and
spies.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
main
idea
of
the
article
is
_____.
A.
computer
hackers
only
want
to
make
free
long-distance
phone
calls
B.
the
government
wants
to
hire
computer
hackers
to
spy
on
the
Russians
C.
computer
hackers
are
a
threat
to
private
companies
and
government
secrets
D.
many
companies
have
hired
experts
to
protect
their
computers
from
hackers
who
carry
viruses
2.
A
computer
"virus"
is
like
a
human
virus
because
it
_____.
A.
makes
a
computer
cough
and
throw
up
B.
spreads
from
one
computer
to
other
computers
C.
can
erase
a
person"s
doctor
bills
D.
requires
regular
visits
to
a
doctor
3.
A
hacker
can
be
dangerous
because
_____.
A.
he
knows
how
to
make
free
long-distance
telephone
calls
B.
vital
information
is
stored
in
computers,
and
a
hacker
knows
how
to
change
or
erase
the
information
C.
once
in
jail,
he
can
use
a
telephone
to
operate
his
computer
D.
a
hacker
who
steals
a
free
airplane
ticket
might
deprive
a
doctor
of
that
seat
on
the
airplane
4.
U.S.
government
computers
are
vulnerable
to
a
hacker
because
_____.
A.
the
government
always
pays
its
telephone
bills
on
time
B.
the
Russians
know
what"s
in
the
U.S.
computers
C.
viruses
attack
only
government
computers
D.
many
government
computers
are
connected
by
telephone
lines
5.
In
the
future
_____.
A.
Some
of
the
most
brilliant
minds
in
America
will
be
working
to
try
to
stop
computer
hackers
and
spies
B.
hackers
will
begin
invading
computers
at
banks,
airlines
and
other
businesses
C.
many
computer
hackers
will
be
arrested
for
making
free
telephone
calls
D.
some
computer
hackers
will
turn
themselves
in
to
the
police
Keys:
CBBDA
高考英语阅读练习（090）
Animal
experimentation(实验)
is
the
backbone(支柱，基础)
of
American
research
and
treatment
of
disease.
Each
year,
17
million
to
22
million
animals
are
sacrificed
in
the
name
of(以......的名义)
science.
While
90
percent
of
them
are
rats
and
mice,
180,000
dogs,
50,000
cats,
61,000
monkeys
and
554,000
rabbits
are
done
away
with
in
laboratories
operated
by
industry
and
government.
But
the
public
has
raised
an
outcry(导致抗议)
over
these
deaths.
Spurred(驱策，刺激)
vivid(生动的)
reports
of
cruelty(残忍),
the
animal
rights
movement(维护动物权利运动)
is
made
up
of
(由...组成)7,000
organizations
with
10
million
members.
They"ve
documented(用文件或证书等证实)
cases
in
which
monkeys
were
isolated(隔离)
in
steel
tanks(箱、柜)
for
45
days
and
dogs
were
bombarded(轰击、辐射)
with
radiation(放射线)
or
chemicals
until
they
bled
from
the
mouth.
Scientists
say
such
incidents(事件)
are
rare.
Laws
have
been
passed
to
govern(治理)
testing.
Many
research
centers
now
have
committees(委员会)
to
review(审查)
all
proposed
animal
experiments,
and
computers
can
be
used
in
place
of（代替）animals
in
many
experiments.
But
scientists
say
they
can"t
do
without(不用，放弃)
animals
to
test
new
drugs
and
treatments
on
animals
to
make
sure
they"re
safe
for
humans.
Animal
experiments
produced
vaccines(疫苗)
or
treatments
for
diseases
such
as
diabetes(糖尿病),
and
techniques
used
in
open
heart
surgery(心脏外科手术).
They"re
important
to
efforts
to
find
a
treatment
for
AIDS.
Animal
rights
activists
have
shown
they
will
go
to
almost
any
length(奉陪到底).
One
New
York
researcher
received
more
than
10,000
protest(抗议)
letters
following
publicity(公开)
of
her
experiments
in
which
she
gave
drugs
to
monkeys.
The
researcher
was
studying
drug
addiction(依靠，成瘾).
A
protester
was
arrested
in
Connecticut
for
placing
a
pipe
bomb（铁管土炸药）outside
a
company
that
used
animals
in
tests.
After
fires
and
break-ins(闯入，破门而入),
many
labs
have
bought
electronic
locks
and
alarms
for
protection.
Other
targets(目标，对象)
of
the
animal
rights
movement
are
the
fur
industry,
farms,
and
school
biology(生物学)
classes
in
which
children
dissect(解剖)
frogs.
The
movement
has
scored
some
successes(获得某些成功).
A
dozen
states
no
longer
allow
pounds(兽栏)
──
places
that
accept
dogs
and
cats
that
have
no
homes
──
to
sell
animals
to
scientists.
Scientists
claim
the
cost
of
their
work
will
rise
as
a
result.
The
battle
between
scientists
and
activists
raises
a
basic
question:
Can
modern
society
be
both
humane(仁慈的)
in
its
treatment
of
living
things(生物)
and
advanced(先进的，高级的)
in
its
treatment
of
disease?
It
seems
certain
there
will
be
new
restrictions(限制，约束)
placed
on
the
use
of
animals
in
scientific
experiments.
Choose
the
correct
answer.
1.
The
main
idea
of
the
article
is
_____.
A.
fewer
animals
should
be
taken
to
laboratories
B.
Americans
are
questioning
the
use
of
animals
in
experiments
C.
mice
and
rats
make
the
best
subjects
for
experiments
D.
scientific
experiments
can
be
carried
out
without
animals
2.
Animal
experiments
will
probably
continue
because
_____.
A.
scientists
insist
they
are
harmless
B.
the
groups
that
oppose
them
aren"t
very
big
or
powerful
C.
they
are
critical
for
understanding
and
curing
human
disease
D.
there
are
enough
regulations
to
protect
animals
from
abuse
3.
Proponents
of
animal
rights
are
most
convincing
when
they
_____.
A.
explode
bombs
at
laboratories
that
conduct
scientific
tests
B.
point
out
the
diseases
that
have
been
cured
by
scientists
C.
threat
their
own
pets
kindly
D.
give
examples
of
animals
that
were
mistreated
in
labs
4.
The
animal
rights
movement
is
_____.
A.
not
very
successful
in
passing
laws
to
protect
animals
B.
trying
many
different
approaches
to
accomplish
its
goals
C.
more
interested
in
protecting
dogs
than
in
protecting
mice
D.
supported
mostly
by
people
who
dislike
scientists
5.
Scientists
will
be
satisfied
only
if
_____.
A.
they
can
continue
using
animals
in
their
experiments
B.
the
animal
rights
movement
comes
to
a
halt
C.
they
install
locks
and
alarms
on
their
labs
D.
their
supply
of
animals
is
increased
significantly
Keys:
BCDBA
高考英语阅读练习（091）
A
Father’s
day
is
a
day
set
aside
for
honouring
fathers
in
church
services
and
in
the
home.
It’s
celebrated
in
the
U.S.
in
the
third
Sunday
of
June.
This
idea
was
begun
by
Mrs
John
Bruces
Dodd,
who
in
1909
persuaded
an
organization
in
Washington
to
salute
fathers
with
special
church
services.
The
idea
was
officially
agreed
to
by
President
Woodrow
Wilson
in
1916.
In
1924,
President
Calvin
Coolidge
suggested
national
celebration
of
the
day
to
form
closer
relations
between
fathers
and
their
children,
and
to
impress
upon
fathers
the
full
measure
of
their
duties.
The
red
or
white
rose
is
recognized
as
the
official
Father’s
Day
flower.
1.
Father’s
Day,
at
first,
meant
______.
A.
to
respect
all
the
fathers
B.
to
win
honour
for
fathers
in
church
services
C.
to
do
honour
to
fathers
at
home
D.
to
warn
the
fathers
of
their
duties
2.
Father’s
Day
was
first
celebrated
by
_____.
A.
the
French
B.
the
British
C.
the
German
D.
the
American
3.
The
first
president
who
agreed
to
Father’s
Day
was
_____.
A.
Woodrow
Wilson
B.
Calvin
Coolidge
C.
George
Washington
D.
Abraham
Lincoln
4.
The
president
wanted
Father’s
Day
to
be
a
day
on
which
_____.
A.
people
remembered
their
fathers
B.
the
relations
between
fathers
and
their
children
became
closer
C.
fathers
must
remember
that
they
should
be
good
fathers
D.
both
B
and
C
Keys:
1.
A
2.
D
3.
A
4.
D
高考英语阅读练习（092）
Few
can
refuse
to
accept
the
strange
coincidences
(巧合)
in
the
deaths
of
John
F.
Kennedy
and
Abraham
Lincoln.
For
example,
Kennedy
was
elected
in
1960
while
Lincoln
came
into
power
in
the
U.S.
in
1860.
Both
men
were
murdered
from
behind,
on
a
Friday,
and
with
their
wives
present.
The
two
men
were
born
exactly
one
hundred
years
apart,
as
were
their
murderers,
Lee
Harvey
Oswald
and
John
Wilkes
Booth.
Perhaps
the
strangest
coincidence
is
that
Kennedy’s
secretary,
whose
name
was
Lincoln,
advised
him
not
to
go
to
Dellas
where
he
was
shot,
and
Lincoln’s
secretary,
whose
name
was
Kennedy,
advised
him
not
to
go
to
the
Ford
Theater
where
he
met
his
death.
1.
Both
of
the
two
men
_____.
A.
were
presidents
of
the
U.S.
B.
were
elected
presidents
of
the
U.S.
twice
C.
had
a
secretary
by
the
name
of
Kennedy
D.
were
murdered
by
the
men
of
the
same
names.
2.
From
the
passage
we
can
find
out
_____.
A.
Oswald
and
Booth
were
of
an
age
B.
Oswald
was
100
years
older
than
Booth
C.
Booth
was
100
years
younger
than
Oswald
D.
There
were
100
years
between
Oswald
and
Booth
3.
Abraham
Lincoln
and
john
F.
Kennedy
were
murdered
_____.
A.
in
Dellas
B.
at
a
stadium
C.
at
a
theater
D.
with
their
wives
on
the
spot
4.
There
were
such
strange
coincidences
between
the
two
American
presidents
that
_____.
A.
nobody
can
accept
B.
almost
everybody
can
accept
C.
only
a
few
persons
can
accept
D.
hardly
anybody
has
to
accept
Keys:
1.
A
2.
D
3.
D
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（093）
The
man
from
the
west
stopped
and
drew
back
his
arm.
"You’re
not
Jimmy
Wells,"
he
said
in
a
quick
and
angry
way,
"Twenty
years
is
a
long
time,
but
not
long
enough
to
change
a
man’
nose
from
a
Roman
to
pug."
"It
sometimes
changes
a
good
man
into
a
bad
one,”
said
the
tall
man,
"you’ve
been
under
arrest
for
ten
minutes.
Silky
Bob.
Chicago
thinks
you
may
have
dropped
over
our
way
and
phones
us
she
wants
to
have
a
word
with
you.
Going
quietly,
are
you?
That’s
sensible.
Now
before
we
go
to
the
station
here’s
a
note
I
was
asked
to
hand
you.
You
may
read
it
here
at
the
window.
It’s
from
Patrolman
Wells.?"
The
man
from
the
West
opened
the
little
piece
of
paper
handed
him.
His
hand
was
steady
when
he
began
to
read,
but
it
trembled
a
little
by
the
time
he抎
finished.
The
note
was
rather
short.
Bob:
I
was
at
the
right
place
on
time.
When
you
struck
the
match
to
light
your
cigar
I
saw
it
was
the
face
wanted
in
Chicago.
Somehow
I
couldn’t
do
it
myself,
so
I
went
around
and
got
a
plain
clothes
man
(便衣)
to
do
the
job.
1.
The
man
from
the
West
must
have
broken
the
law
_____.
A.
in
Chicago
B.
in
New
York
C.
in
his
hometown
D.
somewhere
else
2.
The
man
from
the
West
recognized
the
tall
man
not
to
be
the
one
he
had
been
waiting
for
because
the
tall
man
____.
A.
had
a
different
accent
from
his
B.
had
a
different
nose
from
his
friend’s
C.
was
his
another
old
friend
D.
said
"Chicago
wants
to
talk
with
you.?"
3.
The
two
men
may
have
walked
_____.
A.
for
ten
minutes
B.
arm
in
arm
C.
face
to
face
D.
both
A
and
B
4.
We
can
suppose
Jim
_____.
A.
was
afraid
of
the
man
from
the
West
B.
got
another
man
to
help
him
when
necessary
C.
had
an
appointment
with
Bob
20
years
ago
D.
had
something
else
to
do
and
couldn’t
come
himself
Keys:
1-4
ABDC
高考英语阅读练习（094）
Shopping
──bag
ladies
don’t
beg
publicly,
but
they
do
not
refuse
what
is
offered.
Once
a
shopping
──bag
lady
appears
where
you
live,
it
is
as
hard
to
pass
her
by
without
giving
her
some
money
as
it
is
to
pay
no
attention
to
the
collection
box（功德箱）in
church.
And
although
you
may
not
like
it,
if
she
chooses
your
doorway
as
her
place
to
sleep
in
the
night,
it
is
as
morally
hard
to
turn
her
away
as
it
is
to
do
with
a
lost
dog.
Most
shopping
──bag
ladies
seem
to
be
between
the
ages
of
40
and
65.
They
wear
layers
(层)
of
clothes
even
in
summer
time,
with
newspapers
filled
between
the
layers
as
something
against
bad
weather.
No
one
knows
how
many
shopping
──bag
ladies
there
are
in
New
York..
The
number
is
going
up.
Some
persons
and
researchers
spend
a
great
deal
of
time
taking
care
of
or
observing
shopping
──bag
lag
ladies
and
doing
what
they
can
to
better
the
life
lady
hermits
(隐士)
who’re
down.
1.
Shopping-bag
ladies
are
_____.
A.
lady
beggars
B.
ladies
who
sell
shopping-bags
C.
ladies
who
make
shopping-bags
D.
those
who
go
hungry
2.
They
fill
newspapers
between
the
layers
of
their
clothed
because
_____.
A.
they
are
so
poor
B.
they
have
no
place
to
put
them
C.
they
want
to
hide
them
D.
they
have
to
use
them
to
keep
the
cold
out
3.
They
fill
newspapers
between
the
layers
of
their
clothes
because
_____.
A.
they
are
so
poor
B.
they
have
no
place
to
put
them
C.
they
want
to
hide
them
D.
they
have
to
use
them
to
keep
the
cold
out
4.Which
of
the
following
statements
is
not
true
?
A.
There
are
more
and
more
shopping-bag
ladies
in
the
United
States.
B.
Shopping-bag
ladies
appears
only
in
New
York.
C.
Some
people
are
helping
shopping-bag
ladies.
D.
Some
people
are
engaged
in
their
research
on
these
shopping-bag
ladies.
Keys:
1-4
ADDB
高考英语阅读练习（095）
No
one
could
have
failed
to
be
moved
had
he
watched
the
live
televised
volleyball
game
between
the
Chinese
and
Cuban
women’s
teams.
As
we
sat
before
the
television
set,
with
our
eyes
fixed
on
the
screen,
we
experienced
every
kind
of
feeling.
When
the
two
teams
played
neck
and
neck,
we
were
on
pins
and
needles,
anxious
as
to
what
would
come
next,
and
when
our
team
fell
behind
our
hearts
were
in
our
mouths.
Watching
the
game
between
those
two
teams
is
not
only
a
matter
of
great
joy.
For
more
than
that
it
provides
food
for
thought.
Just
see
how
the
Chinese
women
won
the
game
──by
their
co
──operation
(合作),
by
their
excellent
skill,
their
effort
and
strong
will.
A
Chinese
saying
goes,
“When
two
competent
opponents
(比赛的双方)
meet,
the
strong
──minded
one
will
win.
“This
is
the
spirit
of
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team.
If
every
Chinese
showed
some
of
the
spirit,
never
losing
heart
in
times
of
difficulty
and
remaining
clear
──minded
in
times
of
advantage
(优势),
then
our
nation
would
stand
in
the
vanguard
(前列)
of
the
world
family
of
nations,
just
as
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
has
done,
is
doing
and
will
do.
1.
While
watching
the
game,
we
_____.
A.
had
feelings
of
different
kind
B.
enjoyed
a
friendly
and
wonderful
game
C.
clapped
and
cheered
only
for
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
D.
were
eager
to
know
what
would
happen
later
on
2.
The
wonderful
game
_____.
A.
brought
us
great
joy
B.
provided
us
with
food
for
our
thoughts
C.
gave
us
not
only
great
joy
but
also
food
for
thoughts
D.
give
us
a
valuable
amusement
3.
The
author
believed
that
_____.
A.
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
was
the
strongest
B.
China
was
sure
to
become
stronger
and
stronger
if
only
we
have
that
spirit
of
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
C.
The
Chinese
must
remain
clear-minded
in
time
of
advantage
D.
The
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
never
lost
heart
in
times
of
difficulty
4.
The
best
title
of
the
passage
might
be
_____.
A.
Watching
a
Close
Volleyball
Game
B.
The
Spirit
of
the
Chinese
Women’s
Volleyball
Team
C.
Learn
from
the
Members
of
the
Volleyball
Team
D.
The
Strong
──Minded
Are
the
Winners
B）
Keys:
1-4
ACBD
高考英语阅读练习（096）
George
Banks
was
a
clever
journalist.
He
worked
for
a
good
newspaper,
and
he
liked
arguing
very
much.
He
argued
with
anybody,
and
about
anything.
Sometimes
the
people
whom
he
argued
with
were
as
clever
as
he
was,
but
often
they
were
not.
He
did
not
mind
arguing
with
stupid
people
at
all:
he
knew
that
he
could
never
persuade
them
to
agree,
because
they
could
never
really
understand
what
he
was
saying,
and
the
stupider
they
were,
the
surer
they
were
that
they
were
right;
but
he
often
found
that
stupid
people
said
very
amusing
things.
At
the
end
of
one
argument
which
George
had
with
one
of
these
less
clever
people,
the
man
said
something
which
George
has
always
remembered
and
which
has
always
amused
him.
It
was,
“Well,
Sir,
you
should
never
forget
this:
there
are
always
three
answers
to
every
question:
you
answer,
my
answer,
and
the
correct
answer.”
1.
It
seemed
to
George
as
if
________.
A.
it
was
more
interesting
to
argue
with
as
clever
people
as
he
was
B.
it
was
more
interesting
to
argue
with
clever
people
than
with
stupid
ones
C.
it
was
more
interesting
to
argue
with
stupid
people
than
with
clever
ones
D.
it
was
no
good
arguing
with
stupid
people　
2.
From
the
passage
we
can
conclude
that________.
A.
George
did
nothing
but
argue
with
others
B.
George
was
a
man
full
of
sense
of
humour
C.
George
always
won
the
arguments
D.
What
George
said
was
difficult
to
understand　
3.
Why
didn’t
George
mind
arguing
with
stupid
people?
Because
________
A.
he
wanted
to
win
the
arguments
B.
he
wanted
to
make
the
arguments
more
heated
C.
stupid
people
could
be
easily
fooled
D.
what
stupid
people
said
could
often
give
him
greater
pleasure　
4.
What
one
of
the
stupid
people
said
at
the
end
of
one
argument
could
be
considered
very________.
A.
clever
B.
stupid
C.
strange
D.
special
Keys:
1.
C
2.
B
3.
D
4.
A
高考英语阅读练习（097）
There
were
many
beautiful
buildings
in
ancient
Rome,
but
the
living
conditions
for
ordinary
people
were
bad.
Most
of
their
homes
were
so
poorly
made
that
they
fell
down
or
were
fire
hazards
(=danger)
with
their
steep,
narrow
wooden
stairways.
Most
people
were
packed
into
apartment
buildings
that
rose
shakily
(=unsafely)
six
to
twelve
floors
above
the
ground.
The
apartments
were
rooms
about
three
metres
square,
and
each
building
housed
about
five
hundred
people.
These
tall
buildings
faced
each
other
across
streets
only
three
metres
wide,
so
no
sunlight
reached
the
ground.
Even
so,
apartments
were
costly,
though
cheaper
places
could
be
had
outside
Rome.
But
people
wanted
to
be
near
their
work
and
entertainment.
So
the
streets
became
crowded
and
it
was
hard
to
move
quickly.
At
night,
the
streets
were
filled
with
noise
as
food
and
supplies
were
brought
into
the
city
on
wagons
and
carts.
1.
In
ancient
Rome,
most
people
lived
in
________
apartments.
A.
small
and
crowded
B.
clean
and
tidy
C.
spacious
and
sunny
D.
tall
and
big　
2.
The
streets
in
ancient
Rome
were
________.
A.
crowded
and
noisy
B.
wide
and
bright
C.
narrow
and
dark
D.
both
A
and
C　
3.
People
liked
to
live
in
Rome
Because________.
A.
the
apartments
were
comfortable
B.
the
living
expenses
were
low
C.
they
have
no
money
to
build
houses
outside
the
city
D.
they
wanted
to
enjoy
the
conveniences
of
the
city　
3.
This
passage
is
mainly
about
________
in
ancient
Rome.
A.
the
beautiful
buildings
B.
the
living
conditions
of
ordinary
people
C.
the
streets
and
transportation
D.
the
food
and
daily
supplies
Keys:
1.
A
2.
D
3.
D
4.
B
高考英语阅读练习（098）
If
you
wish
to
become
a
better
reader,
here
are
four
important
points
to
remember
about
rate,
or
speed,
of
reading:
1.
Knowing
why
you
are
reading—what
you
are
reading
to
find
out—will
often
help
you
to
know
whether
to
read
rapidly
or
slowly.
2.
Some
things
should
be
read
slowly
throughout.
Examples
are
directions
for
making
or
doing
something,
arithmetic
problems,
science
and
history
books,
which
are
full
of
important
information.
You
must
read
such
things
slowly
to
remember
each
important
step
and
understand
each
important
idea.
3.
Some
things
should
be
read
rapidly
throughout.
Examples
are
simple
stories
meant
for
enjoyment,
news,
letters
from
friends,
items,
or
bits
of
news
from
local,
or
hometown,
paper,
telling
what
is
happening
to
friends
and
neighbours.
4.
In
some
of
your
readings,
you
must
change
your
speed
from
fast
to
slow
to
fast,
as
you
go
along.
You
need
to
read
certain
pages
rapidly
and
then
slow
down
and
do
more
careful
readings
when
you
come
to
important
ideas
which
must
be
remembered.
1.
According
to
the
passage,
your
reading
speed
depends
on
________.
A.
whether
the
reading
material
is
easy
or
difficult
B.
what
you
are
reading
C.
what
your
purpose
in
reading
something
is
D.
both
B
and
C　
2.
If
one
wants
to
be
relaxed
by
reading,
one
should
take
up
________.
A.
a
story
book
B.
a
book
on
science
and
technology
C.
news,
letters
from
friends
D.
some
material
full
of
information　
3.
Which
of
the
following
readings
should
you
read
slowly
and
carefully?
A.
Fairy
tales.
B.
Aesop’s
Fables.
C.
Directions
for
use
of
a
machine
D.
An
evening
paper.　
4.
Which
of
the
following
can
best
express
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
How
to
decide
your
reading
speed.
B.
How
to
raise
your
reading
speed.
C.
How
to
improve
your
reading
skills.
D.
How
to
choose
your
reading
materials.
Keys:
1.
D
2.
A
3.
C
4.
A
高考英语阅读练习（099）
Mr.
Fitzpatrick
has
given
much
attention
to
his
“Weight
reduction”(减轻体重)
programs.
Just
last
year,
for
example,
when
he
was
the
main
speaker
at
the
company
dinner,
he
said
he
put
on
twenty
pounds
instead
of
losing
thirty
he
promised
he
would.
The
year
before
that,
he
joined
a
health
club.
He
exercised
every
day
and
ate
less
food.
At
the
end
of
three
months,
however,
he
began
making
excuses
about
why
he
couldn’t
go
there
more
often.
After
the
health
club
failed
to
work,
he
joined
Weight
Watchers
but
stopped
going
because
he
was
the
only
man
there.
And
he
hated
following
any
of
the
diet
programs.
Fitz’s
latest
idea
is
to
join
a
walking
club
to
“walk
off”
the
weight.
1.
Mr.
Fitzpatrick
was
________
when
spoke
at
the
company
dinner
last
year.
A.
lighter
than
the
year
before
B.
planning
to
go
on
a
diet
C.
heavier
than
the
year
before
D.
with
the
Weight
Watchers　
2.
He
did
not
stay
with
Weight
Watchers
because
________.
A.
he
couldn’t
do
as
the
diet
programs
required
him
B.
he
felt
uncomfortable
being
watched
by
women
C.
the
members
of
Weight
Watchers
were
all
women
but
him
D.
both
A
and
C　
3.
Which
of
the
following
can
best
explain
the
main
idea
of
the
passage?
A.
There
is
no
good
way
to
lose
weight.
B.
One
can
do
nothing
without
a
strong
will.
C.
There
are
different
ways
to
lose
weight.
D.
Walking
is
the
best
way
of
losing
weight.
Keys:
1.
C
2.
D
3.
B
高考英语阅读练习（100）
What
makes
one
person
more
intelligent
than
another?
What
makes
one
person
a
genius,
like
the
brilliant
Albert
Einstein,
and
another
person
a
fool?
Are
people
born
intelligent
or
stupid,
or
is
intelligence
the
result
of
where
and
how
you
live?
These
are
very
old
questions
and
the
answers
to
them
are
still
not
clear.
We
know,
however,
that
just
being
born
with
a
good
mind
is
not
enough.
In
some
ways,
the
mind
is
like
a
leg
or
an
arm
muscle.
It
needs
exercise.
Mental
(done
with
the
mind)
exercise
is
particularly
important
for
young
children.
Many
child
psychologists
(心理学家)
think
that
parents
should
play
with
their
children
more
often
and
give
them
problems
to
think
about.
The
children
are
then
more
likely
to
grow
up
bright
and
intelligent.
If,
on
the
other
hand,
children
are
left
alone
a
great
deal
with
nothing
to
do,
they
are
more
likely
to
become
dull
and
unintelligent.
Parents
should
also
be
careful
with
what
they
say
to
young
children.
According
to
some
psychologists,
if
parents
are
always
telling
a
child
that
he
or
she
is
a
fool
or
an
idiot,
then
the
child
is
more
likely
to
keep
doing
silly
and
foolish
things.
So
it
is
probably
better
for
parents
to
say
very
positive
(helpful)
things
to
their
children,
such
as
“That
was
a
very
clever
thing
you
did.”
or
“You
are
such
a
smart
child.”
1.
The
words
“intelligent”
and
“brilliant”
in
the
first
paragraph
probably
mean
_______
while
“dull”
in
the
second
paragraph
means
________.
A.
bright
and
splendid;
slow
in
thinking
and
understanding
B.
pretty
and
handsome;
ordinary-looking
C.
great
and
important;
common
D.
hopeful
and
helpful;
careless　
2.
According
to
the
context
we
can
guess
that
a
genius
is
________
while
an
idiot
is
________.
A.
a
normal
person;
a
funny
person
B.
a
strong
person;
a
weak
person
C.
a
highly
intelligent
person;
a
foolish
or
weak-minded
person
D.
a
famous
person;
an
ordinary
person　
3.
A
person
________
is
more
likely
to
become
a
genius.
A.
whose
parents
are
clever
B.
often
thinking
about
difficult
problems
C.
often
helped
by
his
parents
and
teachers
D.
born
with
a
good
brain
and
putting
it
into
active
use　
4.
It
is
better
for
parents
________.
A.
to
praise
and
encourage
their
children
more
often
B.
to
be
hard
on
their
children
C.
to
leave
their
children
alone
with
nothing
to
do
D.
to
give
their
children
as
much
help
as
possible　
5.
Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
according
to
the
article?
A.
Parents
play
an
important
part
in
their
children’s
growth.
B.
The
less
you
use
your
mind
the
duller
you
may
become.
C.
Intelligence
is
obviously
the
result
of
where
and
how
you
live.
D.
What
makes
a
person
bright
or
stupid
is
still
under
discussion.
Keys:
1.
A
2.
C
3.
D
4.
A
5.
C

选校网
高考频道
专业大全
历年分数线
上万张大学图片
大学视频
院校库
(按ctrl
点击打开)

最新高考英语阅读理解练习题 本文关键词：练习题，阅读理解，高考英语，最新

最新高考英语阅读理解练习题　　来源：网络整理

　　免责声明：本文仅限学习分享，如产生版权问题，请联系我们及时删除。

《最新高考英语阅读理解练习题》由：76范文网互联网用户整理提供；
链接地址：http://www.yuan0.cn/a/100653.html
转载请保留,谢谢!

• 上一篇：非线性叙事在现实主义电影的应用
• 下一篇：四年级上册数学试题-第一单元综合练习 北师大版（无答案）